Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit M16-0057 - KING COUNTY METRO TRANSIT - COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER
KING COUNTY METRO TRANSIT 12 100 E MARGINAL WAY S EXPIRED 12/05/16 M16-0057 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Inspection Request Line: 206-438-9350 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.Rov MECHANICAL PERMIT Parcel No: 7340600421 Permit Number: M16-0057 Address: 12100 E MARGINAL WAY S Issue Date: 6/8/2016 WA Cities Electrical Code: 2014 Permit Expires On: 12/5/2016 Project Name: KING COUNTY METRO TRANSIT 2014 Owner: 2012 WA State Energy Code: Name: KING COUNTY -TRANSIT 2012 Address: 201 S JACKSON ST #417, SEATTLE, Permit Center Authorized Signature: O&JU-- WA, 98104 Date: I Contact Person: Name: JENNIFER ASH Phone: (206) 477-5975 Address: 201 S JACKSON ST, MSKSC-TR0431, SEATTLE, WA, 98104 Contractor: Name: DESIGN AIR LTD Phone: (253) 854-2770 Address: 3051 EAST VALLEY RD , RENTON, WA, 98057 License No: DESIGL*212DG Expiration Date: 3/7/2018 Lender: Name: Address: , , , DESCRIPTION OF WORK: KING COUNTY METRO'S COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER INCLUDES A PAINT BOOTH. THIS PROJECT IS TO REPLACE THE EXHAUST FAN FOR THE PAINT BOOTH AND INCLUDES REPLACEMENT OF ALL ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL PARTS SUPPORTING THE FAN Valuation of Work: $698,000.00 Fees Collected: $7,366.98 Type of Work: REPLACEMENT Electrical Service Provided by: SEATTLE CITY LIGHT Fuel type: ELECT Water District: 125 Sewer District: VALLEY VIEW,TUKWILA Current Codes adopted by the City of Tukwila: International Building Code Edition: 2012 National Electrical Code: 2014 International Residential Code Edition: 2012 WA Cities Electrical Code: 2014 International Mechanical Code Edition: 2012 WAC 296-46B: 2014 Uniform Plumbing Code Edition: 2012 WA State Energy Code: 2012 International Fuel Gas Code: 2012 Permit Center Authorized Signature: O&JU-- Date: I I hearby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit /and agree to the conditions attached to this permit. / Signature:- �''^�% Date: 6 Print Name: 9H H This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days for the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 1: Work shall be installed in accordance with the approved construction documents, and any changes made during construction that are not in accordance with the approved construction documents shall be resubmitted for approval. 2: All permits, inspection record card and approved construction documents shall be kept at the site of work and shall be open to inspection by the Building Inspector until final inspection approval is granted. 3: The special inspections for steel elements of buildings and structures shall be required. All welding shall be done by a Washington Association of Building Official Certified welder. 4: When special inspection is required, either the owner or the registered design professional in responsible charge, shall employ a special inspection agency and notify the Building Official of the appointment prior to the first building inspection. The special inspector shall furnish inspection reports to the Building Official in a timely manner. 5: A final report documenting required special inspections and correction of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall be submitted to the Building Official. The final inspection report shall be prepared by the approved special inspection agency and shall be submitted to the Building Official prior to and as a condition of final inspection approval. 6: All construction shall be done in conformance with the Washington State Building Code and the Washington State Energy Code. 7: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 8: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206-431-3670). 9: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. 10: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 11: ***MECHANICAL PERMIT CONDITIONS*** 12: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431-3670). 13: Manufacturers installation instructions shall be available on the job site at the time of inspection. 20: The attached set of mechanical plans have been reviewed by The Tukwila Fire Marshals Office and are acceptable with the following concerns: 24: The design and construction of spray booths shall comply with International Fire Code Section 2404 and NFPA 33. 16: A notice of construction permit must be obtained from the Puget Sound Clean Air Agency prior to the installation of the spray booth. The permit shall be posted at the jobsite. 15: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an extra hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,000 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "all purpose" (4A 40 B:C) dry chemical type. The travel distance to any extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 5.4) 14: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand- held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand-held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 19: Fire protection systems shall be maintained in accordance with the original installation standards for that system. Required systems shall be extended, altered or augmented as necessary to maintain and continue protection whenever the building is altered, remodeled or added to. Alterations to fire protection systems shall be done in accordance with applicable standards. (IFC 901.4) 17: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of Factory Mutual or any fire protection engineer licensed by the State of Washington and approved by the Fire Marshal prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance No. 2436). 21: Application of roof coverings with the use of an open -flame device or use of a propane fueled asphalt kettle requires a separate permit from the Tukwila Fire Marshals Office located at 6300 Southcenter BI Suite 209 Tukwila, WA 98188. Telephone (206) 575-4407. There shall be not less than one multi-purpose portable fire extinguisher with a minimum 2-A20-B:C rating and a charged, minimum diameter 5/8 diameter water line(hose) on the roof being covered or repaired. (IFC 105.6.23, 3504.2.5, 3504.2.6) 18: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2436 and #2437) 22: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 23: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575-4407. PERMIT INSPECTIONS REQUIRED Permit Inspection Line: (206) 438-9350 1400 FIRE FINAL 1800 MECHANICAL FINAL 0701 ROUGH -IN MECHANICAL CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Permit Center • 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.TukwilaWA.IZov SITE LOCATION Mechanical Permit No. Project No. Date Application Accepted: Date Application Expires: _ MECHANICAL PERMIT APPLICATION M/4 -DZ 39 Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. **please print** King Co Assessor's Tax No.: 7340600421 Site Address: 12100 East Marginal Way South Suite Number: Floor: Tenant Name: King County Metro Transit New Tenant ❑ .....Yes m ..No PROPERTY OWNER Name: King County Dept. of Transportation Address: 201 S. Jackson St, MS KSC-TR-0431 City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98104 CONTACT PERSON — person receiving all project communication Name: Jennifer Ash, Real Property Agent Address: 201 S. Jackson St, MS KSC-TR-0431 City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98104 Phone: (206) 477-5975 Fax: (206) 684-1900 Email: Jennifer.Ash@KingCounty.gov Valuation of project (contractor's bid price): $ Describe the scope of work in detail: MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: DesignAir LTD Address: 3051 E Valley Road City: Renton State: WA Zip: 98057 Phone: (253) 854-2770 Fax: (253) 854-6131 Contr Reg NO.: DESIGL*212DG Exp Date: 03/07/2018 Tukwila Business License No.: TBD King County Metro's Component Supply Center includes a paint booth. This project is to replace the exhaust fan for the paint booth and includes replacement of all electrical and mechanical parts supporting the fan. Use: Residential: New .......... ❑ Replacement ........ ❑ Commercial: New .......... ❑ Replacement ........ m Fuel Type: Electric..... m Gas ....... ❑ Other: H:\Applications\Fo.is-Applications On Line\2011 Applications\M-hanical Permit Application Revised g-9.11.docz Revised: August 2011 Page 1 of 2 bh Indicate type of mechanical work being installed and the quantity below: Unit Type Qty Furnace <100k btu Furnace >100k btu Floor furnace Suspended/wall/floor mounted heater Appliance vent Repair or addition to heat/refrig/cooling system Air handling unit <10,000 cfm I Unit Type Qty Air handling unit >10,000 cfm Evaporator cooler Ventilation fan connected to single duct Ventilation system Hood and duct Incinerator — domestic Incinerator — comm/industria] I Unit Type Qty Fire damper Diffuser Thermostat Wood/gas stove Emergency enerator Other mechanical equipment Mx AUS f I Boiler/Compressor Qty 0-3 hp/100,000 btu 3-15 h /500,000 btu 15-30 hp/1,000,000 btu 30-50 hp/1,750,000 btu 50+ h /1,750,000 btu PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES - Value of construction — in all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the permit center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of plan review — applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The building official may grant one extension of time for additional periods not to exceed 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUI-HORI7ED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. Signature: Print Name J�ifer M. Date: 04/15/2016 Day Telephone: (206) 477-5975 Mailing AddrV 201 S. Jackson St., MS KSC-TR-0431 Seattle City li:lApplicationslForms-Applications On Line\2011 ApplicationsWechanical Permit Application Revised 8-9-11 An" Revised: August 2011 bh WA 98104 State Zip Page 2 of 2 DESCRIPTIONS ACCOUNT QUANTITY PAID PermitTRAK $7,366.98 M16-0057 Address: 12100 E MARGINAL WAY S Apn: 7340600421 $7,366.98 MECHANICAL $7,083.63 PERMIT ISSUANCE BASE FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $32.50 PERMIT FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $5,634.40 PLAN CHECK FEE R000.322.102.00.00 0.00 $1,416.73 TECHNOLOGY FEE $283.35 TECHNOLOGY FEE TOTAL R000.322.900.04.00 0.00 $283.35 $7,366.98 Date Paid: Friday, April 15, 2016 Paid By: DOT/TRANSIT/DESIGN Pay Method: CREDIT CARD 052351 Printed: Friday, April 15, 2016 10:04 AM 1 of 1 (rm SYSTEMS INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NUMBER /!44 - G ( r PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project:Type — AV . " of Inspection: ie Address: Suite #: Contact Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: B -Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: 1-1 Corrections required prior to approval. Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: .�? Date: 'x/37116 1 Hrs.: $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. tsining waaress Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT Seattle, WA Structural Calculations CALCULATIONS INCLUDED: Pages 1 through 18 These Calculations cover this scope: Lateral and Gravity Calculations for the support of a new 13500# airhandler unit on the roof of the King County Metro Transit Component Supply Center. ffM* Consulting Engineers i6o1 Fifth Avenue, Suite i600 Seattle, WA 981oi KPFF Project No. mm.oi 8/11/2014 REVIEWED FOR 'CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY o 5 2016 City ofTukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PERMIT CENTER —n ( - —'— —I Project � E • Can s3ulting Engineers l j 'i bcatlon 16015th Avenue, SuRe'1600 s Seattle, WA 98101 dient yrr 1 t`3 (206) 622-5622 Fax (206) 622-8130 SI = 5s,5 = /,00c0 ,4`�u M � S i'*r_— Gi-�S 'D ,az-- P- S� of f> - QP 0 I sheat no. date t �t YV job no. 1142,0 �Gp .,k mu 0d0 uevVAMv; 13,lrPIOOO 65� IFP =(o �-�C�.S�L� o���C �3lsce�� C 1 4- G,o 4,-741 *- �--� N S S,e 71 ��5 } � C,>/ -;z, C>/��� It.��ka� = 12�4��i30LT tajG��•'� �/ t d S Not overt . �t%i " V j'{�iCf.j�✓( (��J�s b 1 ^SJ sheetno.. proJed / • Consulting Engineers � � deter (� f -)2 A -/, 2 location 4- !!! 16015th Avenue, Suite 1600�� GDU0. lob no. dent Seattle, WA 98101 de (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622-8130 :Pda1e(1rI(1Le— (0 I h= o. 00,2 5(0 K z kZ 14d V z 2 = 7-o' ,z4, 5/ 9v+ = 0.065 � (a, qB�C � ���• �� Ctr�O�Z = 2�-� � V,l (N D N /Sy, (o�04 # �4�So47C9.5� 2�7rZ1o8 %(21 `r�(`{2��: �1�10 Nva ��31v��q-5� = q t,8�ls' lkg'L4 y f L-A-AUa ( G a^ C( , % q( ;!;, (d *k - i • Consulting Engineers 16015th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 6224822 Fax (206) 622-8130 '8j 8 -4117-AN5 I -r 66,,e - sheet no by all date 8 fq 2014 18 job no. ll�2Co( 3 ` 3�tcr 3�4 O /f� 3 z, 8 t 2 S ,5 u 15 zs► Pf7> ���•��g ��. sJt! o• 84�e_k- n /G - B&Ft3, _ (o, o�j k. 7 °4•7k - o U r-> 3.1 At t`�G = �1, ��� O.Lj(e a -- t5 • 5 K a• 18� Sii 0,3-744 Ae-C5 6 ,JLG• 3-74 �'� - z f. to°I 7- r- �'� Ate 00 p'l > (v. 8¢Co v,6 � Project `_ `�Qi ���JI'` Cis�i b 'r"'R$ sheet no. ff ro ed / Consulting Engineers � ( location 5�Ai data 91/ 1-1 ZQl4- 6 16015th Avenue, Suite 1600job no. ff,, � Seattle, WA 98101 dient 1� t.J(., COU F y (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622-8130 \ t Z (a jb low-tt� 5tfi'Fs1'� TZn = O. vis � ✓ Ube , [C2,6— 4 0. 1$�S� Co.t,)C 3s� C 0,2 -aa > +- Cl Tc.s z3�( 0.kla75� = [S. -t841 1` W. :i kdi-l-t ,anJs rf CSG. T no. ff"Sconsulting Engineers n �jFiA date8/(a O14- 1601 5th 4'16015th Avenue, Suite 1600 '` Seattle, WA 98101 W (A f (� 606?kl'�/ Job no. (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622-8130 1 i 1 114 Z (G i & ti —707 -AMU— 4Vot?1F �3�5vv��6,'7� = °�t45� c1�S4�(.2xrJ, •Q-36�tF 0- 1-51 50 A050%zk rpom -421-"4 F—t (0q0 I'3 - 2.zZ8 4:,v(v.:) H 4-L "71 2 4 z z 5 it Beam: N!1 Shape: C15x33.9 Material: A36 Gr.36 Length: 21 ft I Joint: N1 J Joint: N4 LC 1: Code Check: No Calc Report Based On 97 Sections fa .467 at 10.063 ft .241, GhAvi&fA \l* M ksi fc IIIIIIIksi ft WTW ksi -.467 at 10.063 ft A k .853 at 10.063 ft y - k -.847 at 9.844 ft 1.634 at 10.063 ft MIM k -ft -1.007 at 3.719 ft Oat 21 ft D in -.002 at 4.375 ft A/SC 13th(360-05): ASD Code Check Direct Analysis Method - P -Delta analysis required for all AISC 360-05 Load Combinations - Max Defl Ratio LJ10000 • Consulting Engineers J111116015th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 622-5822 Fox (206) 622-8130 VY lex ► i M 8pA project M v t y (J �Y�/Rli%Si t GSti locadon ,fi,,,+ Ili f_ dr i s� Y - zoly 7( o p t I--> 5 C�• z**)C p> el, �)c (7. f sheet no. S/(�ilwrQ- 7�0 M six u N a tzA-e-�.C) L = 10 " tL 3.s3k, 25 t- M� 4 �c�vs TjJ" �•� �—� �/q. �' Gov-er �1�•� 4t'o4-,,,,t Cw 15 4.4vt 6 6e- x = ?4 - ct 1 vn 3 1 F--- 2-tN(OC, -7c, A -v O'c' r%,, T-- 1, 2a4%, ¢ job no1 114z(p 0,235 /2.715 2 - rt`5 - �w _ 5 -$tv4 x ►� q. 4 a t,274 tis 1.z74.r- 1. ( 2� � k .2 of l project b—r-2 8 sheet no. mcons ulting Engineers location 5��1 ` ,.`/ date 16015th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 88101 talent (G(N ez;u job no. (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622-8130 Y o. 0 78 f.� 2-1 x 106 12,0 rc,r = 54-,16-7, 6. / tO 0'7e / 12.04- o ( zo lz CC?a,q(�612.-7 r.tZ�p ✓ t000� ��� ,Ca-� )ClcZ.3z �'� � !o!. � �� � �r.�s�t• owl/ Ckt-t'k- ZS 1� = I'�► I--"" G �7 it (z-�, M - q -q Y-' nU = d D�l Z4- P(e,4� on Xk lot 3/tet e'I PL 9 q/8 10/16 C; Project MOfat! <{LAlJtJ or CEJ' e, by -me sheetno. Consulting Engineers / 11/1 e location ✓ Fi'A t L date ZO (� 16015th Avenue, Suite 1600 ��•, f0D n0' SeatBe, WA 98101 client (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622-8130 61z Pty YY1.2- )c (I le uxM: -7--3 &`7 V 60 a Gftierucr �ea.vt Porte( �' L��I� yy i2 yZ LRFD Beam @ Grid 5.5 LRFD Beam @ Grid 4.5 f"A-& tof KPFF CONSULTING ENGINEERS - SEAT nEeam-Combined 3�p� 8/17/2014 KPFF Engineers Dim en cion s Depth i2.95 in Width "_4.oiin Perimeter 40.9Vol • bm etric Area .: 7.838in2 Ix' ..: 199gia4 IY o deg Ixy=' 01114 rx. S:o29ia_ S1+ 24.91 in3 Sii+ 24:91;i1g Sx- 39.72 iiia $y+' `: 2.72$ inj Sy- . 2.725 i13 %c.' bin Yc". -1.859111 Principal I1 - _ --. 198.3 in4 12 5.464 in4 a o deg r1 5.o2gin r2 0.83491u S1+ 24.91 in3 S1- 39.72 in3 S2+ 2.725.in3 S2- 2.725 i1i3 PQUE Ip 203.7 in4 rp s.o98in Plastic 5.1o4in . Zx 34.03 in3 Xsc Zy :. 4.675 in3 -2.-005 in PNA % o in J MAY -4.787 in 3.207 in Minim Lm Results Warping -16.37 int Function Part MAterials Part 1. ASTMA36 G:\2oi4_pmjects\114261- KC WO #o4 Paint Bay FR\31 Receive\Engineering\Shape Builder\Beam-Combinedsbf 91 ShapeBuiider 7.00.0006 E www.iesweb.com S FRA Mesh Nodes .. 743 Elements 618 largest 0.3135 int Element Maximum Results Warping. 16.37in2 Function, Torsion ro. 5.1o4in H 0.9979 Xsc -3.36Proo5 in Ysc -2.-005 in Cw X844 W6 J 1.284in4 Bi 3.207 in 8/1 Home About This Site Lat/Long Finder Related Resources Sponsors About ATC Contact Search Results Latitude: 47.4947 Longitude: -122.2838 ASCE 740 Wind Speeds (3 -sec peak gust MPH*):. Risk Category I: 100 Risk Category 11: 110 Risk Category III-IV: 115 MRP* 10 Year. 72 MRI`* 25 Year. 79 MRM* 50 Year. 85 MRM" 100 Year. 91 ASCE 7.05: 85 ASCE 7-03: 70 'MPKMks per hour) 'TRI Mian Recurrence tderval (years) users should couuk w M local trullft officials to deterairm If there are ccrrnunRy-specific w Ind speed requirements that povem. WIND SPEED WEB SITE DISCLAIMER: While the information presented on this web site is believed to be correct, ATC assumes no responsibility or liability for its accuracy. The material presented in the wind speed report should not be used or relied upon for any specific application without competent examination and verification of its accuracy, suitability and applicability by engineers or other licensed professionals. ATC does not intend that the use of this information replace the sound judgment of such competent professionals, having experience and knowledge in the field of practice, nor to substitute for the standard of care required of such professionals in interpreting and applying the results of the wind speed report provided bythis web site. Users of the information from this web site assume all liability arising from such use. Use of the output of this web site does not imply approval by the governing building code bodies responsible for building code approval and interpretation for the building site(s) described by latitude/longitude location in the wind speed report E hWAf6indspeed.abxmdl.txgfindexphp?opdorrcom vievl=articie& d=1d&dec=1&Latitude=47.4946588dongitude=-122283778aisk ca"oryj=100&risk.. 12 8/11/2014 Design Maps Detailed Repot EM Design Maps Detailed Report 2012 International Building Code (47.494660N, 122.28377°W) Site Class D - "Stiff Soil", Risk Category I/II/III Section 1613.3.1 — Mapped acceleration parameters Note: Ground motion values provided below are for the direction of maximum horizontal spectral response acceleration. They have been converted from corresponding geometric mean ground motions computed by the USGS by applying factors of 1.1 (to obtain SS) and 1.3 (to obtain Sl). Maps in the 2012 -International Building Code are provided for Site Class B. Adjustments for other Site Classes are made, as needed, in Section 1613.3.3. From Figure 1613.3.1(1)1'] Ss = 1.508 g From Figure 1613.3.1(2) [21 S1 = 0.566 g Section 1613.3.2 — Site class definitions The authority having jurisdiction (not the USGS), site-specific geotechnical data, and/or the default has classified the site as Site Class D, based on the site soil properties in accordance with Section 1613. 2010 ASCE-7 Standard - Table 20.3-1 SITE CLASS DEFINITIONS Site Class vs Nor k s„ A. Hard Rock >5,000 ft/s N/A N/A B. Rock 2,500 to 5,000 ft/s N/A N/A C. Very dense soil and soft rock 1,200 to 2,500 ft/s >50 >2,000 psf D. Stiff Soil 600 to 1,200 ft/s 15 to 50 1,000 to 2,000 psf E. Soft clay soil <600 ft/s <15 <1,000 psf Any profile with more than 10 ft of soil having the characteristics: • Plasticity Index PI > 20, • Moisture content w >_ 40%, and • Undrained shear strength s„ < 500 psf F. Soils requiring site response See Section 20.3.1 analysis in accordance with Section 21.1 For SI: 1ft/s = 0.3048 m/s 1lb/ft2 = 0.0479 kN/m2 httpJlehp3-ear ual®.wr.usgs.grn/designmaps/us/reportphp?templatEF=rtinimal8dedh ds=47.494650orgitude=-12228377&sitedass=3&ris k�ategory=0&editi... 1l4 8111/2014 Design Maps DeWled Report Section 1613.3.3 -- Site coefficients and adjusted maximum considered earthquake spectral response acceleration parameters TABLE 1613.3.3(1) VALUES OF SITE COEFFICIENT F. Site Class Mapped Spectral Response Acceleration at Short Period Ss:50.25 SS=0.50 Ss=0.75 S5=1.00 SS >_1.25 A 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 B 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 C 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.0 1.0 D 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.1 1.0 E 2.5 1.7 1.2 0.9 0.9 F See Section 11.4.7 of ASCE 7 Note: Use straight-line interpolation for intermediate values of SS For Site Class = D and SS = 1.508 g, F. = 1.000 TABLE 1613.3.3(2) VALUES OF SITE COEFFICIENT F„ Site Class Mapped Spectral Response Acceleration at 1-s Period SJ:5 0.10 S1= 0.20 Sl = 0.30 Sl = 0.40 Sl. >_ 0.50 A 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 B 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 C 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.3 D 2.4 2.0. 1.8 1.6 1.5 E 3.5 3.2 2.8 2.4 2.4 F See Section 11.4.7 of ASCE 7 Note: Use straight-line interpolation for intermediate values of Sl For Site Class = D and S, ='0.566 g, F„ = 1.500 httpIldV- aqua!a%w.usgs.grnldesigmWs/us/report.php?template=minimal&labhxb--47.4Wa5=ongihxia---122.28377&sitedass=3&riskmtegory=C&edg... 214 $(11/2014 Design Maps Detailed Report Equation (16-37): SMS = FaSs = 1.000 x 1.508 = 1.508 g Equation (16-38): SMi = F„ Sl = 1.500 x 0.566 = 0.849 g Section 1613.3.4 --- Design spectral response acceleration parameters Equation (16-39): SDS = % SMS = 2/ x 1.508 = 1.006 g Equation (16-40): SDi = % SMi = % x 0.849 = 0.566 g Mtp://ehp3-ea"ualewr.usgs.goVdesignmapstus/reporLphp?tinplate=ninimat8da k de=47.4946588dongitude=-122.28377&sitedass=3&iskmtegory=0&editl... 34 8/1112014 Design Maps Detailed Report IS Section 1613.3.5 — Determination of seismic design category TABLE 1613.3.5(1) SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY BASED ON SNORT-PERIOD.(0.2 second) RESPONSE ACCELERATION VALUE OF Sas RISK CATEGORY I or II III IV SDs < 0.167g A A A 0.167g:5 SDs < 0.33g B B C 0.33g:5 SDs < 0.50g C C D 0.50g:5 SDs - D D D For Risk Category = I and SDS = 1.006 g, Seismic Design Category = D TABLE 1613.3.5(2) SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY BASED ON 1 -SECOND PERIOD RESPONSE ACCELERATION VALUE OF SD1 RISK CATEGORY I or II III IV SD1 < 0.067g A A A 0.067g:r. SO1 < 0.133g B B C 0.133g:5 SD1 < 0.20g C C D 0.209:5 SD1 D D D For Risk Category = I and Sol = 0.566 g, Seismic Design Category = D Note: When S1 is greater than or equal to 0.75g, the Seismic Design Category is E for buildings in Risk Categories I, II, and III, and F for those in Risk Category IV, irrespective of the above. Seismic Design Category =_ "the more severe design category in accordance with Table 1613.3.5(1) or 1613.3.5(2)" = D Note: See Section 1613.3.5.1 for alternative approaches to calculating Seismic Design Category. References 1. Figure 1613.3.1(1): http://earthquake.usgs.gov/hazards/designmaps/downloads/pdfs/IBC-2012- Fg1613p3p1(1).pdf 2. Figure 1613.3.1(2): http://earthquake.usgs.gov/hazards/designmaps/downloads/pdfs/IBC-2012- Fg1613p3p1(2).pdf Mtp•Jld4Oeu#qual wR.isgs.go4desigmnapstustreportphp?template=rrirrimal8datihxb-47.49465=ongitude=-122.283778sitedass=3&riskmtegary=08sdit... 414 -�E PERMIT °a QU'.:2:D FOR: (❑�j�Mdchanical Ldp C L :ev}r ical i24-I'Mumbing �t/uas Piping C;ly of Tukwila FI'' � DIVl510N M coo [permit go, �([ 0 57 Plan review approval is subject to errors and omissions. Approval of construction documents does not authorize tl;e violation of any adopted cods or ordinance. Receipt of approve; Raid Copy and conditions is acknowlodged: By: Date: �% I L nl 6 COMPONENT SUPPLY EXHAUST FAN King County REVISIONS No changes shall be made to the scope Cf vvmk }�-°=thouit prior approval of Division. !ri!! require a neer plan submittal an(J rray in:;'ude additional plan review fees. f City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISIOM CENTER PAINT BOOTH REPLACEMENT CONTRACT NO. C0061OC11 RECEIVED Department of Transportation CITYF TUKWILA EO A;'R 15 2313 Transit D PERMIT CENTER REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED VW 0 5 2016 /'. V BUILDING DIVISION I �� 08/19/14 TYPICAL SECTION AND DETAIL REFERENCING SYSTEM (1) THE SECTION IS CUT ON DRAWING A101 SECTION NUMBER ELEVATION NUMBER .19111�3 .Affi� /A1.03 A1.05/ \L/DRAWING ON WHICH SECTION/ELEVATION APPEARS. - INDICATES . THE DRAWING IS ON THE SAME SHEET. (2) ON DRAWING A105 THIS SECTION IS IDENTIFIED SECTION SECTION NUMBER SCALE: 1 1/2"= l' -0"A1.0 DRAWING ON WHICH SECTION WAS TAKEN. - INDICATES THE DRAWING IS TAKEN FROM THE SAME SHEET. (3) DETAILS ARE CROSS-REFERENCED IN A SIMILAR MANNER, EXCEPT THAT DETAILS ARE IDENTIFIED BY LETTER RATHER THAN BY NUMBER. DRAWING LIST NO . SHEET TITLE GENERAL GO.01 COVER SHEET GO.02 VICINITY PLAN, DRAWING LIST, FACILITY SITE PLAN, SECTION AND REFERENCING SYSTEM GO.03 PHASING PLAN ARCHITECTURAL A1.01 ROOF PLAN CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH STRUCTURAL 50.01 STRUCTURAL NOTES AND SYMBOLS S1.01 PARTIAL PLAN, ELEVATION AND SECTIONS S1.02 FLOOR GRATE MODIFICATION - CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH MECHANICAL MD3.01 MO.01 MECHANICAL SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS MD1.01 LEVEL 1 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN - PAINT BOOTH MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH MD1.02 LEVEL 1 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN - BOOTH CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH MD1.03 . ROOF LEVEL MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN - PAINT BOOTH MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH MD1.04 ROOF LEVEL MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN - BOOTH CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH * DUVALL REDMOND COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER 12000 E MARGINAL WAY S TUKWILA, WA 98168 BEL VUE B < 6'' MECHANICAL CONTINUED MD3.01 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION SECTIONS M1.01 LEVEL 1 MECHANICAL PLAN - MIDDLE COACH OPERATIONS MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH PAINT BOOTH M1.02 LEVEL 1 MECHANICAL PLAN - CRIPPLE PAINT OPERATIONS CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH BOOTH M1.03 ROOF LEVEL MECHANICAL PLAN - MIDDLE COACH LEVEL 2 METERING PLAN PAINT BOOTH M1.04 ROOF LEVEL MECHANICAL PLAN - CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH BOOTH M3.01 MECHANICAL SECTIONS M5.01 MECHANICAL DETAILS M6.01 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES M6.02 MECHANICAL SYSTEM DIAGRAM AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH M6.03 MECHANICAL SYSTEM DIAGRAM AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH M7.01 LEVEL 1 METERING PLAN M7.02 LEVEL 2 METERING PLAN M7.03 ROOF LEVEL METERING PLAN ELECTRICAL EO.01 ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS ED1.01 LEVEL 1 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN ED1.02 ROOF LEVEL ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN ED6.01 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION ONE -LINE DIAGRAM E1.00 LEVEL 1 & 2 OVERALL ELECTRICAL PLAN E1.01 LEVEL 1 ELECTRICAL PLAN - MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH E1.02 LEVEL 1 ELECTRICAL PLAN - CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH E1.03 ROOF LEVEL ELECTRICAL PLAN - MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH E1.04 ROOF LEVEL ELECTRICAL PLAN - CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH E6.01 ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION ONE -LINE DIAGRAM E6.02 ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS E6.03 ELECTRICAL CONDUIT AND WIRE SCHEDULES REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE MAY 0 5 2016 NOTES City of Tukwila 1. CONTRACTOR MUST OBEY ALL BASE BUILDING D _ TRAFFIC CONTROLS. 2. COORDINATE ALL CONTRACTOR'S SITE ACTIVITY WITH PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE. COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER / PROJECT WORK AREA CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH CONTRACTOR'S STAGING, MATERIAL STORAGE, AND TRAILER AREA o 5 PRESTON • 50aaO5 a0a IS•QUAH SNDOQUALMIE . I t MID COACH BOOT ' I I I B NO / b I CRANE LOCATION, ' • SHORT-TERM ONLY. RENTON 169 is BE k COORDINATE WITH 9 {-.F- PROJECT VASHON N • KWILA o i 'III^ REPRESENTATIVE. ISLAND a 8 U11IiI�Iiii!1 I 1 d DES 191 87 H acv: INE MAPLE ® EANTVALLEY /(ilIl' iI ili1 lI�TI1 I�II jII i�\I d V - E C E I V U aI-U Y' Sa ,B r-., it AUBURN BLACK p_- Af�f�rC 5 IAMON-__._./ 1�- "TE MARGINAL WA S----Eft�y fY11T O�RRAQi ALGONAITE'� Col -ear----I\ �- OESI`NE "tWECTMANAGFR SCALE METRO TRANSIT DIVISION pATE V NG - T. BRUCE E. WRIGHT NONE 08119114 y0 * Rp COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER cow � Erm>�s g�R$ 04 a DRAMnpFNovE¢ SITE LOCATION NO. PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT v' W. MAIPID L PARRIOTT La ISO FTM Au9'ue. SWO GOO CHECNED ISIS NO.' ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE King County VICINITY PLAN, D RAW I N G LIST, DRAWING No- PERMIT SUBMITTAL 8H914CM 622-61100 0 3115311 S. ROBERTS Deparhnent of FACILITY SITE PLAN, SECTION co.o2 No. REVISION BY APP'D DATE - 9310NAL BSG 4 NA RECOMMEDED. OONTRACTIO IF NOT ONE SCALE DALE Transportation SHEETNO'. OF gl'� I D.CRIPPEN C0061OC11 ACCORDINGLY AND REFERENCING SYSTEM 1 2 37 NOTES: PHASING PLAN GENERAL NOTES: ' 1. KEEP CORRIDOR WALKWAY CLEAR AT ALL TIMES. 1. BASE WILL BE OPERATIONAL FOR PROJECT DURATION. MANY BASE FUNCTIONS OPERATE 24 HOURS A DAY, 7 DAYS A WEEK. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WORK IN OCCUPIED AND UNOCCUPIED AREAS WITH PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE 14 CALENDAR DAYS PRIOR TO WORK IN A SPECIFIC AREA. 2. REMOVE BUILT-UP PAINT RESIDUE FROM FLOOR GRATES USING ULTRA HIGH PRESSURE WASHING 2. CONTRACTOR MAY PROPOSE ALTERNATIVE PHASING SEQUENCE, BY SUBSTITUTION REQUEST, THAT WILL MEET OWNER'S REQUIREMENTS FOR FACILITY OPERATION. AND VACUUM COLLECTION SYSTEMS. SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY DUNKIN &BUSH OR EQUAL. 3. CONTRACTOR MAY COORDINATE WITH OWNER FOR PERFORMING SWING AND NIGHT WORK IN AREAS SHOWN, PROVIDED OWNER'S REQUIREMENTS FOR FACILITY OPERATION ARE MET. 4. COORDINATE SHUTOFF OF SPRINKLER AND SHUTDOWN OF FIRE ALARM WITH PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE AND WITH FIRE MARSHALL'S REQUIREMENTS 7 CALENDAR DAYS PRIOR TO WORK CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE FIRE WATCH DURING FIRE ALARM/SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHUT -DOWNS. 5. NOT ALL PROJECT WORK IS DESCRIBED ON PHASING PLAN. ALL WORK IN THE PROJECT DOCUMENTS SHALL CONFORM TO ALL OF OWNER'S REQUIREMENTS FOR FACILITY OPERATION. 6. COORDINATE SYSTEM DOWNTIME A MINIMUM OF 10 WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO DATE OF SHUTDOWN. 7. ONLY ONE PAINT BOOTH SHALL BE OUT OF SERVICE AT A TIME. 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL LIMIT BOOTH DOWNTIME DURATION TO THREE WEEKS MAXIMUM FOR EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION AND CUT -OVER. 9. IT IS ACCEPTABLE THAT PAINT BOOTH VENTILATION MAY BE OPERATED IN "HAND" MODE, AS LONG AS REQUIRED INTERLOCKS ARE FUNCTIONAL. 10. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL NEW CONDUIT ADJACENT TO EXISTING AND PULL WIRE PRIOR TO CUT -OVER, IN ORDER TO MINIMIZE BOOTH DOWNTIME. 11. UTILIZE SHORT-TERM BOOTH DOWNTIMES OF 1-2 DAYS TO ACCOMPLISH AS MUCH WORK PRIOR TO LONGER-TERM DOWNTIME FOR MAJOR EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION. _....... - I ..._ ...._.... . - SEE NOTE 2 SEE NOTE 1 ' CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH 1 i W I I - - J - -- — — :.- -- -- - / CORRIDOR — — �— — .......... . ........ 7*::: — — j _..-- - --- CRIPPLE PAINT SEE NOTE 1 BOOTH WORK AREA EXAMPLE PHA REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 0 5 2016 City at'CuEcwtta nj !tt P%1111 FICInpill -- - ACTIVITY BOOTH DOWNTIME PLANNING, SUBMITTALS, EQUIPMENT ORDER, AND MOBILIZATION NONE CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH STEEL 1 WEEK MIDDLE COACH BOOTH STEEL 1 WEEK POWER & CONTROL CONDUIT, PANELS & WIRING, CONTROLS, AND PREP FOR CUT -OVER NONE CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH SHOP FAB NONE CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION: 3-4 WEEKS DEMOLITION, INSTALL CURBS, ROOFING AND EQUIPMENT GRATE CLEANING INSTALL METERING CONNECT DUCT, GAS, ELECTRIC AND CONTROLS CUT -OVER ELETRICAL AND CONTROLS EQUIPMENT START-UP, TEST, BALANCE AND COMMISSIONING CHECKOUT MIDDLE.COACH BOOTH SHOP FAB NONE MIDDLE COACH BOOTH EQUIPMENT INSTALL: HVU BURNER MODIFICATIONS NONE DEMO, INSTALL EF -2 & 3 (ON EXISTING CURBS), HVU MODIFICATIONS 1 WEEK DEMOLITION, INSTALL CURBS, ROOFING AND EF -1 & 4 3-4 WEEKS DEMOLITION, REMOVE MOTORS IN AMU -2 & AMU -3 GRATE CLEANING INSTALL METERING INSTALL MOTORS IN ON SUPPLY FAN FRAMES. MODIFY FRAMES TO ACCEPT MOTORS AND SPRINGS TO ACCEPT NEW EQUIPMENT WEIGHTS. CONNECT DUCT, GAS, ELECTRIC AND CONTROLS CUT -OVER ELETRICAL AND CONTROLS EQUIPMENT START-UP, TEST, BALANCE AND COMMISSIONING CHECKOUT COMPLETE CONSTRUCTION, PUNCHLIST, COMMISSIONING, DEMOBILIZATION AND CLOSEOUT SHORT TERM OF 1 WEEK AS REQUIRED - -- - rs r_ t, t:_ D SEQUENCE NOTES (APPLICABLE TO PHASING S�EQkJ#I GE - „, ,,/, /� 1. SEQUENCE IS FOR PLANNING BOOTH DOWNTIME ONLY. SEQUENCE DO -S N E L IND C M6RA REQUIRED AND DOES NOT INDICATE CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE. MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH+ 'R J 2q; j LEVEL 1 PLAN SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" GO.03 0 ...._ KEY PLAN PERMIT CENTER NTS • FSi consulting engineers Seattle, Washington DANE O � wLo„ �A '4 DESIGNED: AWL, TLA PROJECT MANAGER: ELIZABETH WRIGHT SCALE: AS NOTED L14 ICIi1 COU11t 9 y METRO TRANSIT DIVISION COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT PHASING P LAN DATE: 08/19/14 - DRAWN: DGD APPROVED: USA PARRIOTT SITE LOCATION N0: CHECKED: IBIS NO: ONE INCH AT DRAWING NO: Solutions & ServiceAo r��e F o ss/ONAL EN m,au RED 432692-500 wows REQUEST: FULL SIZE IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE ACCORDINGLY Department of Transportation G0.03 PERMIT SUBMITTAL 8/19/14 No. REVISION BY ApP'D DATE RECOMMENDED: DAVID CRIPPEN CONTRACT NO: C00610C11 SHEET NO: OF 3 37 U STAINLESS STEEL CLAMP C SELF ADHERING UNCURED EPDM MEMBRANE STAINLESS STEEL CLAMP SOLDERED LEAD JACK— FLANGE r 12° (305mm) � (TYPICAL) PIPE PENETRATION DETAIL %11 SCALE: NONE A1.01 ROUND PROJECTION SEALANT (TYP.) ' SPECIFIED MEMBRANE STRIPPING PLIES SPECIFIED ROOF MEMBRANE -COVERBOARD INSULATION ERMAL INSULATION DECK OL U i LINE OF EQUIPMENT CURB AT MECH. UNIT TO BE REMOVED i LEGEND AREA TO GET NEW ROOFING AND INSULATION. SEE SPEC SECTIONS 07 22 20 AND 07 6510. PROVIDE RELOCATED GRAVEL BALLAST. AREA OF EXISTING GRAVEL BALLAST TO BE RELOCATED. 14" CURBS DEMOLITION NOTES: 1. WHERE NEW MECHANICAL UNIT IS INSTALLED, REMOVE GRAVEL BALLAST FOR REUSE. 2. , AT MECHANICAL UNIT TO BE REMOVED, REMOVE EQUIPMENT CURBS AND FLASHING TO ROOF DECK. 3. REMOVE EXISTING WALKWAY PADS IN AREA OF WORK FOR REUSE. 4. REMOVE EXISTING SKYLIGHT AND RETURN TO OWNER. CURB TO REMAIN. CONSTRUCTION NOTES: 1. ALL WOOD NAILERS USED AT CURBS TO BE PRESSURE TREATED. 2. MATCH EXISTING ROOFING CONSTRUCTION AND INSULATION DEPTH. MAINTAIN EXISTING ROOFING WARRANTIES IF STILL IN EFFECT. 05 AMU -4 CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH ROOF PLAN %A1 SCALE: 3/8"=1'-0" 'A1.01 06 RELOCATED WALKWAY PADS F— — REVIEWED FOR CODE CONnIPLIANCE APPROVED R11MOVE EXITING KYLIGHT I �/ II MAY 0 5 2016 I / I OSA i NTAKE City of TuWa LBUILDING DIVISION I� RECEIVED CITY OF TUK.WILA Z � PERMIT CENTER KEY PLAN NTS • FSi consulting engineers " Seattle, Washington Solutions & Service �. DAI�/,r0 PA kr 4 %vo 2,9°a `"� es ,� SIONAL f M1.11 CGS14Ntu: AWL, TLA PKWLCI MANAUG: ELIZABETH WRIGHT SCALE: AS NOTED L14 King COUflty Department of Transportation METRO TRANSIT DIVISION COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT ROOF PLAN CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH ' 08/19/14 DRAWN: DGD APPROVED: LISA PARRIOTT . SffE LOCATION NO: CHECKED: RED IBIS N0: 432692-500 MwNcou ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE ,• IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE ACCORDINGLY DRAWING N0: A1.01 PERMIT SUBMITTAL 8/19/14 No. REVISION BY APP'D DATE RECOMMENDED: DAVID CRIPPEN CONTRACT N0: 00061OC11 SHEEP N0: OF 4 37 DESIGN LOADS All design and construction shall conform to the requirements of the International Building Code, 2012 Edition, as amended by the City of Seattle. ROOF SNOW LOAD: The roof snow load is determined using Chapter 7 of ASCE 7-10 in accordance with IBC Section 1608 and with the following factors: Minimum design load 25 psf without drift SEISMIC LOADS: Earthquake and wind loads are resisted by special moment— resisting frames, braced frames, and shear walls. Earthquake design is based on the equivalent lateral force procedure in ASCE 7-10 Section 12.8 with the following factors: Site Class D Seismic Design Category D Ss = 1.508 g op = 2.5 ft S1 = 0.51 g Rp = 6.0 seconds SDs= 1.006 g WIND LOADS: - Wind load is determined using Chapter 6 of ASCE 7-05 in accordance with IBC Section 1609 with the following factors: Exposure Category C Kzt = 1.0 V = 100 mph Iw = 1.0 GENERAL NOTES SUBMITTALS: Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Architect prior to any fabrication or construction for all structural items, including the following: structural steel. If the shop drawings differ from or add to the design of the structural drawings, they shall bear the seal and signature of the Washington State Registered Professional Engineer who is responsible for the design. INSPECTION: Special inspection per IBC Chapter 17 shall be performed by an approved testing agency as outlined in the Special Inspection Schedule and as indicated in the project specifications. All prepared soil—bearing surfaces shall be inspected by the Geotechnical Engineer prior to placement of reinforcing steel. Soils compaction shall be supervised by an approved testing agency or Geotechnical Engineer. SPECIAL CONDITIONS: Contractor shall verify all levels, dimensions, and existing conditions in the field before proceeding. Contractor shall notify the Architect of any discrepancies or field changes prior to installation or fabrication. In case of discrepancies between the existing conditions and the drawings, the Contractor shall obtain direction from the Architect before proceeding. Dimensions noted as plus or minus (t) indicate unverified dimensions and are approximate. Notify Architect immediately of conflicts or excessive variations from indicated dimensions. Noted dimensions take precedence over scaled dimensions --DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. Dimensions of existing conditions may be based on record drawings and are to be field—verified by the Contractor. Contractor shall verify all existing conditions before commencing any demolition. Contractor shall provide adequate shoring and bracing of all structural members, existing construction and soil excavations, as required, and in a manner suitable to the work sequence. Temporary shoring and bracing shall not be removed until all final connections have been completed in accordance with the drawings and materials have achieved design strength. No reinforcing bars in existing construction shall be cut unless directed to by the Architect or as shown on the drawings. Contractor shall be responsible for all safety precautions and the methods, techniques, sequences or procedures required to perform the work. STRUCTURAL NOTES STRUCTURAL STEEL REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS Structural Steel AISC 360 Specification for Structural Steel Buildings High Strength Bolts RCSC Specification for Structural Joints using High—Strength Bolts Welding AWS D1.1 , typical AWS D1.3 for metal deck. and cold—formed framing AWS D1.8 for supplemental seismic provisions . AWS prequalified joint details Welder Certification Washington Association of Building Officials (WABO) STEEL MATERIALS Structural Steel ASTM A 992 Connection material, embedded ASTM A 36, unless noted otherwise items, channels, angles, base plates, and mist. steel Structural Tubes ASTM A 500, Grade B Steel Pipe ASTM A 53, Grade B Structural Bolts ASTM A 325 Anchor Rods ASTM F 1554, Grade 36 Threaded Rods ASTM A 36 Welding Electrodes 70 ksi, low hydrogen, typical 60 ksi, minimum, metal deck and cold—formed framing Structural steel design, fabrication and erection shall conform to the requirements of Chapter 22 of the International Building Code. All members are to be erected with natural mill camber or induced camber up, unless otherwise noted on the plans. Substitution of member sizes or steel grade will not be allowed without prior approval of the Architect. Bolted connections are to be of high strength ASTM A 325 bolts as shown, unless noted otherwise. A minimum of two bolts is required for all beam connections. Alternative connections to those shown on these drawings will require prior approval of the Architect. The Contractor shall be responsible for all erection aids and joint preparations that include, but are not limited to, erection angles, lift holes and other aids, welding procedures, required root openings, root face dimensions, groove angles, backing bars, copes, surface roughness values, and unequal parts. GALVANIZING: Structural steel and connections, including plates and other steel items embedded in concrete, which are exposed to weather and not to be painted shall be hot—dipped galvanized after fabrication in compliance with ASTM A 123. All field welds on galvanized material shall be coated with brush applied zinc—rich paint complying with the specifications. WELDING: All welding shall be in conformance with AISC and AWS Standards, and shall be performed by WASO—certified welders using 70 ksi electrodes and low hydrogen processes. Only welds that are prequalified, as defined by AWS, or qualified by testing shall be used. Shop drawings shall show all, welding with AWS A2.4 symbols. Welds shown on the drawings are minimum sizes. Increase weld size to AWS minimum sizes based on thickness. Minimum weld size shall be 3/16—inch, unless noted otherwise. The welds shown are for the final connections. Field weld symbols are shown where field welds are required. by the structural design. Where field weld is not indicated, the Contractor is responsible for determining if a weld should be shop— or field—welded in order to facilitate the structural steel erection. SPECIAL INSPECTION SCHEDULE ESTABLISHED PER 2012 IBC SECTION 109 do CHAPTER 17 ITEM CONTINUOUS PERIODIC COMMENTS INSPECTION INSPECTION Structural steel Fabrication k erection X Ref. note 5 Single pass fillet welds S 5/16" X Ref. note 6 All other fillet welds X Ref. note 6 INSPECTION SCHEDULE NOTES I The items checked with an "X" shall be inspected in accordance with IBC Chapter 17 by a certified special inspector from an established testing agency. For material sampling and testing requirements, refer to project specifications, the structural notes and the notes below. The testing agency shall send copies of all structural testing and inspection reports directly to the architect, engineer, contractor and building official. Any materials which fail to meet the project specifications shall immediately be brought to the attention of the architect. Special inspection testing requirements apply equally to all bidder designed components. Inspection and testing requirements for systems designed by others shall be defined by the registered design professional responsible for their design, except that the inspection requirements shall not be less than specified in this schedule. 2 Special inspection is not required for work performed by an approved fabricator per IBC Section 1704.2.2. 3. Continuous special inspection means that the special inspector is on the site at all times observing the work requiring special inspection (IBC 1702). Periodic special inspection means that the special inspector is on site at time intervals necessary to confirm that all work requiring special inspection is in compliance. 4. Inspection for prefabricated construction shall be the some as if the material used in the construction took place on site. Continuous inspection will not be required during prefabrication if the approved agency certifies the construction and furnishes evidence of compliance. 5. Inspection of structural steel shall be in accordance with IBC Section 1704.3. The steel frame shall be inspected for compliance with approved construction documents including bracing, stiffening, member locations and proper application of joint details at each connection. 6. All welds shall be visually inspected. STRUCTURAL DRAWING SYMBOLS 0 GRID BUBBLE Z A1.05 2/A1.03 . NORTH ARROW STANDARD SECTION CUTS ELEVATION OF WALL OR FRAME STEEL IN CROSS SECTION REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 0 5 2016 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PERMIT CENTER DESIGNED, PROJECT MANAGER SCALE METRO TRANSIT DIVISION DATE �pV ING Rp T. BRUCE E. WRIGHT AS NOTED NTER 08/19114 4�o1 ��ei�BcA DRAwx APPROVED SITE LOCATION NO COMPOEXHAUSNENT FANPLY REPLACEMENT PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT W. MAIPID L PARRIOTT Got FlM Averse Wt. GDO DHECIDD: IBIS NO. ONE INCH AT FULL 612E King County STRUCTURAL NOTES DRAWING NO Seerve, wesfYV. 9801 b 432692 -SM PERMITSUBMITTAL 8/19114 D?W Fa+ ¢M 622-81300 A e L � ��' S. ROBERTS ra«w<aesr 1. Department of S0.01 Na REVISION BY APPD DATE AND SYMBOLS 0 LS 9sfoNeL ¢1113 Iia RECOMMENDED- carlT+AcrNo: �� Transportation SFEETNa or (� B" NOT ONE INCH, SCALE 6 D. CRIPPEN 000610CII ACCORDINGLY 5 37 u CD--1 FAN CLAMSHELL ACCESS DOORS (TYP) MOTOR ENC OSURE CD- -EF -6 EF r- 42"0 STA K - N I -GAS DN x N N x DOWN TO CRIPPLE w PAINT BOOTH SUPPLY 3 AIR PLENUM w AMU -4 42X42 RA DUCT UP FROM N 1.02 I I I -CONNECT DUCT TO (E) SKYLIGHT OPENING. SEALCONNECTION AIRTIGHT. PARTIAL PLAN Z SCALE: 1/4"=l' -O" STRENGTHEN A (E) W 1 2 PER SECT e \/ -- rn 3 ii -mc NEW 24" STEEL. CURB, EXTEND AS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE_BRG_1T GRIDS 4.5 , 5 & 5. SEE EL A NOTE: 1. FOR BEAMS WITH FIREPROOFING MATERIAL, REMOVE AS NECESSARY & REPLACE IN KIND IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS' SPECIFICATIONS. METAL DECK --------------------- PROVIDE NEW PL 3/4x3x19'-0" CENTERED ON BOT FLANGE OF (E) W12 AT GRID LINES 5 & (E) W12 5.5, CENTER 19'-0" LENGTH ON BEAM SPAN (E) W12 (E) TSB(E) TSB ADD BOT FLANGE PL EQ 19'-0" EQ SECTION A SCALE: 1 1/2"=l' -O" - REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 0 5 2016 w City of TuWwila BUILDING DIVISION MECH UNIT 4 u 4 PROVIDE MINIMUM (2) 1/2"0 BOLTS EACH CORNER x I / c IL_—A h 9 1.25" MIN DISTANCE FROM CENTER OF HOLE TO A vl 42X42 RA DUCT UP FROM N 1.02 I I I -CONNECT DUCT TO (E) SKYLIGHT OPENING. SEALCONNECTION AIRTIGHT. PARTIAL PLAN Z SCALE: 1/4"=l' -O" STRENGTHEN A (E) W 1 2 PER SECT e \/ -- rn 3 ii -mc NEW 24" STEEL. CURB, EXTEND AS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE_BRG_1T GRIDS 4.5 , 5 & 5. SEE EL A NOTE: 1. FOR BEAMS WITH FIREPROOFING MATERIAL, REMOVE AS NECESSARY & REPLACE IN KIND IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS' SPECIFICATIONS. METAL DECK --------------------- PROVIDE NEW PL 3/4x3x19'-0" CENTERED ON BOT FLANGE OF (E) W12 AT GRID LINES 5 & (E) W12 5.5, CENTER 19'-0" LENGTH ON BEAM SPAN (E) W12 (E) TSB(E) TSB ADD BOT FLANGE PL EQ 19'-0" EQ SECTION A SCALE: 1 1/2"=l' -O" - REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 0 5 2016 w City of TuWwila BUILDING DIVISION OESIGNED: PROJECTMANAGDt SCALE DATE v Lxc METRO TRANSIT DIVISION 0 $ T. BRUCE E. WRIGHT AS NOTED COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER 08/19/14 s °� x,No���a DRAWN: APPROVED: SITE LOCATION No: PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT u' W. MAIPID L PARRIOTT W F/RA AW SdMVM _ CNECKED: I91S N0:ONE INCH AT FULL SO s y PARTIAL PLAN MINING NO: swwa Wesnwm 9Bp1 A E Klfl COUM PERMIT SUBMITTAL 8/19/14 QOW 622 -SM r1 -SM F & 6216M Aon salsa � `�� a32ssz-Soo L S. ROBERTS -- Department of ELEVATION AND SECTIONS S1.01 No. REVISION BY APPID DATE 99jONAL q'\A RECOMMENDED: CONTRACT N6 Transportation SHEETNO: OF 6 (� IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE D. CRIPPEN 00061OC11 ACCORDINGLY 6 37 MECH UNIT 4 u 4 PROVIDE MINIMUM (2) 1/2"0 BOLTS EACH CORNER FROM MECH UNIT TO CURB. BOLT HOLES MUST HAVE h 9 1.25" MIN DISTANCE FROM CENTER OF HOLE TO - - - - - - - - - - - I EDGE OF CHANNEL FLANGE IN ALL DIRECTIONS. MECH UNIT STIFF II I i EACH BEAM SUPPORT I� PROVIDE MINIMUM OF (2) I 3/16 24"DEEP BENT PL CHANNEL 1/2"0 A3 5 BOLTS FROM UNIT CURB, 3/8" MIN THICKNESS TO CURB IAT EACH CORNER -\ STIFF PL 3/8x3x (E). METAL DECK FULL DEPTH I (REMOVE AS REQ'D 3/16 I TO PROVIDE CURB 3/16 HSS 3x3x1/4xO'-6" I SUPPORT) 1 3/8„ STIFF PL CURB -PROVIDE MINIMUM I )B". I 3/8" CAP PL =1== - - EACH BEARING BENT PL CHANNEL / EA SIDE I �' LINE W 3 8" THICKNESS / / I (E) g � RECEIVED I- - �� CITY OF TUKWILA 4 5 (E) W12 1 4 %.d'ad 1 2.ilt1 1/4 ELEVATION A SCALE: SECTION A PERMIT CENTER 1/4"=l' -O" - SCALE: 1"=l' -O" - OESIGNED: PROJECTMANAGDt SCALE DATE v Lxc METRO TRANSIT DIVISION 0 $ T. BRUCE E. WRIGHT AS NOTED COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER 08/19/14 s °� x,No���a DRAWN: APPROVED: SITE LOCATION No: PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT u' W. MAIPID L PARRIOTT W F/RA AW SdMVM _ CNECKED: I91S N0:ONE INCH AT FULL SO s y PARTIAL PLAN MINING NO: swwa Wesnwm 9Bp1 A E Klfl COUM PERMIT SUBMITTAL 8/19/14 QOW 622 -SM r1 -SM F & 6216M Aon salsa � `�� a32ssz-Soo L S. ROBERTS -- Department of ELEVATION AND SECTIONS S1.01 No. REVISION BY APPID DATE 99jONAL q'\A RECOMMENDED: CONTRACT N6 Transportation SHEETNO: OF 6 (� IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE D. CRIPPEN 00061OC11 ACCORDINGLY 6 37 PERMIT SUBMITTAL No. REVISION I 8/19/14 BY APF'D DATE (E) 12" CMU WAL 5tL I IUN A SCALE: 3/4"= 1'-0" — CL NOTES: 1. CUT EXISTING WELDS THAT ATTACH NON—PERIMETER 2 1/2" GRATING TO W12x30 BEAMS, GRIND TOP FLANGE OF W12x30 SMOOTH. REMOVE ANY SHARP EDGES ON GRATES PRODUCED BY CUTTING PROCESS. GUIDE PLATE DETAIL /B \ SCALE: 1 1/2"= 1'-0" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 0 5 2016 City of TuWwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUK$'"WILA 15 211133 PERMIT CENTER 2" WALL Sr„E METRO TRANSIT DIVISION DATE - AS NOTED ATEASNOTED 08/19/14 COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER SDE LOCATICN NDLa PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE King Cou my FLOOR GRATE MODIFICATION DMWING NO i 1. Department of CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH 51.02 IF NOT ONE INCH,SCALE Transportation SHEETNO: OF ACCORDINGLY 7 37 DESIGNED PROJECT MANAGFR'. 1NG 8� T. BRUCE E. WRIGHT VpV OF rlggigc��f+�a DRAWN: APPROVED. CDwNNrg S�~6 9 8 _ W. MNPID L PARRIOTT 601 RIM At Suite 6OO CHECK 1915 No, Seeroa Wad*W. 961101 M& 6225922 F. 2067 6229130 b bh boy sm S. ROBERTS� 432&92 -SBD ' e9'4IONAL �G\ 'NQ 01\4 RECOMMENDED. D.CRIPPEN CONTRACTND. 000610C' REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 0 5 2016 City of TuWwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUK$'"WILA 15 211133 PERMIT CENTER 2" WALL Sr„E METRO TRANSIT DIVISION DATE - AS NOTED ATEASNOTED 08/19/14 COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER SDE LOCATICN NDLa PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE King Cou my FLOOR GRATE MODIFICATION DMWING NO i 1. Department of CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH 51.02 IF NOT ONE INCH,SCALE Transportation SHEETNO: OF ACCORDINGLY 7 37 GENERAL LEGEND GENERAL ABBREVIATIONS VENTILATION ABBREVIATIONS ABV ABOVE GA GAGE; GAUGE YOKE AL ACOUSTIC LINED; HPC HIGH PRESSURE SA SUPPLY AIR; SOUND Z NORTH ARROW AD ACCESS DOOR; GAL GALLON ALUMINUM CONDENSATE ATTENUATOR AUTOMATIC DAMPER GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR PD PRESSURE DROP AC AIR CONDITIONING HPS HIGH PRESSURE STEAM SF SUPPLY FAN; SQUARE ADDN -ADDITION, ADDITIONAL" GEN GENERAL PERF PERFORATED AF AIR FOIL HTG HEATING FEET BOLD LINE WEIGHT INDICATES NEW WORK AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE PERP PERPENDICULAR AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT HV HEAT AND VENT UNIT SG SUPPLY GRILLE AHJ AUTHORITY HAVING GWB GYPSUM WALLBOARD PF PREFILTER HWR HEATING WATER RETURN SR SUPPLY REGISTER JURISDICTION PH PHASE SDD BACKDRAFT DAMPER HWS HEATING WATER SUPPLY LIGHT LINE WEIGHT INDICATES EXISTING WORK ALT ALTERNATE H HEIGHT; HIGH POC POINT OF CONNECTION BI BACKWARD INCLINED HX HEAT EXCHANGER TSTA THERMOSTAT AMU AIR MAKEUP UNIT HOA HANDOFF AUTOMATIC POD POINT OF DEMOLITION BOD BOTTOM OF DUCT TEFC 'TOTALLY ENCLOSED, AP ACCESS PANEL HOR HORIZONTAL PRELIM PRELIMINARY IMC INTERNATIONAL FAN COOLED" SLASHED LINE INDICATES EXISTING WORK TO APPROX APPROXIMATELY HP HORSE POWER PRESS PRESSURE BE DEMOLISHED ARCH ARCHITECT; HR HOUR PROP PROPERTY; PROPOSAL CG CEILING GRILLE MECHANICAL CODE TG TRANSFER GRILLE ARCHITECTURAL HZ HERTZ PS PRESSURE SWITCH CC COOLING COIL AUX AUXILIARY PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE CT CFM COOLING TOWER LAT LEAVING AIR UMC UNIFORM MECHANICAL CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE TEMPERATURE CODE IBC INTERNATIONAL BUILDING INCH UH UNIT HEATER VENTILATION LEGEND BAL BALANCING CODE PSIG POUNDS PER SQUARE D MPR DAMPER MA MEDICAL COMPRESSED UV UNIT VENTILATOR BHP BRAKE HORSEPOWER ID INSIDE DIAMETER INCH GAGE DB DRY BULB AIR; MIXED AIR BLDG BUILDING IFC INTERNATIONAL FIRE PT PRESSURE TEMP. TAP TEMPERATURE(°F) VAD VARIABLE AIR VOLUME SINGLE LINE DUCTWORK INDICATES VIEW DIMENSION BSMT BASEMENT CODE OA OUTSIDE AIR VSD VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE LESS THAN 12 INCHES BTU BRITISH THERMAL UNIT IMC INTERNATIONAL QTY QUANTITY EA EACH; EXHAUST AIR OSA OUTSIDE AIR VTR VENT THRU ROOF BTUH BRITISH THERMAL UNITS MECHANICAL CODE EAT ENTERING AIR OAT OUTSIDE AIR V VENT; VOLT PER HOUR IN INFO INCH INFORMATION R RAD RADIUS; RETURN; RISER RADIUS; RADIATOR TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE VENT VENTILATE; VENTILATION SUPPLY OR EXHAUST TAKEOFF C CONDENSATE; COMMON INSUL INSULATE; INSULATION REF REFERENCE EF EG EXHAUST FAN VD VOLUME DAMPER EXHAUST GRILLE PHC PREHEAT COIL CAP CAPACITY REFR REFRIGERATION WG WALL GRILLE; WATER SUPPLY DUCT TURNING TOWARD CL CENTERLINE KW KILOWATT READ REQUIRED FA FACE AREA RL REFRIGERANT LIQUID GAGE CLG CEILING; COOLING KWH KILOWATT HOUR RET RETURN FC FAN COIL; FORWARD RS REFRIGERANT SUCTION WSEC WASHINGTON STATE --0� SUPPLY DUCT TURNING AWAY CMU CONCRETE MASONRY RM ROOM CURVED (GAS) ENERGY CODE EXHAUST DUCT TURNING TOWARDUNIT L LENGTH; LONG (DIM) RPM REVOLUTIONS PER FCU FAN COIL UNIT RHC REHEAT COIL WSNEC WASHINGTON STATE CNDS CONDENSATE LAB LABORATORY MINUTE FD FIRE DAMPER RH RELATIVE HUMIDITY NON-RESIDENTIAL EXHAUST DUCT TURNING AWAY COL CONIC COLUMN CONCRETE LAV LB LAVATORY POUND SCHED SCHEDULE FF FINAL FILTER RA RETURN AIR ENERGY CODE I� ROUND DUCT TURNING TOWARD CONN CONNECT; CONNECTION LBS/HR POUNDS PER HOUR SECT SECTION FPM FS FEET PER MINUTE RF RETURN FAN WB WET BULB FLOW SWITCH TEMPERATURE (°F) CONST CONSTRUCTION LEL LOWER EXPLOSIVE LIMIT SF SUPPLY FAN; SQUARE FV FACE VELOCITY RG RETURN GRILLE —O ROUND DUCT TURNING AWAY CONT CONTINUOUS; LF LINEAL FEET FEET Y WYE CONTINUATION LFL LOWER FLAMMABILITY SHT SHEET GALV GALVANIZED SFD SMOKE/FIRE DAMPER � TRANSITION CONTR CONTRACTOR LIMIT SIM SIMILAR GR GRILLE SP STATIC PRESSURE Z ZONE COORD COORDINATE LIN LINEAR; LINEAL SOL SOLENOID SD STORM SD SD CV CONSTANT VOLUME LO LT LOW LIGHT LTG LIGHTING SPEC SPEC'D SPECIFICATION SPECIFIED H HUMIDIFIER, HUMIDISTAT DAMPER; SUPPLYOKE � SMOKE DAMPER D DEEP (DIM) LVG LEAVING SQ SQUARE . HC HEATING COIL DIFFUSER REVIEWED FOR SFD TSFIDDDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLS MAT MATERIAL STD STRUCT STANDARD STRUCTURAL CODE COMPLIANCE DEG DEG F DEGREE DEGREES FAHRENHEIT MAX MBH MAXIMUM THOUSAND BRITISH TBD TO BE DETERMINED APPROVED A YY'' 11'"ll VV LD Vp VOLUME DAMPER DIA DIAMETER THERMAL UNITS PER TD TEMPERATURE FD DIAG DIFF DIAGONAL; DIAGRAM DIFFERENTIAL MCC HOUR MOTOR CONTROL TEMP DIFFERENTIAL TEMPERATURE MAY O 2O { i� FD I e i --j--� FIRE DAMPER DIM DIMENSION CENTER TH TOTAL HEAD DISCH DISCHARGE MECH MECHANICAL; THRU THROUGH ACCESS DOOR, ACCESS PANEL DIV DIVISION MECHANICAL TYP TYPICAL DN DOWN CONTRACTOR FLEXIBLE CONNECTION DP DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE MED MEDIUM UBC UNIFORM BUILDING CODE Ci� of TUI<WHia DR DOOR; DRAIN MFG MANUFACTURING UL UNDERWRITER'S TVT TURNING VANES DWG DRAWING MFR MANUFACTURER LABORATORY BUILDING DIVISION FLEXIBLE DUCT MIN MINIMUM; MINUTE UTIL UTILITY GENERAL NOTES EA EACH; EXHAUST AIR MISC MISCELLANEOUS ® 2x2' SUPPLY DIFFUSER EFF EFFICIENCY MTD MOUNTED V VENT; VOLT ELEC ELECTRICAL MTG MOUNTING VAC VACUUM 1. PROVIDE POST CONSTRUCTION COMMISSIONING SUPPORT AND COMPLETION QO 2' DIAMETER SUPPLY DIFFUSER ELEV ELEVATION; ELEVATOR VAR VARIABLE REQUIREMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE IECC, SECTION 503.2.9 AND IN EMCS ENERGY MANAGEMENT MTL METAL VEL VELOCITY ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. SEE SPECIFICATION SECTIONS 23 ER3 1'x2' EXHAUST GRILLE CONTROL SYSTEM MV MEDICAL VACUUM VERT VERTICAL 05 00,23 09 00 AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. VOL VOLUME 2'x2' EXHAUST GRILLE F FAHRENHEIT N NORTH; NITROGEN 2. BALANCE ALL HVAC SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE IECC, SECTION 503.2.9, FIO FURNISHED & INSTALLED NA NOT APPLICABLE W WASTE; WATER; GENERALLY ACCEPTED ENGINEERING STANDARDS AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2x4' EXHAUST GRILLE BY OWNER NC NORMALLY CLOSED WIDE(DIM); WATT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 23 05 93 AND ALL OTHER FIN FINISHED NIC NOT IN CONTRACT W/ WITH APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. r THERMOSTAT FLEX FLEXIBLE NO NORMALLY OPEN; W/O WITHOUT FLR FLOOR NITROUS OXIDE; NUMBER WT WEIGHT 3. PROVIDE CONTROLS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE IECC, SECTION 503.2.4 AND IN FOIC FURNISHED BY OWNER, NOM NOMINAL YD YARD ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. SEE TEMPERA �U __ GsOWTROtL� INSTALLED BY NTS NOT TO SCALE SPECIFICATION SECTIONS AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION SEGg4 CONTRACTOR YR YEAR tNSZ ��{ ! CITREPRESEIJ FP FIRE PROTECTION; OC ON CENTER 4. COORDINATE FIRE SPRINKLER SHUT -DOWNS WITH THE PROJECT kTIV ► V I L. A FREEZE PROTECTION OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER; AND WITH THE FIRE MARSHAL'S REQUIREMENTS. FT FEET; FOOT; FEET OF OVERALL DIMENSION y �y �'a WATER(PRESS) ODP OPEN DRIPPROOF �r �7a� OPP OPPOSITE osY OUTSIDE SCREW AND PERMIT CENTER 0 FSi consulting engineers Seattle, Washington E pANF �� ` fig' DESIGNED: AWL, TLA PROJECT MANAGER: ELIZABETH WRIGHT SCALE AS NOTED King County METRO TRANSIT DIVISION COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT MECHANICAL SYMBOLS DATE: 08/19/14 DRAWN: DGD APPROVED: USA PARRIOTT SITE LOCATION N0: CHECKED: IBIS NO: ONE INCH AT DRAWING NO: Solutions' & Service 01 ' c� fsS ONAL ENG`? RED 432692-500 w Rm . FULL SIZE 1. Department of Transportation & ABBREVIATIONS R EVIATI 0 N S M0.01 PERMIT SUBMITTAL 8/19/14 RECOMMENDED: CONTRACT NO: SHEET NO: OF No. REVISION BY APP'D DATE msec IF NOT ONE INCH, 8 37 DAVID CRIPPEN C0061OC11 SCALE ACCORDINGLY ...... ....... R GENERAL NOTES: NOTES: 1. FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING TO BE RELOCATED TO 1. REMOVE DUCT DOWN TO POD SHOWN IN SECTION DISMANTLE DUCT AVOID CONFLICT WITH DUCTWORK DEMOLITION SECTIONS AT FLANGED CONNECTIONS WHERE AVAILABLE TO AVOID AND INSTALLATION. DAMAGE TO BOOTH OR REMAINING DUCT SECTIONS. 2. ACCESS TO TOP OF BOOTH IS AVAILABLE AT 2. REMOVE SECTION OF SPRINKLER PIPING ROUTED WITHIN DUCT. BOTH NORTH AND SOUTH ENDS OF PAINT BOOTH PROVIDE TEMPORARY CAP ON UPSTREAM SECTION OF PIPE TO ALLOW AND ALSO THROUGH SIDE ENTRY VESTIBULES. SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO BE LIVE DURING CONSTRUCTION. 3. REMOVE DUCTWORK DOWN TO FLOOR. 4. REMOVE SPRINKLER PIPING & CAP AT LIVE MAIN. 5. REMOVE SECTION OF CA PIPING FOR SOLENOID INSTALLATION. 6. REMOVE PAINT BOOTH CONTROL PANEL. SEE ELECTRICAL FOR CONDUCTOR REMOVAL. EXISTING . COMPRESSED AIR LINE i SEE NOTE 6 I D- MIDDLE COACH PAINT SEE NOTE 5 BOOTH CONTROL PANEL P-- I SEE NOTE 1 ---- _. - SEE NOTE 3 - .. --.— SEE NOTE 1 .......; ---......_ -- — --- ---._ .--_.... -.-- : IF ro/// SEE NOTE 2 ' SEE NOTE 5 i ' ,� � CA TO BOOTH SPRAY AREA 'n --- " SEE NOTE 2 MD3i01 D FIRE MD3.01 C SPRINKLER PIPING SEE NOTE 4 MIDDLE tA�GDp YY' �Of\ COACH PAINT COD { IANCE OMP''ED BOOTH pp M ' 0 5 216 SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 3 SEE NOTE 2 SEE NOTE 4 FIRESEE NOTE 1 Ci of iukwrila SPRINKLER PIPING p p� \ j p� NG DIVISION - ...- ........... BUIL — _.__....i 10 SEE NOTE 2 NO : - - P. I V E D C _ . CITY O1= TUKV�/ILA 0 ,y'ei 1 5:19 MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH --- LEVEL 1 PLAN Z PERMIT CENTER 0........... SCALE: 3/8"=1'-0" MD4.01 - - - KEY PLAN NTS DESIGNED: PROJECT MANAGER: SCALE: .DATE E BANE METRO TRANSIT DIVISION 4�� wuy Cpm AWL. TLA ELIZABETH WRIGHT AS NOTED COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER 08/19/14 "ILj DRAWN: APPROVED: SITE LOCATION NO: • FSi consulting engineers y PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT Seattle, Washington `jar• DGD USA PARRIOTi LQ CHECKED: IBIS N0: ONE INCH AT King Courrty LEVEL 1 MECHANICAL DRAWING NO: Solutions &Service 9� " �v�� 432692-500 FULL SIZE DEMOLITION PLAN - MIDDLE PERMIT SUBMITTAL 8/19/14 fss NO RED WORK 092—: Department of MD1.01 No. REVISION BY APP'D DATE TONAL E RECOMMENDED: CONTRACT NO: IF NOT~ONE INCH, Transportation SHEEP NO: OF m DAVID CRIPPEN COO610C11 IF ACCORDINGLY COACH PAINT BOOTH 9 37 U FSi consulting engineers Seattle, Washington Solutions & Service ' C4) OE51GNE0: AWL, TLA 05 C King County Department of Transportation METRO TRANSIT DIVISION COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT LEVEL 1 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN _ CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH OATL: os/19/14 COMPRESSED AIR LINE DRAWN: DGD i SITE LOCATION NO:LIM i SEE NOTE 4 CHECKED: RED IBIS NO: 432692-500 wank RCT NORTH EXHAUST DUCT DRAWING NO: MD 1.02 PERMIT SUBMITTAL 8/19/14 No. REVISION - BY App'D DATE RECOMMENDED: DAVID CRIPPEN N. O: coNrRAcr NSIONAL C0061OC11 SHEET NO: of 10 37 SEE NOTE ACCESS TO EXHAUST PLENUM ACCESS TO UP TO EF AVAILABLE THROUGH TRENCH ACCESS EXHAUST PLENUM '-- -- DOOR ON NORTH EXHAUST DUCT / MD3 01 — --- L C _... .... _ .... . - - SEE NOTE 1 ....._ .. _.. _._ ............_ ... . __............ _ SPRINKLER PIPING ROUTED HIGHCA TO BOOTH POD IN VERT AGAINST CEILING SPRAY AIR POD POD �i UP TO EF----14POD POD CRIPPLE PAINT POD SEE NOTE 3 BOOTH G SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 5 SPRINKLER PIPING ROUTED MD3.01 ' B ABOVE PAINT BOOTH MIDDLE COACH PAINT UP TO AMU -4 SEE NOTE 2 (7 BOOTH CONTROL PANEL GAS PIPING f ROUTED ABOVE IS PAINT BOOTH POD .._ _ --- ... ._... - --.. GAS PIPING ROUTED ABOVE PAINT BOOTH GENERAL NOTES: 1. FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING TO BE RELOCATED TO AVOID CONFLICT WITH DUCTWORK DEMOLITION AND INSTALLATION. 2. ACCESS TO TOP OF BOOTH IS AVAILABLE AT BOTH NORTH AND SOUTH ENDS OF PAINT BOOTH. NOTES: 1. REMOVE DUCT DOWN TO POD SHOWN IN SECTION DISMANTLE DUCT SECTIONS AT FLANGED CONNECTIONS WHERE AVAILABLE TO AVOID DAMAGE TO BOOTH OR REMAINING DUCT SECTIONS. 2. REMOVE GAS PIPING FROM AMU -4 TO POD SHOWN. 3. REMOVE SPRINKLER PIPING ROUTED WITHIN DUCT AND ASSOCIATED PIPING BACK TO POD SHOWN. 4. REMOVE SECTION OF COMPRESSED AIR PIPING FOR SOLENOID VALVE INSTALLATION. 5. REMOVE PAINT BOOTH CONTROL PANEL. SEE ELECTRICAL FOR CONDUCTOR REMOVAL. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 0 5 2616 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Z o RECEIVED CITE OF TUKWILA KEY PLAN NTS i;11;a 15 20.3 CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH LEVEL 1 PLAN P MIT CENTER SCALE: 3/8"=1'-0" MD4.02 FSi consulting engineers Seattle, Washington Solutions & Service ' E• �ANFa E�w �r • �o ��� rfgEaGA ms a OE51GNE0: AWL, TLA PKWECI MANAGLN: ELIZABETH WRIGHT SCALE; As NOTED King County Department of Transportation METRO TRANSIT DIVISION COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT LEVEL 1 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN _ CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH OATL: os/19/14 DRAWN: DGD APPROVED: USA PARRIOTi SITE LOCATION NO:LIM CHECKED: RED IBIS NO: 432692-500 wank RCT ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE �� IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE ACCORDINGLY DRAWING NO: MD 1.02 PERMIT SUBMITTAL 8/19/14 No. REVISION - BY App'D DATE RECOMMENDED: DAVID CRIPPEN N. O: coNrRAcr NSIONAL C0061OC11 SHEET NO: of 10 37 SEE NOTE GENERAL NOTES: 1. PROVIDE TEMPORARY WEATHER PROTECTION FOR UNPROTECTED ROOF PENETRATIONS/SURFACES DURING DEMOLITION/CONSTRUCTION. PREVENT RAINWATER FROM ENTERING BUILDING. SUBMIT WEATHER PROTECTION MEASURES TO PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. NOTES: 1. REMOVE STACK, GUY WIRES, AND FAN. CURB TO REMAIN. REMOVE DUCT DOWN TO POD SHOWN IN SECTION. 2. REMOVE OSA LOUVER FROM EXISTING UNIT. STORE AND PROTECT LOUVER FOR REUSE. 3. REMOVE STACK, GUY WIRES, FAN AND CURB. REMOVE DUCT DOWN TO POD SHOWN IN SECTION. 4. REMOVE SUPPLY FAN MOTOR. FAN FRAME, BELT SHROUD, FAN, AND ELECTRICAL CONNECTION TO REMAIN. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPS -LANCE APPROVED MAY 0 5 2016; Cr f�rUrrra ��'I���ISION SEE NOTE 3 MD3.01 C' SEE HVU-15 AMU -3 SEE NOTE 4 C D MD3.01 / ' MD3.01 SEE NOTE 3 SEE NOTE 3 MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH ROOF PLAN rA-� SCALE: 3/8"=1'-0` MD1.03 1(c MD3.01 SEE NOTE 1 ROOFCURB / TO REMAIN NOTE 2 r -RECCEIVEQ CITY OF TUKWILA :.d 19' KKE_PLAN Y .. PERMIT CENTER NTS FSi consultingengineers 9 Seattle, Washington Solutions &Service ��DAJVF O ",� pj 4 01 '; "° ��� FSS NAL FNS 06.ti'.114 DESIGNED: AWTLA � L, PROJECT MANAGER: ELIZABETH WRIGHT SCALE: AS NOTED King Courcy Department of Transportation METRO TRANSIT DIVISION COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT ROOF LEVEL MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN - MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH DATE 08/19/14 DRAWN: DGD APPROVED: LISA PARRIOTT SITE LOCATION NO: CHECKED: RED IBIS NO: a3zesz-soo WORK 692— ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE ,• IF NOT O CH, SCALE ACCORDINGLY DRAWING NO: MD1.03 PERMIT SUBMITTAL 8/19/14 No. REVISION BY APP'D DATE No. DAVID CRIPPEN coN,RAcr No: C0061 OC 11 SHEEP NO: OF „ 37 0 MD3.01 B AMU -4 / I. j Mon rA SEE NOTE 1 AXIAL EXHAUST FAN, TYP. 2 CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH ROOF PLAN 1 1 SCALE: 3/8"=V-0" MD1.04 SEE NOTE 3 GENERAL NOTES: 1. PROVIDE TEMPORARY WEATHER PROTECTION FOR UNPROTECTED ROOF PENETRATIONS/SURFACES DURING DEMOLITION/CONSTRUCTION. PREVENT RAINWATER FROM ENTERING BUILDING. COORDINATE WEATHER PROTECTION MEASURES WITH PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. 06 NOTES: 1. REMOVE STACK, GUY WIRES, FANS, AND CURB. REMOVE DUCT DOWN TO POD SHOWN IN SECTIONS. 2. REMOVE AMU AND CURB AND DUCT DOWN TO POD SHOWN IN SECTION. 3. REMOVE SKYLIGHT AND RETURN TO OWNER. CURB TO REMAIN. 4. REMOVE GAS PIPING FROM UNIT TO POD SHOWN ON MD1.02. —4— REVIEWED FOR ',CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 0 5 2016 CHY of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITNE�UKWILA PERMIT CENTER FSi consulting engineers g 9 Seattle, Washington _ Solutions & Service90 DANFO s SEWim, �p� �s rA�E t SS/ONAL EH DESIGNED: AWL, TLA PROJECT MANAGER: ELIZABETH WRIGHT SCALE: AS NOTED L Kin CG�IiIt Department ofDEM Transportation METRO TRANSIT DIVISION COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT ROOF LEVEL MECHANICAL 0 LITI 0 N PLAN _ CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH DATE: 08/19/14 DRAWN: DGD APPROVED: LISA PARRIOTT SITE LOCATION NO: CHECKED: RED IBIS N0: 432692-500 W REW6T: ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE 1. IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE ACCORDINGLY DRAWING N0: MD 1.04 PERMIT SUBMITTAL 8/19/14 No. REVISION BY APP'D DATE RECOMMENDED: DAVID CRIPPEN CONTRACT N0: C00610C1 1 1 SHEET N0:OF 12 37 SEE SEE CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH DEMOLITION SECTION rA-'*\ SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" MD3.01 , PIPING PIPING FLOOR NOTES: 1. REMOVE SPRINKLER PIPING TO POD. 2. REMOVE CURB, PROTECT SURROUNDING ROOF FROM DAMAGE. 3. DEMOLITION OF CURB IS TO BE OMITTED FROM STACK STACK—, TACK TYPICAL SECTION ON SELECT FAN/STACK ASSEMBLIES. SEE SHEET MD1.03 FOR CURBS TO REMAIN. 4. REMOVE GAS PIPING BACK TO POD SHOWN. FAN SEE NOTE 2 CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH DEMOLITION SECTION SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" MD3.01 FAN SEE NOTE 3 STACK FAN L rEVIEVCi1 FFR Ii C;tbl (zCbjk%1zoGt SEE NOTE 2 POD AT FLOOR LEVEL - -. FLANGES AECEIVED CI ' flr<TUKWILA 7 ENTER MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH TYPICAL DEMOLITION SECTION 1 D SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" MD3.01 � FSi consulting engineers Seattle, Washington Solutions &Service � p,gNF cCF O PJ krg 9A °;°°° �� es Noy SIDNAL E °Qs' DESIGNED: AWL, TLA PROJECT MANAGER: ELIZABETH WRIGHT SCALE: AS NOTED L19 King County Department of Transportation METRO TRANSIT DIVISION COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT MECHANICAL DEMOLITION SECTIONS DATE: 08/19/14 DRAWN : DGD APPROVED: USA PARRIOTT SITE LocArlaN No:PAINT CHECKED: RED IBIS NO: MW waw REGII6T: ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE ,• �� IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE ACCORDINGLY DRAWING NO: MD3.01 PERMIT SUBMITTAL 8/19/14 No. REVISION BY APP -DI DATE RECOMMENDED: DAVID CRIPPEN CONTRACT NO: C0061OC11 SHEET NO: OF 13 37 IJ GENERAL NOTES: NOTES: 1. FIRE PROTECTION TO COMPLY WITH IFC CH. 13, NFPA 33, 1. PROVIDE SPRINKLER PIPING AND SPRINKLER HEADS TO MATCH EXISTING WITHIN PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST DUCT. PROVIDE SPRINKLER COVERAGE PER NFPA 13, AND NFPA 13 FOR EXTRA HAZARD GROUP 2 DENSITY. NFPA 33, AND AHJ. PROVIDE PLASTIC BAGS FASTENED WITH ZIP -TIE OVER HEADS, SEE 3/M5.01. 2. PROVIDE 1/8" STEEL OR ALUMINUM PLATE OVER FLOOR OPENING. FASTEN TO FLOOR WITH CONCRETE ANCHORS EVERY 36" AND SEAL WITH MASTIC. 3. PROVIDE LEL MONITOR WITH REMOTE READOUT. MOUNT READOUT ON WALL AT 48" AFF. 4. CONNECT DUCT TO EXISTING, SEE A/M3.01. CONTRACTOR MAY REUSE EXISTING FLANGES FOR CONNECTION. PROVIDE TRANSITION ABOVE CONNECTION POINT. 5. PROVIDE NORMALLY CLOSED SOLENOID VALVE IN COMPRESSED AIR PIPING SERVING MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH SPRAY AIR. CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM THAT LINE SHOWN ONLY SERVES MIDDLE COACH BOOTH. LOCATE VALVE TO BE ACCESSIBLE FOR MAINTENANCE. SEE M6.02 FOR CONTROLS CONNECTIONS AND SEQUENCE. 6. PROVIDE PAINT BOOTH CONTROL PANEL. SEE M6.02 AND ELECTRICAL FOR DETAILS AND SEQUENCE. N REMOTE READOUT LEL MONITOR SEE NOTE 3 -� PAINT SHOP SEE NOTE 6 MIDDLE COACH PAINT REMOTE GAS METER BOOTH CONTROL PANEL. READOUT LOCATION 1 ... _-- _ ...._.. ._ _....: _. _.. _..._ - - PAINT BOOTH -SEE NOTE 2 EXISTING COMPRESSED AIR LINE SEE NOTE 5 POC TOR J . °A'�Fo ` 'Po ';"° �"� �SSJONAL ENGA 061aca® L.— J -CA TO BOOTH UP TO EF -3 SPRAY AIR 'ElSEE NOTE 1Z,--UPTOEF-1 POC: L'a King County Department of Transportation LEL MONI SEE NOTE 1 POC AUDIBLE _— .... ....... i; CO2 ALARM ._......... i MIDDLE COACH PAINT IBIS NO: 432692-500 wow RI=M: BOOTH PAINT SHOP SEE NOTE 6 MIDDLE COACH PAINT REMOTE GAS METER BOOTH CONTROL PANEL. READOUT LOCATION 1 ... _-- _ ...._.. ._ _....: _. _.. _..._ - - PAINT BOOTH -SEE NOTE 2 EXISTING COMPRESSED AIR LINE SEE NOTE 5 POC TOR J . °A'�Fo ` 'Po ';"° �"� �SSJONAL ENGA 061aca® L.— J -CA TO BOOTH UP TO EF -3 SPRAY AIR 'ElSEE NOTE 1Z,--UPTOEF-1 POC: L'a King County Department of Transportation _ COMPRESSED BREATHING AIR CONNECTION, TYP. 6 SEE NOTE 1 POC DRAWN: DGD APPROVED: USA PARRIOTT SITE LOCATION NO:COMPONENT CHECKED: RED IBIS NO: 432692-500 wow RI=M: ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE . I IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE ACCORDINGLY.1 DRAWING NO: M 1.01 PERMIT SUBMITTAL 8/19/14 No. REVISION BY APP'D DATE RECOMMENDED: DAVID CRIPPEN CONTRACT N0: COO61OC11 42"ID SEE NOTE 4 (E) FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING 42^ID SEE NOTE 4 UP TO AM 12SUPPLY AIR 92X40 SUPPLY AIR 92X40 UP TO AMU -3 REV CODS -WED; FOR "® P,IANCE .Oil APPROVED MA 0 5 2016 Citk of TuWdIa SEE NOTE 4 (E) FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING SEE NOTE BUILD ING DIVISION POC UP TO EF-2POC UP TO EF -4 __. SEE NOTE 1 J SEE NOTE 2 — 1 — —I _J SEENOTEI _J RECEIVED 42"ID 42"ID y OF TUKW1La R M3.01 E) DUCT DN TO FILTER PLENUM,' YP4 © O MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH LEVEL 1 PLAN rA1 SCALE: 3/8"=1'-0" M1.01 .... ... .. . PERMIT CENTER ® O 10 FSi consultin engineers 9 9 Seattle, Washington Solutions & Service °A'�Fo ` 'Po ';"° �"� �SSJONAL ENGA 061aca® DESIGNED: AWL, TLA PROJECT MANAGER: ELIZABETH WRIGHT SCALE AS NOTED L'a King County Department of Transportation METRO TRANSIT DIVISION SUPPLY CENTER PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT 1 LEVEL I MECHANICAL PLAN - MIDDLE I COACH PAINT BOOTH DATE: 08/19/14 DRAWN: DGD APPROVED: USA PARRIOTT SITE LOCATION NO:COMPONENT CHECKED: RED IBIS NO: 432692-500 wow RI=M: ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE . I IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE ACCORDINGLY.1 DRAWING NO: M 1.01 PERMIT SUBMITTAL 8/19/14 No. REVISION BY APP'D DATE RECOMMENDED: DAVID CRIPPEN CONTRACT N0: COO61OC11 SHEET NO: OF 1 14 37 (E) EXH PLENUM ACCESS TO EXHAUST PLENUM DRAIN POINT / MAINTENANCE SEE NOTE 6 SPRAY CA - UP TO EF -6 \ ` 42'0 \ POC IN SEE NOTE 3 VERT POC IN VERT O EXISTING COMPRESSED AIR LINE SEE NOTE 1 CRIPPLE 42x80 UP PAINT SHOP TO AMU -4 . rEXISTING COMPRESSED BREATHING AIR CONNECTION, TYP. 12 POC IN VERT SEE NOTE 2 z POC I UP TO EF 5 CAjQBqO TH-. -- SPRAY AIR G UP TO -AREA ACCESSIBLE DRAWN: DGD FROM TOP OF SITE LOCATION No: PAINTBOOTH ONLY -- — -- --J IBIS N0: 432692-500 43 REoucSc I DRAWING NO: M.1.02 r L__jL__jL—J L— L CONTRACT NO: C0061 001 1 —— SEE NOTE 1 CRIPPLE 42x80 UP PAINT SHOP TO AMU -4 . rEXISTING COMPRESSED BREATHING AIR CONNECTION, TYP. 12 POC IN VERT \ / z POC I VERT PROJECT MANAGER: ELIZABETH WRIGHT NOTE 5 \ / G UP TO DATE: 08/19/14 DRAWN: DGD AMUS SITE LOCATION No: 42x42 CHECKED: RED IBIS N0: 432692-500 43 REoucSc ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE NOTF SCALE ACOCORDIN GLY DRAWING NO: M.1.02 PERMIT SUBMITTAL 8/19/14 42x42 UP TO RECOMMENDED: DAVID CRIPPEN CONTRACT NO: C0061 001 1 SHEET NO: OIF 15 37 AMU CURB PLENUM L—J L—J CORRIDOR CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH LEVEL 1 PLAN rA1 SCALE: 3/8"=1'-0" M1.02 L J L— J L SEE NOTE 4 LEL MONITOR DN TO HEADS IN EXHAUST TRENCH. POC IN VERT AT EXISTING COUPLING. EXISTING AUDIBLE CO2 ALARM POC IN VERT —SPRINKLER HEADS IN PAINT BOOTH, TYP —CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH G SEE NOTE 7 CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH 0 CONTROL PANEL EXISTING AUDIBLE CO2 ALARM EXISTING EYE WASH STATION H REVIEWED FOR ?CODE COMPLIANCE -APPROVED MAY o s zois City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION GENERAL NOTES: 1. DUCT IN CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH SHALL BE DESIGNED TO BE INSTALLED FROM ACCESSIBLE AREAS AROUND EXISTING PAINT BOOTH WITHOUT REQUIRING MODIFICATION TO BOOTH. CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR DUCT WORK IN THIS AREA CONTRACTOR MAY PROPOSE AND SUBMIT ALTERNATE METHOD WITHOUT CHANGE IN CONTRACT. 2. FIRE PROTECTION TO COMPLY WITH IFC CH. 13, NFPA 33, AND NFPA 13 FOR EXTRA HAZARD GROUP 2 DENSITY. NOTES: 1. CONNECT AMU SUPPLY DUCT TO EXISTING PAINT BOOTH SUPPLY PLENUM FLANGE. 2. CONNECT NEW DUCT TO EXISTING. REUSE EXISTING FLANGES FOR ASSEMBLY AT POC SHOWN IN SECTION.. 3. CONNECT NEW DUCT TO EXISTING. REUSE EXISTING FLANGES FOR ASSEMBLY. PROVIDE TRANSITION ABOVE CONNECTION POINT. 4. PROVIDE LEL MONITOR WITH REMOTE READOUT. MOUNT READOUT ON WALL AT 48" A.F.F. 5. RECONNECT SPRINKLER PIPING AND INSTALL SPRINKLER HEADS TO MATCH EXISTING ON HEADS WITHIN PAINT BOOTH AND EXHAUST DUCT. PROVIDE SPRINKLER COVERAGE PER NFPA 13, NFPA 33, AND AHJ. PROVIDE PLASTIC BAGS FASTENED WITH ZIP -TIE OVER HEADS, SEE 3/M5.01. 6. PROVIDE NORMALLY CLOSED SOLENOID VALVE IN COMPRESSED AIR PIPING SERVING CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH SPRAY AIR. CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM THAT LINE SHOWN ONLY SERVES MIDDLE COACH BOOTH. LOCATE VALVE TO BE ACCESSIBLE FOR MAINTENANCE. SEE M6.02 FOR CONTROLS, CONNECTIONS AND SEQUENCE. 7. PROVIDE PAINT BOOTH CONTROL PANEL. SEE M6.03 AND ELECTRICAL FOR DETAILS AND SEQUENCE. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PERMIT -CENTER a KEY PLAN NTS � FSi consulting engineers 9 9 Seattle, Washington Solutions &Service ESD W'Oo �' 90 '; �� DESS/ONAL ENG? 061 DESIGNED: AWL, TLA PROJECT MANAGER: ELIZABETH WRIGHT SCALE: AS NOTED King County Department p Transportation METRO TRANSIT DIVISION COMPONENT SUPPLY PAINT BOOTH EXHAUSTFAN REPLACEMENT 1 LEVEL 1 _ MECHANICAL PLAN CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH DATE: 08/19/14 DRAWN: DGD APPROVED: USA PARRIO17 SITE LOCATION No: CHECKED: RED IBIS N0: 432692-500 43 REoucSc ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE NOTF SCALE ACOCORDIN GLY DRAWING NO: M.1.02 PERMIT SUBMITTAL 8/19/14 No. REVISION BY APP'D DATE RECOMMENDED: DAVID CRIPPEN CONTRACT NO: C0061 001 1 SHEET NO: OIF 15 37 1/M5.01 I � \ SEE NOTE 1 �� oe CD -3 \ 5 Vol I MIXING BOX SEE NOTE 2 SEE 1/M5.01 ®... —.....M301 A' - ... ......... ... .. ....... ............ REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 0 5 2016 BUILDIi 0 DIVISION SEE NOTE 5 :�--- SEE NOTE 3 CD -1 It 1 I I / SEE NOTE 4 2/M5.01 EXISTING AMU -2, TO REMAIN EXISTING HVU, 1 1 42"H — — — SA DN TO SEE NOTE 7 MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH I \/ -SEE NOTE 8 / \ I I/ \I B / M3.01 EF -2 HE NOTES: 1. INSTALL OSA LOUVER REMOVED FROM EXISTING AMU IN MIXING BOX. 2. PROVIDE MIXING BOX. ATTACH TO EXISTING AMU OUTSIDE AIR INLET. 3. DUCT ROUTING SIMILAR TO ROUTING SHOWN IN SECTIONS A & B ON M3.01. 4. PATCH ROOF PENETRATION, SEE ROOF SPECIFICATION. 5. PROVIDE CURB ADAPTOR AS REQUIRED FOR TRANSITION TO FAN, SEE 2/M5.01. 6. PROVIDE 14" ROOF CURB. PATCH ROOF, SEE ARCH. 7. PROVIDE DUCT FLEX CONNECTOR. 8. PROVIDE UNISTRUT DUCT SUPPORT STRUCTURE FOR SUPPORT OF HORIZONTAL DUCT RUN. ATTACH SUPPORT STRUCTURE TO STACK WITH CLAMP AND TO MIXING BOX WITH BRACKETS PROVIDED ON MIXING BOX. 9. PROVIDE REPLACEMENT MOTOR FOR SUPPLY FAN OF AMU FOR CONNECTION TO VFD CONTROLS. MODIFY FAN FRAME AND FAN FRAME VIBRATION ISOLATION TO ACCEPT MOTOR INSTALLATION AND SUPPORT MODIFIED ASSEMBLY WEIGHT/VIBRATION CHARACTERISTICS. PROVIDE SHEAVES AND BELTS, AND REINSTALL BELT SHROUD. IU -3, EF -3------- / I SEE NOTE 6 �� SEE NOTE 3 2/M5.01 CD -1 SEE NOTE 8 J 42"0 � SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 7 SEE NOTE 8 / 1 1 ROOF PLAN �A1 Z oo SCALE: 3/8"=V-0" M1.03 SEE NOTE 3 KEY PLAN \ SA DN TOol / _ lo NTS I MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH �� DESIGNED: PROJECT MANAGER: CD -2 METRO TRANSIT DIVISION DATE: 08/19/14 en 9 • FSi consultingengineers Seattle, Washington cf.p '\ 4PAINT AWL, TLA ELIZABETH WRIGHT King County COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT ROOF LEVEL MECHANICAL DRAWN- DGD APPROVED: USA PARRIOTT SITE LOCKnON NO: CHECKED: IBIS NO: ONE INCH DRAWING NO: Solutions &Service � 90 2J 90 �e a a� SS/ONAL EN miau RED 432692-500 W K RMU.: FULL.SIZE I ,• IF NOT ONE INCH, Department of Transportation I/ \I PERMIT SUBMITTAL 8/19/14 No. REVISION BY APP'D DATE RECOMMENDED: CONTRACT N0: SHEET N0: OF ssvID . SEE NOTE 9 00061 OC 11 SCALE ACCORDINGLY EFS j �'-- �` CD -1 CD=3 SEE NOTE 2 j R E `': Ihs{ llxII, V50X �Y (Y( SEE NOTE 3 .01 MOTOF(3@ LOST T U��,K ILA (nP) FAN CLAMSHELL ACCESS DOORS (TYP) •' /� �� 2/MS.D, PERMIT CENTER.. ...... .... ..................... ......... ...... _.................. ..... SEE NOTE 5 809 MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH ROOF PLAN �A1 Z SCALE: 3/8"=V-0" M1.03 KEY PLAN NTS DESIGNED: PROJECT MANAGER: SCALE: AS NOTED METRO TRANSIT DIVISION DATE: 08/19/14 en 9 • FSi consultingengineers Seattle, Washington cf.p '\ 4PAINT AWL, TLA ELIZABETH WRIGHT King County COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT ROOF LEVEL MECHANICAL DRAWN- DGD APPROVED: USA PARRIOTT SITE LOCKnON NO: CHECKED: IBIS NO: ONE INCH DRAWING NO: Solutions &Service � 90 2J 90 �e a a� SS/ONAL EN miau RED 432692-500 W K RMU.: FULL.SIZE I ,• IF NOT ONE INCH, Department of Transportation . PLAN — MIDDLE COACH- PAINT BOOTH M1.03 PERMIT SUBMITTAL 8/19/14 No. REVISION BY APP'D DATE RECOMMENDED: CONTRACT N0: SHEET N0: OF ssvID . DAVID CRIPPEN 00061 OC 11 SCALE ACCORDINGLY 16 37 GENERAL NOTES: 1. FIRE PROTECTION TO COMPLY WITH IFC CH. 13, NFPA 33, AND NFPA 13 FOR EXTRA HAZARD GROUP 2 DENSITY. 03 FAN CLAMSHELL ACCESS DOORS (TYP) CD -1 - NOTES: NOTES (CONTINUED): 1. STRUCTURAL 24" CURB TO BE USED AS RETURN AIR PATH. INSTALL RETURN 3. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S 12" ROOF CURB. PATCH ROOF, SEE ROOFING AIR DUCTWORK, CURB AND AMU SO AS TO PROVIDE CLEAR, UNOBSTRUCTED SPECIFICATION. AIR PATH FROM RETURN AIR BELL -MOUTH OPENING TO AMU RETURN AIR INLET. SEAL CURB INTERIOR. ALSO SEE C/M3.01. SEE STRUCT FOR CURB 4. PROVIDE FIRE SPRINKLER COVERAGE IN RETURN AIR PLENUM BELOW AMU. CONSTRUCTION AND STRUCTURAL REINFORCEMENT. COORDINATE CURB PROVIDE SPRINKLER COVERAGE PER NFPA 13, NFPA 33, AND AHJ. PROVIDE DIMENSIONS WITH STRUCTURAL. PLASTIC BAGS WITH ZIP -TIE OVER IT ENDS. SEE 3/M5.01 FOR SIMILAR INSTALLATION. PROVIDE ACCESS TO HEAD THROUGH HAND HOLE ACCESS 2. DUCT DIRECTLY FROM PAINT BOOTH SUPPLY PLENUM TO AMU. PROVIDE COVERS. FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION MATERIAL TO SEAL SPACE BETWEEN SUPPLY DUCT AND EDGE OF ROOF PENETRATION. 04 05 MOTOR ENCLOSURE (TYP) SEE NOTE 3� ,I SEE NOTE 3 EF -6 42"0 STACK SEE NOTE 1 SEE NOTE 06 CD -1 DOWN TO CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH SUPPLY ` EF -5 AIR PLENUM \ / AMU -4 / \ I � I� �I 06 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 0 5 2016 City ofTukwila BUILDING DIVISION CD -1 UP FROMM1.02 ` EF -5 I � i 42"0 STACK CONNECT DUCT TO (E) SKYLIGHT OPENING. GAS ON SEAL CONNECTION AIRTIGHT. i / I.. ....... ..... ......... _. _ . PERMIT CENTER Z � KEY PLAN NTS DA DESIGNED: PROJECT MANAGER: SCALE: AS NOTED METRO TRANSIT DIVISION — J FSi consulting engineers Seattle, Washington Solutions &Service C M3.01 SEE NOTE 4 42X42 RA DUCT REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 0 5 2016 City ofTukwila BUILDING DIVISION UP FROMM1.02 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH ROOF PLAN SCALE: 3/8"=1'-0" M1.04 PERMIT CENTER Z � KEY PLAN NTS DA DESIGNED: PROJECT MANAGER: SCALE: AS NOTED METRO TRANSIT DIVISION DATE: 08/19/14 FSi consulting engineers Seattle, Washington Solutions &Service 4 PA '°°'° ���� fSS DNAI ENG m1114 AWL, TLA ELIZABETH WRIGHT LQ King County Department of Transportation COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT ROOF LEVEL MECHANICAL PLAN — CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH DRAWN: APPROVED: SITE LOCATION NO: DECCKED, RED eS4326ANO:2—ARRIOTf 9500 wow 692— ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE �� IF NOT ONE INCH, DRAWING NO: M 1.04 PERMIT SUBMITTAL $/19/14 No. REVISION BY APP'D DATE RECOMMENDED: CONTRACT NO: SHEET NO: OF �m DAVID CRIPPEN COO610C11 � SCALE ACCORDINGLY 17 37 23,000 CFM 23,000 CFM DISCHARGE CAP WITH WIND BAND AND BUTTERFLY DAMPER 42.0,TYP. SEE NOTE 2 SEE NOTE 2 CD -2 CONTROL DAMPER FLEX CD -1 CONNECTOR 42"0 CONTROL , DAMPER I = 1 42" AMU MIXING �� ; CD -1 CONTROL BOX.SEE DAMPER 1/M5.01 22' ......................................................... _ . EF -2 EF -1 ...-............ -- .................... _. ... .......... _..... _....- .......... _..._.. CURB CAP. - — SEE 2/M5.01 -......._.................................................._ .__......_......._....._........_....... ........ ........... ......._........ ........ .... ..._._,_..; POCK POC TYPICAL MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH MECHANICAL SECTION �1 SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" M3.01 PERMIT SUBMITTAL No. REVISION 23,000 CFM DISCHARGE CAP WITH WIND BAND AND BUTTERFLY DAMPER 42"0 SEE NOTE 2 CD -2 CONTROLDAMPER CD -1 CONTROL DAMPER FLEX CONNECTOR , i E 42"0 `` f MIXING BOX, SEE 1/M5.01 �Lj i I i (E) AMU 22' NOTES: 1. CLEAN PAINT BUILDUP FROM FLOOR GRATES USING ULTRA-HIGH PRESSURE WASHING AND VACUUM COLLECTION SYSTEMS AS PROVIDED BY DUNKIN & BUSH INC. OR EQUAL. 2. PROVIDE GUY WIRE BRACING AND ATTACH TO EXISTING GUY WIRE ROOF CONNECTION BRACKETS. FLEX CONNECTION - BELLMOUTH OPENING --, 24"INSULATED CURB. SEAL AIRTIGHT. — (E) SUPPLY _{ DUCT TO PAINT BOOTH SUPPLY PLENUM GAS FSi Consulting engineers Seattle, Washington 8/19/14 Solutions & Service BY APP'D DATE MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH MECHANICAL SECTION %B1 SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" M3.01 r — -i �. DA VF DESIGN] AWL. 1r DRAWN: PO I _ I 22' NOTES: 1. CLEAN PAINT BUILDUP FROM FLOOR GRATES USING ULTRA-HIGH PRESSURE WASHING AND VACUUM COLLECTION SYSTEMS AS PROVIDED BY DUNKIN & BUSH INC. OR EQUAL. 2. PROVIDE GUY WIRE BRACING AND ATTACH TO EXISTING GUY WIRE ROOF CONNECTION BRACKETS. FLEX CONNECTION - BELLMOUTH OPENING --, 24"INSULATED CURB. SEAL AIRTIGHT. — (E) SUPPLY _{ DUCT TO PAINT BOOTH SUPPLY PLENUM GAS FSi Consulting engineers Seattle, Washington 8/19/14 Solutions & Service BY APP'D DATE MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH MECHANICAL SECTION %B1 SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" M3.01 �. DA VF DESIGN] AWL. 1r DRAWN: PO 42" DGD :oxao e CHECKS 40 fs9/0NAL RED RECOMI I M19.14 DAVID DISCHARGE CAP WITH WIND BAND AND BUTTERFLY DAMPER - BURNER ACCESS PANEL 23,000 CFM ►I� 42"0, TYP. SEE NOTE 2 42" CONTROL DAMPER EF -5 FIRE SPRINKLER HEAD, TYP FIRE SPRINKLER PIPE BELLMOUTH i TRANSITION i FIRE SPRINKLER HEAD,TYP 22' POC P( FIRE PO 42" SPRINKLER r" POC ►I� 42"0, TYP. SEE NOTE 2 42" CONTROL DAMPER EF -5 FIRE SPRINKLER HEAD, TYP FIRE SPRINKLER PIPE BELLMOUTH i TRANSITION i FIRE SPRINKLER HEAD,TYP 22' POC FIRE SPRINKLER r" HEAD, TYP CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH (E) FLOOR GRATES AND SEE NOTE 1 EXHAUST FILTER REVi5-WED FOR =. � �n p� CODE COMPLIANCE EXHAUSTPLENUMBELOW APPROVED BOOTH ACCESS RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA NO THENDOFBDOOR OOTHON MAY 0 5 2016 „- City ofTuWila CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH PERMIT CENTER BUILDING DIVISION SECTION SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" M3.01 PROJECT MANAGER: SCALE: METRO TRANSIT DIVISION DATE: ELIZABETH WRIGHT AS NOTED COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER 08/19/14 APPROVED: SITE LOCATION No: I L41 PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT LISA PARRIOTT King County DRAWING NO: IBIS No: ONE INCH AT 432692-500 FULL SIZE ,- Department of MECHANICAL SECTIONS M3.01 NT NO: ,NO IF NOT ONE INCH, Transportation SHEEP NO: OF 000610011 SCALE ACCORDINGLY 18 37 NOTES: 1. PROVIDE SUPPORT FOR MIXING BOX. STEEL SUPPORTS SHALL BE HOT -DIP GALVANIZED. 2. MIXING BOX SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF 16 GA, G90 GALVANIZED STEEL PAINTED TO MATCH EXISTING AMU. WALLS AND ROOF SHALL BE STANDING SEAM CONSTRUCTION. CD -3 PROVIDE ROOF WALK MAT BELOW SUPPORT, TYP. BELLMOUTH FLANGED OPENING EXISTING AMU MAINTENANCE ACCESS DOOR ROOF CURB (E) MIXING BOX DETAIL �1 SCALE: NTS M5.01 EXHAUST FAN, CLAMSHELL CONSTRUCTION FACTORY WELDED CURB CAP W/FLANGED FAN CONNECTION, PROVIDED WITH FAN FOR ROOF CURBS THAT ARE TO REMAIN — WHERE INDICATED ON M4.03. SEAL CONNECTION WATER TIGHT. FACTORY ROOF CURB, 14" MIN, PROVIDED WITH FAN - WHERE INDICATED ON M4.03. DISCHARGE CAP WITH WIND BAND AND BUTTERFLY DAMPER, SEE PLAN FOR SIZE EXHAUST STACK, SEE PLAN FOR SIZE WEATHER COVER FOR MOTOR AND BELT 1/2" NEOPRENE VIBRATION ISOLATOR GASKET BETWEEN DUCT AND FAN INLET, ROOF - FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION EXHAUST FAN DETAIL �1 SCALE: NTS M5.01 m 1/8" THICK NEOPRENE, 6" SQUARE WITH 1" HOLE IN CENTER TO FIT AROUND SPRINKLER LINE. (BY FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR). - 8" SQUARE 18 GAGE GALV STEEL W/SCREWS AT EACH CORNER AND HOLE IN CENTER TO SLIP OVER END OF SPRINKLER LINE. � HOLE SIZED TO PERMIT REMOVAL \ OF SPRINKLER HEAD fSPRINKLER LINE STAINLESS STEEL SELF TAPPING SCREWS DUCT (ROUND SHOWN - RECTANGULAR SIMILAR) --_POLYETHYLENE BAGS PENDENT SPRINKLER HEAD NOTES: 1. COORDINATE LOCATION OF DUCT MOUNTED SPRINKLER HEAD WITH FIRE PROTECTION. TYPICAL SPRINKLER HEAD INSTALLATION IN DUCTWORK DETAIL %31 SCALE: NTS M5.01 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 0 5 2016 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA 1.i'sr 15 2-j".3 ?ERMIT CENTER � FSi consulting engineers Seattle, Washington Solutions & Service DA/yrp �. 9 i o �� fSSENG` iONAL m1914 �-I o I mil METRO TRANSIT DIVISION COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER PAI NT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT DETAILS DATE: 08/19/14 it I ��I SITE LOCATION N0: I i I REUSE OSA LOUVER 4IS NO: 500 MR, �: ONE INCHT SIZE 1. IF NOT ONE CH, SCALE ACCORDINGLY FROM EXISTING AMU —J No. REVISION BY APP'D DATE DRAIN CONTRACT NO: 00061OC11 EQUIPMENT SUPPORT, SEE NOTE 1. PROVIDE ROOF WALK MAT BELOW SUPPORT, TYP. BELLMOUTH FLANGED OPENING EXISTING AMU MAINTENANCE ACCESS DOOR ROOF CURB (E) MIXING BOX DETAIL �1 SCALE: NTS M5.01 EXHAUST FAN, CLAMSHELL CONSTRUCTION FACTORY WELDED CURB CAP W/FLANGED FAN CONNECTION, PROVIDED WITH FAN FOR ROOF CURBS THAT ARE TO REMAIN — WHERE INDICATED ON M4.03. SEAL CONNECTION WATER TIGHT. FACTORY ROOF CURB, 14" MIN, PROVIDED WITH FAN - WHERE INDICATED ON M4.03. DISCHARGE CAP WITH WIND BAND AND BUTTERFLY DAMPER, SEE PLAN FOR SIZE EXHAUST STACK, SEE PLAN FOR SIZE WEATHER COVER FOR MOTOR AND BELT 1/2" NEOPRENE VIBRATION ISOLATOR GASKET BETWEEN DUCT AND FAN INLET, ROOF - FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION EXHAUST FAN DETAIL �1 SCALE: NTS M5.01 m 1/8" THICK NEOPRENE, 6" SQUARE WITH 1" HOLE IN CENTER TO FIT AROUND SPRINKLER LINE. (BY FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR). - 8" SQUARE 18 GAGE GALV STEEL W/SCREWS AT EACH CORNER AND HOLE IN CENTER TO SLIP OVER END OF SPRINKLER LINE. � HOLE SIZED TO PERMIT REMOVAL \ OF SPRINKLER HEAD fSPRINKLER LINE STAINLESS STEEL SELF TAPPING SCREWS DUCT (ROUND SHOWN - RECTANGULAR SIMILAR) --_POLYETHYLENE BAGS PENDENT SPRINKLER HEAD NOTES: 1. COORDINATE LOCATION OF DUCT MOUNTED SPRINKLER HEAD WITH FIRE PROTECTION. TYPICAL SPRINKLER HEAD INSTALLATION IN DUCTWORK DETAIL %31 SCALE: NTS M5.01 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 0 5 2016 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA 1.i'sr 15 2-j".3 ?ERMIT CENTER � FSi consulting engineers Seattle, Washington Solutions & Service DA/yrp �. 9 i o �� fSSENG` iONAL m1914 DESIGNED: AWL, TLA PROJECT MANAGER: ELIZABETH WRIGHT SCALE: AS NOTED LQ King County Department ofMECHANICAL Transportation METRO TRANSIT DIVISION COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER PAI NT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT DETAILS DATE: 08/19/14 DRAWN: DGD APPROVED: LISA PARRIOTT SITE LOCATION N0: CHECKED: RED 4IS NO: 500 MR, �: ONE INCHT SIZE 1. IF NOT ONE CH, SCALE ACCORDINGLY DRAWING NO: PERMIT SUBMITTAL 8/19/14 No. REVISION BY APP'D DATE RECOMMENDED: DAVID CRIPPEN CONTRACT NO: 00061OC11 SHEET NO: OF 19 37 AIR MAKE-UP UNIT SCHEDULE FSi consulting engineersPAINT Seattle, Washington Solutions &Service DAMPER PERFORMANCE DATA ACTUATOR PERFORMANCE DATA PROJECT MANAGEJi: ELIZABETH WRIGHT FAN MOTOR BURNER FILTERS DAMPER TEMP FAILURE APPROVED: USA PARRIOTT SITE LOCATION N0: NOTES UNIT WEIGHT (IN) RATE SPIN ) LIMIT (°F) BASIS OF DESIGN UNIT TYPE MARK SERVICE CYCLE ECON MINIMUM TYPE SERVICE BASIS OF DESIGN BASIS OF DESIGN WEIGHT NOTES SUPPLY CFM ESP (IN) TSP FAN MOTOR NOMINAL OUTPUT MINIMUM TURNDOWN EAT LAT TYPE MAX FACE VEL (FPM) EF -1, 2, 3, 4 OSA AXIAL (LBS) 23,000 1.7 1,250 1,800 15 9.79 [2] [3] (IN) [4][5] RPM [1] CAPACITY (MBH) EFFICIENCY RATIO (DEG F) (DEG F) SPRING RETURN HP BHP [6] SPEED VOLTS PHASEI HZ 250° RUSKIN C080VGX EF -5,6 ROOF AXIAL CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH 23,000 1.7 1,250 1,800 15 9.79 460 3 60 TWIN CITY TCVX 42B530 1250 [21.[31 PAINT CYCLE 100% 45,000 1.5 2.4 1100 34 460 3 60 21 181 90 AMU -2 [11] MIDDLE COACH PAINT NO 40 3300 98% 500 DECHAMPS [7] [127 21 - 110 BOOTH CURE CYCLE 50% 22,500 1 1.5 550 6 460 3 60 [10] 125 PAINT CYCLE 100% 45,000 1.5 2.4 1100 34 460 3 60 X81 90 AMU -3 [11] MIDDLE COACH PAINT NO 40 3300 98% 500 DECHAMPS [7] [12] 21 -110 BOOTH CURE CYCLE 50% 22,500 1 1.5 550 6 460 3 60 [10] 125 PAINT CYCLE 100% 45,000 1.5 2.85 1288 2 x 15.89 460 3 60 21 90 DYNAMIC AIR [7] [9] [13] AMU -4 CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH NO 2 X 20 2625 98% 25:1 MERV 8 500 TECHNOLOGY D-AHU 13,500 MIN. UNIT CURE CYCLE 50°k 22,500 1 1.5 575 2 x 5 460 3 60 211101 ; 125 46 LENGTH - 21'-6" 01]10 SCHEDULE NOTES: [1] WITH UNIT AT MAXIMUM CONDITIONS [2] 100% OSA UNIT DURING SPRAY OPERATION, 50% MIN OSA DURING CURE OR AS REQUIRED BY LEL MONITOR. [3] STATIC PRESSURE EXTERNAL TO UNIT. INCLUDES ALLOWANCE FOR PAINT BOOTH FILTER LOADING. [4] MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE, INCLUDES ALLOWANCE FOR PRE -FILTER LOADING [5] TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE ACROSS FAN. [6] MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE MOTOR BRAKEHORSEPOWER AT MAX FLOW AND TSP [7] MOTORS SHALL BE VARIABLE SPEED WITH VFD [8] AT 100% OUTSIDE AIR OUTDOOR AIR [9] SEE STRUCTURAL SHEETS FOR CURB REQUIREMENTS, COORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL FOR CURB DIMENSIONS. [10] SIZING CRITERIA FOR BURNER, EAT DURING CURE CYCLE MAY VARY BASED ON LEVEL OF RECIRC. [11] EXISTING UNIT. SCHEDULED FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY. [12] REPLACE SUPPLY FAN MOTOR AND CONNECT MOTOR TO VFD. ADJUST (E) BURNER PROFILE PLATE FOR UPDATED SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS. BURNER ADJUSTMENT SHALL BE PERFORMED BY FACTORY APPROVED TECHNICIAN. CONTACT MIKE MCVICKER OF INNOVATIVE CONTROLS SOLUTIONS AT (360) 901-2713. [13] UNIT SHALL BE SELECTED TO MEET BOTH OPERATING POINTS LISTED. - FAN SCHEDULE FSi consulting engineersPAINT Seattle, Washington Solutions &Service DAMPER PERFORMANCE DATA ACTUATOR PERFORMANCE DATA PROJECT MANAGEJi: ELIZABETH WRIGHT FAN MOTOR FLOW TARGET PRESSURE DAMPER TEMP FAILURE APPROVED: USA PARRIOTT SITE LOCATION N0: NOTES UNIT WEIGHT (IN) RATE SPIN ) LIMIT (°F) BASIS OF DESIGN POSITION TYPE BASIS OF DESIGN CONTRACT No: C0061OC11 NO: OF 20 37 MARK LOCATION TYPE SERVICE BASIS OF DESIGN (LBS) NOTES CD -1 42"0 CFM [1] RPM RPM HP BHP VOLTS PHASE HZ EF -1, 2, 3, 4 ROOF AXIAL MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH 23,000 1.7 1,250 1,800 15 9.79 460 3 60 TWIN CITY TCVX 42B530 1250 [21,[31 SPRING RETURN CD -3 70"X60" [2] 45,000 0.04 250° RUSKIN C080VGX EF -5,6 ROOF AXIAL CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH 23,000 1.7 1,250 1,800 15 9.79 460 3 60 TWIN CITY TCVX 42B530 1250 [21.[31 SCHEDULE NOTES: [1] STATIC PRESSURE EXTERNAL TO FAN [2] FANS SHALL BE VARIABLE SPEED WITH VFD [3] PROVIDE DISCHARGE CAP WITH WIND BAND AND BUTTERFLY DAMPER CONTROL DAMPER SCHEDULE FSi consulting engineersPAINT Seattle, Washington Solutions &Service DAMPER PERFORMANCE DATA ACTUATOR PERFORMANCE DATA PROJECT MANAGEJi: ELIZABETH WRIGHT MARKDESIGN NOMINAL SIZE FLOW TARGET PRESSURE DAMPER TEMP FAILURE APPROVED: USA PARRIOTT SITE LOCATION N0: NOTES (IN) RATE DROP LIMIT (°F) BASIS OF DESIGN POSITION TYPE BASIS OF DESIGN CONTRACT No: C0061OC11 NO: OF 20 37 (CFM) (IN.W.G) CD -1 42"0 23,000 0.02 250° RUSKIN CDRI92 OPEN TWO POSITION, RUSKIN RJ -24S [3] SPRING RETURN CD -2 42"0 23,000 0.02 2500 RUSKIN CDRI92 CLOSED MODULATING, RUSKIN RJ -24 -MOD [3] SPRING RETURN CD -3 70"X60" [2] 45,000 0.04 250° RUSKIN C080VGX OPEN MODULATING, RUSKIN RJ -24 -MOD [1] [3] SPRING RETURN SCHEDULE NOTES: [1] PROVIDE MULTIPLE SECTION DAMPER AS REQUIRED. [2] DIMENSIONS OF DAMPER TO MATCH OUTLET OF EXISTING OSA LOUVER. CONFIRM DAMPER SIZE PRIOR TO MIXING BOX CONSTRUCTION. [3] ACTUATOR VOLTAGE TO BE 24 VDC REVIEWED FOR !CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVE[ MAY 0 5 2016 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PERMIT CENTER FSi consulting engineersPAINT Seattle, Washington Solutions &Service �• DAyFp � 90 ', v�� �� ENG 06.vIa� DESIGNED: AWL, TLA PROJECT MANAGEJi: ELIZABETH WRIGHT SCALE: AS NOTED L14 King County Department of Transportation METRO TRANSIT DIVISION COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT MECHANICAL SCHEDULES MECHANICAL ME: 08/19/14 DRAWN: OGD APPROVED: USA PARRIOTT SITE LOCATION N0: CHECKED: RED RED IBIS NO: 432692-500 NM°( REW6f: ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE �� IF NOT ONE INCH. SCALE ACCORDINGLY DRAWING NO: M6.01 PERMIT SUBMITTAL 8/19/14 No. REVISION BY APP'D DATE RECOMMENDED: DAVID CRIPPEN CONTRACT No: C0061OC11 NO: OF 20 37 MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH: CONTROL 1. OPERATOR'S LOCAL CONTROL PANEL a. MODE SELECTOR SWITCH b. TEMPERATURE CONTROL c. BOOTH TEMPERATURE READOUT d. LIGHTS SWITCH 1. LIGHTS DISABLED DURING CURE MODE e. LEL ALARM INDICATOR LIGHT 2. VIA DDC NETWORK a. OVERRIDE ALL FUNCTIONS VIA THE DDC SYSTEM EXCEPT SAFETY FUNCTIONS. MODES 1. OFF 2. PAINT 3. CURE OFF MODE 1. BOOTH LIGHTS ENABLED 2. SPRAY AIR SOLENOID VALVE CLOSED (NC) 3. BOOTH LIGHTS ENABLED. 4. AMU -2 & 3 OSA DAMPERS TO 100% OPEN. 5. AMU -2 & 3 RETURN AIR DAMPERS CLOSED. 6. AT INITIATION OF OFF MODE THE FOLLOWING EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM SETTINGS SHALL RUN UNTIL THE LEL SENSOR READS LESS THAN 10% FOR 5 CONSECUTIVE MINUTES: a. PROVE DAMPER OPEN BEFORE STARTING FANS. b. AMU -2 & 3 ARE TO RUN AT 22,500 CFM AND SHALL MODULATE BURNER TO PROVIDE 70 DEG SUPPLY AIR c. EF -1 & 3 TO RUN AT INTERMEDIATE OFF SETPOINT (INITIALLY 23,000 CFM EACH, 46,000 TOTAL). EF -2 & 4 OFF. d. MODULATE ONE OF THE EXHAUST FANS TO MAINTAIN PAINT BOOTH NEGATIVE PRESSURE SETPOINT (INITIALLY 0.05 IN WC). ALTERNATE THE EXHAUST FAN BEING MODULATED/ADJUSTED ONCE EVERY 1 MINUTE. . e. PROVE FANS ON. f. PAINT BOOTH TEMPERATURE SENSOR SHALL RESET AMU -2 & 3 DISCHARGE SET POINT. AMU -2 & 3 BURNER SHALL MODULATE, VIA AMU -2 & 3 BURNER CONTROL, TO MAINTAIN DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SETPOINT (INITALLY SET AT 70 AND DISPLAYED AT LOCAL CONTROL PANEL). 7. AMU -2 & 3, EF -1, 2, 3 & 4 OFF. PAINT MODE 1. AMU -2 & 3 OSA DAMPERS TO 100% OPEN. PROVE DAMPER OPEN BEFORE STARTING FANS. 2. AMU -2 & 3 RETURN AIR DAMPERS CLOSED. 3. EF -1, 2, 3, & 4 EXHAUST DAMPERS TO 100% OPEN. PROVE DAMPER OPEN BEFORE STARTING FANS. 4. SUPPLY FAN TO PAINT MODE AIRFLOW SETPOINT (INITIALLY 45,000 CFM PER UNIT, 90,000 CFM TOTAL). 5. EF -1, 2, 3, & 4 TO 100% AIRFLOW SETPOINT (INITIALLY 23,000 CFM PER FAN, 92,000 CFM TOTAL). a. MODULATE ONE OF THE EXHAUST FANS TO MAINTAIN PAINT BOOTH NEGATIVE PRESSURE SETPOINT (INITIALLY 0.05 IN WC). ALTERNATE THE EXHAUST FAN BEING MODULATED/ADJUSTED ONCE EVERY 1 MINUTE. 6. PROVE FANS ON. 7. PAINT BOOTH TEMPERATURE SENSOR SHALL RESET AMU -2 & 3 DISCHARGE SET POINT. AMU -2 & 3 BURNER SHALL MODULATE, VIA AMU -2 & 3 BURNER CONTROL, TO MAINTAIN DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SETPOINT (INITALLY SET AT 90 AND DISPLAYED AT LOCAL CONTROL PANEL). 8. BOOTH LIGHTS ENABLED. 9. SPRAY AIR SOLENOID VALVE OPEN. 10.LEL LEVEL HIGH SETPOINT (25% OF LEL LIMIT) REACHED: a. LOCAL ALARM INDICATOR ON b. SPRAY AIR SOLENOID CLOSED c. SPRAY AIR SOLENOID REMAINS CLOSED AND THE LOCAL ALARM INDICATOR REMAINS ON UNTIL LEL LEVEL IS LESS THAN 10% OF LEL LIMIT. CURE MODE 1. AMU -2 & 3 OSA DAMPERS TO CURE SETPOINT (50% RA / 50% OSA). PROVE DAMPER OPEN BEFORE STARTING FANS. 2. AMU -2 & 3 RETURN AIR DAMPERS TO CURE SETPOINT (50% RA/50% OSA). 3. EF -1 & 3 EXHAUST DAMPERS TO CURE SETPOINT (50% RA / 50 OSA). PROVE DAMPER OPEN BEFORE STARTING FANS. 4. EF -2 & 4 EXHAUST DAMPERS CLOSED. 5. SUPPLY FAN TO CURE MODE AIRFLOW SETPOINT (INITIALLY 22,500 CFM EACH UNIT, 45,000 CFM TOTAL). 6. EF -1 & 3 TO CURE AIRFLOW SETPOINT (INITIALLY 23,000 CFM EACH, 46,000 TOTAL). d. MODULATE EF -1 & 3 TO MAINTAIN PAINT BOOTH NEGATIVE PRESSURE SETPOINT (INITIALLY 0.05 IN WC). 7. EF -2 & 4 OFF. 8. BOOTH LIGHTS DISABLED. 9. PROVE FANS ON. 10. PAINT BOOTH TEMPERATURE SENSOR SHALL RESET AMU -2 & 3 DISCHARGE SET POINT. AMU -2 & 3 BURNER SHALL MODULATE, VIA AMU -2 & 3 BURNER CONTROL, TO MAINTAIN DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SETPOINT (INITALLY SET AT 125 AND DISPLAYED AT LOCAL CONTROL PANEL). 11. LEL LEVEL HIGH SETPOINT (25% OF LEL LIMIT) REACHED: a.LOCAL ALARM INDICATOR ON b.AMU AND EF DAMPERS TO 100% OSA UNTIL LEL LEVEL IS LESS THAN 10% OF LEL LIMIT, THEN RETURN CURE MODE SETTINGS. INTERLOCKS 1. ALL FANS START INTERLOCKED WITH ASSOCIATED DAMPER. 2. LIGHTS OFF FOR CURE MODE. 3. SPRAY AIR ON WITH FAN PROOF FOR PAINT MODE. ALARMS NOTE: LOCAL ALARM LIGHT ON CONTROL PANEL AND ALARM SIGNAL TO DDC SYSTEM 1. FAN PROOF FAILURE 2. VFD FAILURE 3. BOOTH PRESSURE SETPOINT FAILURE. 4. FILTER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SETPOINT. 5. LEL LEVEL SETPOINT FIRE ALARM 1. SPRAY AIR SOLENOID VALVE CLOSED. REMOTE OPERABILITY 1. SPRAY AIR SOLENOID VALVE CLOSED. MODE SELECTION AND BOOTH TEMPERATURE CONTROL SHALL BE CAPABLE OF ACTIVATION/ADJUSTMENT AT THE SIEMENS BUILDING SERVER. EA 23,000 CFM II II II II II II II EA 23,000 CFM BURNER CONTRO EF -1 RA tIa & >Oa OA ----LG-+ NOTE 1 AMU -2 ' I AMU -3 t t EA 23,000 CFM n n EA 23,000 CFM IIII �BURNERNTROL RA I I I I N EF -3 EFS OA M M II IIII .... ............. -.................. ...... ..771-11 I I._ ....I..__I.._I.....I............................ROOF t- G CA I I I I I_I-H SPRAY AIR SA 45,000 CFM i i SA 45,000 CFM s BOOTH L J E I LIGHT 30% FILTERS 1 1 MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH INTERLOCK BOOTH TEMP I I EXHAUST PAINT I I ARRESTOR FILTERS DP EXHAUST PLENUMIII 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 L�-_=____----_----_-______--- --�I -IJ J 1 1 1 - _-- --- -1- ----_----_- J ------�-----I-I----I I I I T (III L�_______�--- 11--1L-1---L-J 1 1 1 1 1 I I I 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I 1 1 1 1 I I tt VFD VFD VFD VFD VFD PANEL PAINT OFF�CURE O DA r '�a cJ ��� of �•� SSIONAL cN Massm ALARM LIGHT MODE SELECTOR NOTED COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT SITE LOCATION NO:LQ ONE INCH AT King County MECHANICAL SYSTEM DIAGRAM FULL SIZE I - 1• Department of AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATION IF NOT ONE INCH, Transportation MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH SCALE ACCORDINGLY OFFQDON BOOTH TEMPERATURE 120° F LIGHTS BOOTH TEMPERATURE SETPOINT MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH CONTROL PANEL %qA� SCALE: NTS M6.02 J I I I IIII MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH TO BUILDING LEVEL CONTROL DIAGRAM �1 DDC PANEL SCALE: NTS M6.02 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE BOOTH PRESSURE CONTROL -2,000 CFM INFILTRATION LEVEL 1 APPROVED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 0 5 2016 City Om 111c`i BUILDING DIVISION ,'.y',► 15 PERMIT CENTER DESIGNED: PROJECT MANAGER: SCALE DATE: METRO TRANSIT DIVISION . FSi consulting engineers Seattle, Washington Solutions & Service DA r '�a cJ ��� of �•� SSIONAL cN Massm DESIGNED: AWL, TLA ELIZABETH WRIGHTAS NOTED COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT SITE LOCATION NO:LQ ONE INCH AT King County MECHANICAL SYSTEM DIAGRAM FULL SIZE I - 1• Department of AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATION IF NOT ONE INCH, Transportation MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH SCALE ACCORDINGLY 08/19/14 DRAWN: DECKED: APPROVED: RED BISANo:�RIOTf 432692-500 wmRE°um. DRAWING N0: M6.02 PERMIT SUBMITTAL 8/19/14 No. REVISION BY APP'D DATE RECOMMENDED: DAVID CRIPPEN CONTRACT NO: - 00061 OC 11 SHEEP N0: 21037 CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH: CONTROL 1. OPERATOR'S LOCAL CONTROL PANEL a. MODE SELECTOR SWITCH b. TEMPERATURE CONTROL c. BOOTH TEMPERATURE READOUT d. LIGHTS SWITCH I. LIGHTS DISABLED DURING CURE MODE e. LEL ALARM INDICATOR LIGHT 2. VIA DDC NETWORK a. OVERRIDE ALL FUNCTIONS VIA THE DDC SYSTEM EXCEPT SAFETY FUNCTIONS. MODES 1. OFF 2. PAINT 3. CURE OFF MODE 1. BOOTH LIGHTS ENABLED 2. SPRAY AIR SOLENOID VALVE CLOSED (NC) 3. BOOTH LIGHTS ENABLED. 4. AMU -4 OSA DAMPERS TO 100% OPEN. 5. AMU -4 RETURN AIR DAMPERS CLOSED. 6. AT INITIATION OF OFF MODE THE FOLLOWING EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM SETTINGS SHALL RUN UNTIL THE LEL SENSOR READS LESS THAN 10% FOR 5 CONSECUTIVE MINUTES: a. PROVE DAMPER OPEN BEFORE STARTING FANS. b. AMU -4 ARE TO RUN AT 22,500 CFM AND SHALL MODULATE BURNER TO PROVIDE 70 DEG SUPPLY AIR c. EF -5 TO RUN AT INTERMEDIATE OFF SETPOINT (INITIALLY 23,000 CFM ). EF -6 OFF. d. MODULATE ONE OF THE EXHAUST FANS TO MAINTAIN PAINT BOOTH NEGATIVE PRESSURE SETPOINT (INITIALLY 0.051N WC). ALTERNATE THE EXHAUST FAN BEING MODULATED/ADJUSTED ONCE EVERY 1 MINUTE. e. PROVE FANS ON. f. PAINT BOOTH TEMPERATURE SENSOR SHALL RESET AMU -4 DISCHARGE SET POINT. AMU -4 BURNER SHALL MODULATE, VIA AMU -4 BURNER CONTROL, TO MAINTAIN DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SETPOINT (INITALLY SET AT 70 AND DISPLAYED AT LOCAL CONTROL PANEL). 7. AMU -4, EF -5 & 6 OFF. PAINT MODE 1. AMU -4 OSA DAMPER TO 100% OPEN. PROVE DAMPER OPEN BEFORE STARTING FANS. 2. AMU -4 RETURN AIR DAMPER CLOSED. 3. EF -5 & 6 EXHAUST DAMPER TO 100% OPEN. PROVE DAMPER OPEN BEFORE STARTING FANS. 4. SUPPLY FAN TO PAINT MODE AIRFLOW (PRESSURE) SETPOINT (INITIALLY 45,000 CFM). 5. EF -5 & 6 TO 100% AIRFLOW SETPOINT (INITIALLY 23,000 CFM EACH, 46,000 CFM TOTAL). a. MODULATE ONE EXHAUST FAN TO MAINTAIN PAINT BOOTH NEGATIVE PRESSURE SETPOINT (INITIALLY 0.05 IN WC). ALTERNATE THE EXHAUST FAN BEING MODULATED ON A PERIODIC BASIS. 6. PROVE FANS ON. 7. PAINT BOOTH TEMPERATURE SENSOR SHALL RESET AMU DISCHARGE SET POINT. AMU -4 BURNER SHALL MODULATE, VIA AMU -4 BURNER CONTROL, TO MAINTAIN DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SETPOINT (INITALLY SET AT 90 AND DISPLAYED AT LOCAL CONTROL PANEL). 8. BOOTH LIGHTS ENABLED. 9. SPRAY AIR SOLENOID VALVE OPEN. 101EL LEVEL HIGH SETPOINT (25% OF LEL LIMIT) REACHED: a. LOCAL ALARM INDICATOR ON b. SPRAY AIR SOLENOID CLOSED c. SPRAY AIR SOLENOID REMAINS CLOSED AND THE LOCAL ALARM INDICATOR REMAINS ON UNTIL LEL LEVEL IS LESS THAN 10% OF LEL LIMIT CURE MODE 1. AMU -4 OSA DAMPER TO CURE SETPOINT (50% RA / 50% OSA). PROVE DAMPER OPEN BEFORE STARTING FANS. 2. AMU -4 RETURN AIR DAMPER TO CURE SETPOINT (50% RA / 50% OSA). 3. EF -5 EXHAUST DAMPER TO CURE SETPOINT (50% RA / 50% OSA). PROVE DAMPER OPEN BEFORE STARTING FANS. 4. EF -6 EXHAUST DAMPER CLOSED. 5. SUPPLY FAN TO CURE MODE AIRFLOW (PRESSURE) SETPOINT (INITIALLY 22,500 CFM). 6. EF -5 TO CURE AIRFLOW SETPOINT (INITIALLY 23,000 CFM). d. MODULATE EF -5 TO MAINTAIN PAINT BOOTH NEGATIVE PRESSURE SETPOINT (INITIALLY 0.05 IN WC). 7. EF -6 OFF. 8. BOOTH LIGHTS DISABLED. 9. PROVE FANS ON. 10. PAINT BOOTH TEMPERATURE SENSOR SHALL RESET AMU -4 DISCHARGE SET POINT. AMU -4 BURNER SHALL MODULATE, VIA AMU -4 BURNER CONTROL, TO MAINTAIN DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SETPOINT (INITALLY SET AT 125 AND DISPLAYED AT LOCAL CONTROL PANEL). 11. LEL LEVEL HIGH SETPOINT (25% OF LEL LIMIT) REACHED: d. LOCAL ALARM INDICATOR ON b.AMU AND EF DAMPERS TO 100% OSA UNTIL LEL LEVEL IS LESS THAN 10% OF LEL LIMIT, THEN RETURN TO CURE MODE SETTINGS. INTERLOCKS 1. ALL FANS START INTERLOCKED WITH ASSOCIATED DAMPER. 2. LIGHTS OFF FOR CURE MODE. 3. SPRAY AIR ON WITH FAN PROOF FOR PAINT MODE. ALARMS NOTE: LOCAL ALARM LIGHT ON CONTROL PANEL AND ALARM SIGNAL TO DDC SYSTEM 1. FAN PROOF FAILURE 2. VFD FAILURE 3. BOOTH PRESSURE SETPOINT FAILURE. 4. FILTER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SETPOINT. 5. LEL LEVEL SETPOINT 6. FREEZESTAT AS MEASURED THROUGH DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR. FIRE ALARM 1. SPRAY AIR SOLENOID VALVE CLOSED. REMOTE OPERABILITY 1. SPRAY AIR SOLENOID VALVE CLOSED.MODE SELECTION AND BOOTH TEMPERATURE CONTROL SHALL BE CAPABLE OF ACTIVATION/ADJUSTMENT AT THE SIEMENS BUILDING SERVER. EA 23,000 CFM EA 23,000 CFM rUIRNER NTROL OA M VF � III M VF I III AMU -4 I I I I L...............L.......__......_EF-6..... EF -5.......... ............._.........__._._G -t._....... I I I I ROOF I RA L................L........L_..................._................... SPRAY AIR CA I 0% FILTERSfVW Dp T I I I BOOTH SA 45,000 CFM s l I I PRESSURE CONTROL CFM I I I I IDP INFILTRATION CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH I III I II I I I 'T BOOTH BOOTH LIGHTE TEMP INTERLOCK s I l LEVELI --..4__I-- II =_- - I BOOTH - - - - VFD VFD DDC CONTROL PANEL - _ _ _ _ _ _ - �.� INFILTRATION - - -1,000 CFM VFD PANEL - - - - - BLDG LEVEL DDC PANEL CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH CONTROL DIAGRAM rff-� SCALE: NTS M6.03 PAINT OFF�CURE O Cf �f P.\��e SSIONAL ENG °.,� ALARM LIGHT MODE SELECTOR SCALE: AS NOTED OFF�ON BOOTH TEMPERATURE DATE: 8/19/14 120° F LIGHTS BOOTH TEMPERATURE APPROVED: USA PARRIOTi SETPOINT REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVE MAY 0 5 2016 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWVILA CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH •_ :� C.i:J CONTROL PANEL rA-'� JERMIT CENTER SCALE: NTS M6.03 - FSi consulting engineers Seattle, Washington &Solutions & Service Cf �f P.\��e SSIONAL ENG °.,� DESIGNED: AWL, AWL, TLA PROJECT MANAGER: ELIZABETH WRIGHT SCALE: AS NOTED LQ King County De Department Transportation METRO TRANSIT DIVISION COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT MECHANICAL SYSTEM DIAGRAM AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATION CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH DATE: 8/19/14 DRAWN: DGD APPROVED: USA PARRIOTi SITE LOCATION NO: CHECKED: RED IBIS NO: 432692-500 KDPoC RE°UEST: ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE ,• IF NOTA ONE INCH SCALE ACCORDINGLY DRAWING N0: M6.03 PERMIT SUBMITTAL 8/19/14 No. REVISION BY APP'D DATE RECOMMENDED: DAVID CRIPPEN CONTRACT No: C006101 SHEET NO: OP 2z 3� . ._.._ _ % APPROVED •- - - - --- WORK AREA. NOTES AND LINEWORK ON ' M07202 ' A TO GAS MAIN THIS SHEET OUTSIDE OF BOUNDARY HAS BEEN PROVIDED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. MAY 05 2e�iv�� .. - 016 �Ir OF r uKWrLa NOTES: COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER Tukwila } 1. CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION OF INSTALLED GAS METERS IS TO BE City of PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR WOR SALES REP. Z LEVEL 1 PLAN %A� BUILDING DIVISION 2. PROVIDE GAS MASS FLOW METER IN EXISTING GAS LINE. PROVIDE METER E R NI I T CENTER READOUT IN HALLWAY. SCALE: 1116°=1'-0" M,.D, DAI�FO DESIGNED: PROJECT MANAGER: SCALE: AS NOTED METRO TRANSIT DIVISION DATE: 08/19/14 lu`1 FSi consultin en ineers 9 Seattle, Washington BPAINT BSC, TLA ELIZABETH WRIGHT L -M King Gouty COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER0 BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT LEVEL 1 DRAWN: TLA APPROVED: LISA PARRIOTT SITE LOCATION NO:9 CHECKED: IBIS NO: ONE INCH AT DRAWING NO: Solutions & Service ° `ate '/"' ��e fSS�ONAL ENG TLA 432692-500 „�I« REAU6f: FULL SIZE ,• IF NOT~ONE INCH, Department of Transportation 1 METERING PLAN M'•o' PERMIT SUBMITTAL 8119114 No. REVISION BY APP'D DATE RECOMMENDED: CONTRACT NO SHEET NO: OF �� DAVID CRIPPEN C00610C11 SCALE ACCORDINGLY 23 37 1 2 i 3 4 5 i ! 6 i 7; 8? 9 i0? ! 11; 12` 1314 115 .16? 17! 181 19` 120; 21 22 t23` 24! 125. 1 2 NOTES: 1. _.. P - HVA HV -5 HV 7 CODE COMPLIANCE .......... mill r1i�Y�lJ R�C��iC® r�� qq CC CITY OF TUKWI— - LA MAY 0 5 2IU ... 3 4 ; 5 t 6 : 7 8 ` 9 10. 11 12, 13 14. 22: 23 P4 25 COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER LBUILDLING Uw`a Z ROOF LEVEL PLAIy�A� DIVISION SCALE: 1/16"=V-0" M1.03 PERMIT CENTER R: ;S SHEET INCLUDED FOR REFERENCE ONLY - - FSi consulting engineers Seattle, Washington Solutions &Service E DAyc .� QaF r '� Po ';° �"� ifs �� `s MIU4IONA EN ml DESIGNED: BSC, TLA PROJECT MANAGER: ELIZABETH WRIGHT SCALE: AS NOTED KIn \rVUiit Ls Y Department of Transportation METRO TRANSIT DIVISION COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT ROOF LEVEL METERING PLAN DATE: 08/19/14 DRAWN: TLA APPROVED: 1855 PARRIOTT srrE LOCATION No: CHECKED: TLA IBIS N0: 43 092—T: MW REOU-500 ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE ACCORDINGLY DRAWING N0: M7.03 PERMIT SUBMITTAL 8!19/14 No. REVISION BY APP'D DATE RECOMMENDED: DAVID CRIPPEN CONTRACT NO: 000610011 SHEET N0: OF 25 37 POWER AMMETER, AMPERE ONE -LINE DIAGRAMS DRAWING CONVENTIONS ((� CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLE, DUPLEX lki-I.J POWER TRANSFORMER TITLE UNDERLINE, TiDETAIL J,J-BOX JUNCTION BOX AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE D. RALPHS QT THERMOSTAT0— ^ �100A CIRCUIT BREAKER, SIZE IN AMPS AS SHOWN SCALETITL: NONE E1 E1 = REFERENCE WHERE AL ALUMINUM KV KILOVOLT(S) DETAIL IS TAKEN ® CONNECTION POINT TO EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS. RACEWAY, 100A DISCONNECT SWITCH, SWITCH RATING IN AMPS A = SECTION NUMBER KW CONDUCTOR AND CONNECTION UNDER THIS SECTION BLDG BUILDING A E1 = REFERENCE WHERE LIGHT EMITTING DIODE BKR la MOTOR, HORSEPOWER AS SHOWN E1 SECTION IS SHOWN O JUNCTION BOX LV LOW VOLTAGE C CONDUIT R6 N0: = S1 MOTOR STARTER, S1 - NEMA SIZE AS SHOWN CIRCUIT BREAKER MECH NONFUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH, CKT CIRCUIT � 1 = DETAIL NUMBER MOUNTED COMM COMMUNICATIONS MTR Ei E1 = REFERENCE WHERE COND FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH D.sIATERLIs MOTOR OVERLOAD RELAY HEATER DETAIL IS SHOWN ® STARTER, MAGNETIC O ELECTRICAL INSTRUMENT, LETTER INDICATE: . CONTROL RELAY NC NORMALLY CLOSED CTRL A - AMPERE METER/B V - VOLT METER �► 1 = IMAGE NUMBER NORMALLY OPEN CU COPPER NTS E1 E1 DC COMBINATION MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER AND DISCONNECT PH WHM - WATT-HOUR METER E1 = REFERENCE WHERE DEMOLITION PNL PANEL DET IMAGE IS TAKEN 206 NAMEPLATE, IDENTIFICATION TAG NUMBER, ROOM NUMBER, AS INSTRUMENT SWITCH, LETTERS INDICATE: PWR POWER OR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION DIMENSION AS - AMPERE METER SWITCH DISC DISCONNECT OL VS - VOLT METER SWITCH Q7 REVISION REFERENCE DRAWING K - KIRK -KEY LOCK O PANELBOARD ELEC ELECTRICAL EQUIP EQUIPMENT PANELBOARD OR ENCLOSURE DEMOLISH EQUIPMENT/ CONDUIT F• PUSH BUTTON SWITCH SW SWITCH UNDER HATCHES EXHAUST SWBD SWITCHBOARD GROUND EXISTING MOTOR, HORSEPOWER AS INDICATED TSP TWISTED SHIELDED PAIR F,FU • CONNECTION POINT TYPICAL FDR FEEDER CURRENT TRANSFORMER FLUOR CONDUIT AND RACEWAY WIRING DIAGRAMS GENERAL NOTES: FT NEW CONDUIT AND THWN WIRES ©soA DISCONNECT SWITCH, 3 -POLE UNLESS 1. ELECTRICAL DESIGN IS DIAGRAMATIC ONLY AND SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO - WP OTHERWISE NOTED, RATED 30 AMPERES, ACCOMMODATE EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS, THE REQUIREMENTS OF W/O WITHOUT GFI GRS WITH WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSURE MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCTS, AND CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS WHILE WEATHERPROOF EXISTING CONDUIT WITH WIRING HORSEPOWER XFMR MAINTAINING COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES. PNL(CKT#) HOME RUN. REFER CONDUIT AND WIRE ® MOTOR STARTER, SIZE AS SHOWN 2. ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND HARDWARE SHALL BE UL LISTED AND SCHEDULE FOR CONDUIT SIZE AND WIRING INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURERS' RECOMMENDATIONS IN COMPLIANCE WITH NEC, WAC, NFPA AND CURRENT SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS. MOTOR, HORSEPOWER AS SHOWN 3. INSTALL A GREEN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN ALL Q CONDUIT TURNING DOWN NON -SPARE CONDUITS. p® ELECTRICAL DOOR SWITCH 4. LABEL ALL JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES WITH PANEL NAME AND CIRCUIT CONDUIT TURNING UP NUMBER(S) OF ALL CIRCUITS CONTAINED WITHIN THE BOX. USE A BLACK FELT-TIP PERMANENT MARKER IN DRY UNFINISHED LOCATIONS, LF LOWER FLAMMABLE LIMIT ANALYZER AND ADHESIVE -BACKED PLASTIC MACHINE -PRINTED LABELS, WHITE WITH P100 CONDUIT IDENTIFICATION NUMBER BLACK LETTERS IN FINISHED AREAS. Dp DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR 5. FLEXIBLE METAL CLAD (TYPE MC) WIRING SHALL NOT BE USED. — HT — HEAT TRACE O TEMPERATURE SENSOR 6. ALL POWER WIRING SHALL BE NEW STRANDED COPPER, TYPE THHN/THWN WITH A MINIMUM SIZE OF #12 AWG. SEAL FITTING 7. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3/4". USE A MAXIMUM OF 18" OS SWITCH OF LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT FOR EQUIPMENT SUBJECT TO VIBRATION, NOISE TRANSMISSION OR MOVEMENT, AND FOR ALL MOTORS. INSTALL RACEWAYS PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO STRUCTURE AND EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE AT PROPER ELEVATIONS. GROUP MULTIPLE CONDUIT RUNS AND VFD NEATLY RACK AND SUPPORT FROM THE STRUCTURE. KEEP ELECTRICAL CONDUITS FREE FROM CONTACT WITH OTHER DISSIMILAR METALS. 8. HEAVY LINES ON PLAN DRAWINGS AND DIAGRAMS INDICATE NEW ^ 5 SOLENOID SWITCH EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS. LIGHT LINES ON PLAN DRAWINGS INDICATE EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS. SCREENED LINES INDICATE BUILDING BACKGROUND OR EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY OTHERS. 9. LIGHT LINES ON DIAGRAMS INDICATE EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS OR NEW ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY OTHERS. SCREENED LINES INDICATE LOCATION OUTLINES AND OTHER THAN ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT OR DEVICES. ABBREVIATIONS A AMMETER, AMPERE 1/0 INPUT/OUTPUT AC ALTERNATING CURRENT METRO TRANSIT DIVISION AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR J,J-BOX JUNCTION BOX AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE D. RALPHS E. WRIGHT AIC AMPERE INTERRUPTING CAPACITY KCM THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS AL ALUMINUM KV KILOVOLT(S) AS SWITCH RATING IN AMPS KVA KILOVOLT AMPERE(S) AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE KW KILOWATT(S) BLDG BUILDING LED LIGHT EMITTING DIODE BKR BREAKER LTG LIGHT, LIGHTING King County LV LOW VOLTAGE C CONDUIT R6 N0: ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE CB CIRCUIT BREAKER MECH MECHANICAL CKT CIRCUIT MTD MOUNTED COMM COMMUNICATIONS MTR MOTOR COND CONDUIT D.sIATERLIs - CONT CONTINUED N NEUTRAL, NEW CR CONTROL RELAY NC NORMALLY CLOSED CTRL CONTROL NO NORMALLY OPEN CU COPPER NTS NOT TO SCALE DC DIRECT CURRENT PH PHASE DEMO DEMOLITION PNL PANEL DET DETECTOR PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE DIA DIAMETER PWR POWER DIM DIMENSION DISC DISCONNECT OL OVERLOAD DWG DRAWING RGS RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL ELEC ELECTRICAL EQUIP EQUIPMENT SCHED SCHEDULE ETM ELAPSED TIME METER SW SWITCH EXH EXHAUST SWBD SWITCHBOARD EXIST EXISTING TSP TWISTED SHIELDED PAIR F,FU FUSE TYP TYPICAL FDR FEEDER FLUOR FLUORESCENT V VOLTMETER, VOLT FT FOOT W WIRE G,GND GROUND W/O WITHOUT GFI GRS GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL WP WEATHERPROOF HP HORSEPOWER XFMR TRANSFORMER REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 0 5 2016 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA � 5 .;-.-,t i .i ,t 1.4,j HERMIT CENTER H DESIGNED: M3 CT MANAGER SC&E AS NOTED METRO TRANSIT DIVISION DATE: 08119114 EtCON ASSOCIATES, INC S D. RALPHS E. WRIGHT L41 COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER(� �M: ,���a s�LacA»auNo- ENGINEERS, CONSULTANTS � � PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT 16300 CHRISTENSEN ROAD, SUITE 330 M. KLIMEK L PARRIOTT King County CHECKED R6 N0: ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE DMAWG NO. SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 TEL 206 243-5022 '�, 4a2s925oo Department E0.01 PERMITSUBMITTAL 8119114 ( ) FAX(206)2435205 y ♦� ORAL bllgA4 D.sIATERLIs - ,- ofELECTRICAL Transportation SYMBOLS No. RECOMMENDED. CONTRACTN. S,EE,Na OF REVISION BY APPU DATE IF NOT ON INCH, HCE�,SCALE AND ABBREVIATIONS 26 37 D. CRIPPEN C0061OC11 ACCORDINGLY 1 0 0 ® o I ( I I II GENERAL NOTES: 1. REFER TO DEMOLITION ONE—LINE DIAGRAM ON DWG — � ED6.01 FOR OVERALL SCOPE OF DEMOLITION WORK. EXIST COND TO PNL PDB, NOTES: iI SEE NOTE 3i 1. DEMOLISH INDICATED EQUIPMENT. DISCONNECT EXISTING 7 CONDUITS AND ALL INCOMING WIRING PRIOR TO EXIST COND REMOVAL OF EQUIPMENT. RETAIN EXISTING CONNECTED TO EXH FANS, CONDUITS AND WIRING FOR CONNECTION TO OAC H AI NTI N SEE NOTE 2 ( REPLACEMENT PANEL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. RETAIN INDICATED EXISTING CONDUIT AND REMOVE EXIST CRIPPLE INTERNAL WIRING. PAINT BOOTH i ( I CONTROL PANEL, i 3. DISCONNECT INDICATED EXISTING CONDUIT AND WIRING SEE NOTE 1 FROM EXISTING PAINT BOOTH CONTROL PANEL. UP TO ROOF, RETAIN EXISTING CONDUIT AND INTERNAL WIRING FOR SEE DWG El 1.02 RECONNECTION TO A NEW PANEL, SEE DWG E1.02. i I 1 CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION CDCORRIDO� LEVEL 1 PLAN �AA1 SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" EXIST COND UP TO ROOF MTD EXHAUST FANS, SE& NOTE 2 - EXIST COND & WIRI G TO PNL PDA SEE NOTE 3 EXIST EQUIP ENCLOSURE I IIjt FULL_ CCC TACH_ PAINTIN II EXIST EQUIP ENCLOSURE - REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 0 5 2016 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION LJ �. RE- 'FIVE CITN�'�KWILA MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH:'�y�J i ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION LEVEL 1 PLAN ('�B 'ERMIT CENTER SCALE: 1/4"=l'—O" EECON ASSOCIATES, INC ENGINEERS, CONSULTANTS 16300 CHRISTENSEN ROAD, SUITE 330 SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 TEL(206)243-5022 FAX (206) 2435205 �� $ S� moo* 4 �� sJOVAL B/I�I/I4 EXIST PAINTDRYER EXIST MID LE COACH PAINT SEETNOT,1CONTROL PANEL, EXIST PNL P4 EXIST PNL PD F F. XIST EXIST PI PNL P12 DATE: 08119/14 ounr M KLM1. OL EXIST EQUIP ENCLOSURE I IIjt FULL_ CCC TACH_ PAINTIN II EXIST EQUIP ENCLOSURE - REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 0 5 2016 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION LJ �. RE- 'FIVE CITN�'�KWILA MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH:'�y�J i ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION LEVEL 1 PLAN ('�B 'ERMIT CENTER SCALE: 1/4"=l'—O" EECON ASSOCIATES, INC ENGINEERS, CONSULTANTS 16300 CHRISTENSEN ROAD, SUITE 330 SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 TEL(206)243-5022 FAX (206) 2435205 �� $ S� moo* 4 �� sJOVAL B/I�I/I4 DESIGNED: D. RALPHS PROJECT MANAGER: E. WRIGHT SCALE: AS NOTED 19 King County Department Department of Transportation METRO TRANSIT DIVISION COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT LEVEL 1 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN DATE: 08119/14 ounr M KLM1. APPRovEa IS PARRIOTT sRELorw wNNa E`er° D.SLATERLIS ISIS 4269 -692-500 ONE INCH ATFULLSZ SCA IF NOT ONE NCH, SCALE ACCORDINGLY DRAVANG NO, ED1.01 PERMIT SUBMITTAL 8119114 No. REVISION BY APP'D DATE RECOMMENDED D. CRIPPEN CAN RACTNO 000610CIl SHEETNO, OF 27 37 M l�J GENERAL NOTES: 1. COORDINATE ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION WORK TO / / I ENSURE POWER, CONDUITS AND ALL WIRING — — —}— WILL BE DISCONNECTED AND REMOVED BEFORE REMOVAL OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. EXIST NOTES: EXHAUST FAN, SEE NOTE 2 EXIST 1. RETAIN INDICATED EXISTING CONDUIT AND EXISTING AMU TO BE EXHAUST FAN, I REMOVE ALL INTERNAL WIRING. CAP CONDUIT REMOVED BY OTHERS. SEE NOTE 2 FOR FUTURE EXTENSION. DEMOLISH ALL CONNECTIONS. I 2. EXISTING MOTOR TO BE REMOVED BY OTHERS. EXIST COND DOWN TO DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ALL CONDUIT AND SMALL PARTS CRIPPLE ALL WIRING PRIOR TO REMOVAL OF INDICATED PAINT BOOT CONTROL AMU -4 _•.._..__ I EQUIPMENT. PANEL, SEE NOTE 1 3. REMOVE EXISTING STARTERS AND ASSOCIATED WIRING. DEMOLISH ABANDONED ACCESSIBLE j EXIST COND DOWN TO I CONDUIT. REUSE CONDUIT AND ENCLOSURE CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH AS APPROPRIATE FOR CONNECTION OF —\ CONTROL PANEL, REPLACEMENT MOTORS. — I SEE NOTE 1 CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH SUPPLY F SUPP Y FAN, ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION ' '' SEE NOTE 2 I I ROOF PLAN �A1 SCALE: 1/4"=l'—O" P I —.— — �— REVIEWED FOR % ---- CODE COMPLIANCE / I / I / I / APPROVED EXIST EXIST EXIST IL � I I EXIST EXHAUST FAN, EXIST EXHAUST FA, EXHAUST FAN, EXHAUST FAN, EXHAUST. FAN, �'+� R—`�Kl �P SEE NOTE 2 SEE NOTE 2 SEE NOTE 2 SEE NO E 2 MAY 0 5 2016 EXIST COND DOWN TO I l I ( — — - — . — MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH MIDDLE COACH P I ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION BOOTH CONTROL, PANEL, SEE NOT 1 i l EXIST SUPPLY I FAN, SEE NOTES I I City of Tukwila 2 AND 3 i BUILDING DIVISION ELCON ASSOCIATES, INC ENGINEERS, CONSULTANTS EXIST SUPPLY DESIGNED- D.RALPHS PMEUMAW E. WRIGHT SCALE: AS NOTED La METRO TRANSIT DIVISION COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT DATE: 08/19114 DRANK: FAN, SEE NOTES(E) 2 AND 3 SRE LOCATIDN NO. AMU AMU —2 ! j HV -1 5 (E) AMU AMU — 3 16300 CHRISTENSEN ROAD, SUITE 330 SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 TEL(206)2435022 FAX (206) 2435205 ' r .� ♦ s�oNAL g/14/14 M.KLIMEK LPARRIOTT KingCourrty Department of Transportation ROOF LEVEL ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN CHECff.. D.SIATERUS IM NO 432692-500 wuRos: I / / IL � I I EXIST EXHAUST FAN, EXIST EXHAUST FA, EXIST EXHAUS FAN, �'+� R—`�Kl �P SEE NOTE 2 SEE NOTE 24—L/ SEE NO E 2 CITY O FNS U K W I LA — — - — - — — - — . — MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION ROOF PLAN %B) SCALE: 1/4"=1'-O•• --- PERMIT CENTER ELCON ASSOCIATES, INC ENGINEERS, CONSULTANTS 19 �gCS�'g'S O� j 4 � o �' DESIGNED- D.RALPHS PMEUMAW E. WRIGHT SCALE: AS NOTED La METRO TRANSIT DIVISION COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT DATE: 08/19114 DRANK: A imo: SRE LOCATIDN NO. 16300 CHRISTENSEN ROAD, SUITE 330 SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 TEL(206)2435022 FAX (206) 2435205 ' r .� ♦ s�oNAL g/14/14 M.KLIMEK LPARRIOTT KingCourrty Department of Transportation ROOF LEVEL ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN CHECff.. D.SIATERUS IM NO 432692-500 wuRos: ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE cAI.E IF NOT ONE SCALE DRANWGNO. ED1.02 PERMITSUBMITTAL 8/19/14 Na. REVISION BY APPD DATE REcoLLVENDED. C0Hm0LT A� SNEETND: Df 21 11 D. CRIPPEN 000810011 ACCORDINGLY TO 51—U-512 IN MAINTENANCE BLDG 350 KC MIL, 5KV, CU SUBSTATION W (MEZZANINE) SUBSTATION "B" (LOADING DOCK) 51—U-502 451—U-503 I 51—U-504 51—U-505 TO 51—U-506 IN FUEL/WASH BLDG 350 KCMIL, 5KV, CU LOAD, (30�K LOAD 30 GENERAL NOTES: LOAD INTERRUPTER LOAD INTERRUPTER SWITCH, 4.8 KV + SWITCH, 4.8 KV � r i I I r 1. SEE CONDUIT & WIRE SCHEDULES ON DWG E6.03 FOR 1 III I i { I SIZE OF NEW CONDUITS AND NEW WIRING. { AJ 250 E XXXX (3) , I 250 E XXXX (3) NOTES: 2.5/5KV CURRENT {{{ K 2.5/5KV CURRENT LIMITING POWER FUSES I I LIMITING POWER FUSES 1. COORDINATE ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION WORK TO ENSURE POWER, i i { CONDUITS AND ALL WIRING WILL BE DISCONNECTED AND REMOVED ! 750 'VA 4160, 1 1 750 KVA 4i6o, BEFORE REMOVAL OF INDICATED MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. I 480Y/277V - 480Y/277V 2, DISCONNECT AND RETAIN INDICATED EXISTING CONDUIT AND ALL Y Z=5.37. � � Z-5.3% TRANSFORMER — — — — — — — — — — Y TRANSFORMER INTERNAL WIRING TO BE RE—USED AS SHOWN ON DWG E6.01. I 51 —Y-402 LK { 1 K]3. RETAIN INDICATED CONDUITS AND REMOVE ALL INTERNAL WIRING. FOR { 51—Y-404 DETAILED EXTENT OF ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION WORK REFER TO I GFI-1000A i 1 GFI-1000A ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLANS ON DWGS ED1.01 AND ED1.02. I as vs AS VS 4 DISCONNECT INDICATED FEEDER FROM CIRCUIT BREAKER AND AT 11,2,3 14 15,7,9 1 400A 6. �a 400A 1150A SPOT WELDER 11 SOKVA S80V- ?08/12AV 0 BE REMOVED OTHERS, SEE NOTE t 12 T1T7 L5 15KVA 15KVA 30KVA 30KVA 48OV— 480v— 48OV— 48OV- 208/120V 208/120V 208/120V;PANEL 208/120V 240V A PANEL PANEL ;PANEL 100 PAEL P1" I4 "P6" 30KVA UL 30KVA 48OV- 48Ov- 208/120V fT T1 208/120V P101 I� SEE NOTE 2 PANELPANEL MILLI SEE NO TO " w MACHII Pori, EXH EXH EXH EXH EXH EXH FAN FAN FAN FAN FAN FAN TO BE REMOVED BY OTHERS, SEE NOTE 1 (TYP FOR ALL EXIST EXHAUST FANS) LOAD CHANGE SWBD DPA I SWBD PDB 51—Y-403 K 2@7.5HP 1@25HP A V DEMO 40HP TOTAL DEMO 150HP t000A DRAW WPROWD: WELODAWNNO: (TIE BREAKER) GFI I N.O. ! i ! M L. PARRIOTT PANEL PDA 1200A BUS, 480/277V, 30, 4W I I! MD.KLIM ° ° 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 -19 20 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 aazsBzsoo -- OONTRACTNO. Department of Transportation ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION ED6.01 PERMITSUBMITTAL 8/19114 SUB 1 150A 1150A 200A 1200A J 200A J 5DA 1200A J 70A 1225A 170A 225A I 1175A 1175A 1200A 1175A 1175A 1175A FEED LUG / / 29 37 II D. CRIPPEN 00061AC11 ACCORDINGLY I I SEE NOTE 4 PANEL PANEL PAINT/ PANEL FURNACE PANEL FURNACE PANEL PANEL PANEL PANELPANEL COMP COMP, "PA" DRYER 'PD" 6AG "PI" 6AH' "LA" "PC" "LB" "PE" "PF" CP2 CP1 J CONTROL (LEFT) PANEL #1 PANEL T T (RIGHT) 30KVA480V A BE REMOVED OTHERS, SEE NOTE t 12 T1T7 L5 15KVA 15KVA 30KVA 30KVA 48OV— 480v— 48OV— 48OV- 208/120V 208/120V 208/120V;PANEL 208/120V 240V A PANEL PANEL ;PANEL 100 PAEL P1" I4 "P6" 30KVA UL 30KVA 48OV- 48Ov- 208/120V fT T1 208/120V P101 I� SEE NOTE 2 PANELPANEL MILLI SEE NO TO " w MACHII Pori, EXH EXH EXH EXH EXH EXH FAN FAN FAN FAN FAN FAN TO BE REMOVED BY OTHERS, SEE NOTE 1 (TYP FOR ALL EXIST EXHAUST FANS) LOAD CHANGE SWBD DPA I SWBD PDB 6@5HP 2@40HP 2@7.5HP 1@25HP DEMO 110HP DEMO 40HP TOTAL DEMO 150HP CONTROL PANEL, TAPE BOTH ENDS AND COIL AT THE BOTTOM OF I ENCLOSURE. RENAME BREAKER IN PANEL SCHEDULE AS SPARE. i I PANEL PDB 1200A BUS, 480/277V, 30, 4W 7 8 9 10 11 12 _ 13 1175A 1175A J 125A 1150A 1 50A 1400A 140A PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL PAINT PANEL ELEVATOR "PB" "pj. 'LC" 'PO" BOOTH "PM" "PH" BREATHING AIR COMP LL:_ 15 Le 15KVA 75IZKVA — 15KVA 48OV— 48OV-48OV- 1208/120V 208/120v rT208/120V i PANEL PANEL ! 30A HAZARDOUS "P7 'P8' V ISMATE H DRWL I I I I PANEL MAY 0 5 2016 City Of Tukwila PANEL I TO BE REMOVED BY OTHERS, SEE NOTE 1� 14 11\5 1150A 01 1150A PANEL 4( 16,18 f 17 j 400A 01 \ I SUB 160A { FEED / I LUG PROP 'VAP -1" TRANS DYNO SEE NOTE 2 SEE NOTE 3 RECEIVED IOF TUKWILA TT AU -4 FAN R MIT CENTER ' ELCON ASSOCIATES, INC ENGINEERS, CONSULTANTS % Sj9� fia �� c DESWED: D. RALPHS rcpft0%L.Lj11v JW.601 V I V 1 V l E. WRIGHT a5 a � METRO TRANSIT DIVISION COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT DATE: 08119114 DRAW WPROWD: WELODAWNNO: 16300 CHRISTENSEN ROAD, SUITE 330 . a M L. PARRIOTT King County MD.KLIM ° ° B1269 ONE WCHATFULL SIZE DRANNGNO SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 ML(206)243.5022 FAX(206)243-552055 I°NAy D.SIATERLIS aazsBzsoo -- OONTRACTNO. Department of Transportation ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION ED6.01 PERMITSUBMITTAL 8/19114 RECOW.ENDED: SNEETNO: OF No. REVISION BY APPD DATE 5/14/14 IF NOT ONECI HN ,, SCALE ONE -LINE DIAGRAM 29 37 D. CRIPPEN 00061AC11 ACCORDINGLY I I TON MIDDL COACH PAINT BOOTH CONTROL PANE SEE PLAN BELOW SION C4) C5) C6) C7) 083) (9) 10 Cl C� C13) cl4 - -1. -7 7 - - ,59 OFFICE WOMEN MEN \\ i COMPRESSOR ROOM EXIST PANEL PDB iia 114 � � OFFICE . OFFlCE EXIST COND WITH WIRING i SIGN [HOP I TO PNL PDB I I j 157 \` REVIEWED FOR SEE NOTE 2 175 tJN ANT ST°`�t-\ CODE�gCOMPILIANCE WELDING I NEW GRIPPE EXIST NL PL I 16 I I 716 I ��E i t I I BOILER Roots I 11 RooMl A`_PROtlED PAINT BOOT UP TO 2ND L EL TO STORAGE UPHOLSTERY HOP CONTROL PA EL — SEE NOTE 1. — — — ISEE NTE 4 108 i I �I ( I MAY 0 5 2016 NEWMIDDLE ACH PAINT jl — I `� I L I ] I BOOTH CONTR L PANEL i+ j Its SEE, NOTE 1 I I { LORAS+���fCOACH PA1NnNG i jr�I 158 ; City oy'f Tukwila I � EXIST COND WIRING UP TO 'i I II' 1sa ii 156 I PAINT 6:iX, i+ ] DIVISION 2ND LEVEL EXIST PNL PDBUILDING SEE LAN ABOVE 17 ! 18 OFFICE : I I DARK ROOM : I EXIST SUBSTATION B P101 1 i h i I _ rI OVERALL ELECTRICAL 12t I II i I I is5 I I LEVEL 1 PLAN �A W � I -- PREPARATION -+ ! j 1— FULL C CH PA1NT!�i , i I DETAIL SHOP I a , m + � ( � � I SCALE: 3/32"=1 '-0" --- CITY OKWIL CC II + I i I.i R _ — �t -_� _ —cj, a_ J' R Z oba"e> i +j --- }-----�— --�-_- j j ! i PERMIT CENTER SEE LEVEL 1 PLAN A SEE LEVEL 1 PLAN A ON DWG E1'.02 ON' DWG E1.01 I I I 1 ! I 1 r I I I DEsicNED: PROJECTNawuHER: SCREE: METRO TRANSIT DIVISION "'TE' ,�$ $ S/A D. RALPHS E. WRIGHT AS NOTED 08119114 EtCON ASSOCIATES INC 'C�' a COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER � t d � DRAvn: � APPRovEa srtE LocargN ND: ENGINEERS, CONSULTANTS o��` �� PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT 16300 CHRISTENSEN ROAD, SUITE 330 r M KLIMEK L. PARRIOTT 9 LEVELS 1 & 2 OVERALL SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 CHECKED' ®is NO ONE INCH AT FULL Sim I�If1 COU MWNGNO PERMIT SUBMITTAL 8/19/14 TEL (206)2435022 92-500 D.SIATERLIS �saEau I' Department of ELECTRICAL PLAN E1.00 No. REVISION BY APP'D DATE FAX (206) 243.5205 slO1VAL 8�I9�4 REcora,�NDED: coi n --TND: IF NOT ON cHwE ,SCALE Transportation SHEET Na. a D. CRIPPEN 000610011 ACCORDINGLY 10 37 0 08 90 GENERAL NOTES: NOTES: . 1INDICATED EQUIPMENT WILL BE FURNISHED AND 1 AND. SEE ONE—LINE DIAGRAM ON DWG ES.01 AND RISER WIRING 1 CHEDULE ONDWG INSTALLED BY OTHERS. PROVIDE ELECTRICAL EXIS PANEL PANEL PDA I SIZE OFDUIT E6 02ATH FOR CONDUITS NEW WIRING. CONNECTIONS AS SHOWN. PL�IiXIST EXIST SUBSTATION A 2. RECONNECT INDICATED CONDUIT AND WIRING TO NEW SMALL PARTS CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH CONTROL PANEL. 3. PROVIDE NEW WIRING IN EXISTING CONDUIT. P108 P108 ° SEE NOTE 3 Eo IPM z PARTIAL ELECTRICAL 4. SPLICE NEW CONDUIT TO EXISTING. PROVIDE NEW o WIRE FROM NEW VFD'S AT PAINT BOOTH TO PANEL I LEVEL 2 PLAN D � / PL. P101 SCALE: 3/32"=1'-0" --- TON MIDDL COACH PAINT BOOTH CONTROL PANE SEE PLAN BELOW SION C4) C5) C6) C7) 083) (9) 10 Cl C� C13) cl4 - -1. -7 7 - - ,59 OFFICE WOMEN MEN \\ i COMPRESSOR ROOM EXIST PANEL PDB iia 114 � � OFFICE . OFFlCE EXIST COND WITH WIRING i SIGN [HOP I TO PNL PDB I I j 157 \` REVIEWED FOR SEE NOTE 2 175 tJN ANT ST°`�t-\ CODE�gCOMPILIANCE WELDING I NEW GRIPPE EXIST NL PL I 16 I I 716 I ��E i t I I BOILER Roots I 11 RooMl A`_PROtlED PAINT BOOT UP TO 2ND L EL TO STORAGE UPHOLSTERY HOP CONTROL PA EL — SEE NOTE 1. — — — ISEE NTE 4 108 i I �I ( I MAY 0 5 2016 NEWMIDDLE ACH PAINT jl — I `� I L I ] I BOOTH CONTR L PANEL i+ j Its SEE, NOTE 1 I I { LORAS+���fCOACH PA1NnNG i jr�I 158 ; City oy'f Tukwila I � EXIST COND WIRING UP TO 'i I II' 1sa ii 156 I PAINT 6:iX, i+ ] DIVISION 2ND LEVEL EXIST PNL PDBUILDING SEE LAN ABOVE 17 ! 18 OFFICE : I I DARK ROOM : I EXIST SUBSTATION B P101 1 i h i I _ rI OVERALL ELECTRICAL 12t I II i I I is5 I I LEVEL 1 PLAN �A W � I -- PREPARATION -+ ! j 1— FULL C CH PA1NT!�i , i I DETAIL SHOP I a , m + � ( � � I SCALE: 3/32"=1 '-0" --- CITY OKWIL CC II + I i I.i R _ — �t -_� _ —cj, a_ J' R Z oba"e> i +j --- }-----�— --�-_- j j ! i PERMIT CENTER SEE LEVEL 1 PLAN A SEE LEVEL 1 PLAN A ON DWG E1'.02 ON' DWG E1.01 I I I 1 ! I 1 r I I I DEsicNED: PROJECTNawuHER: SCREE: METRO TRANSIT DIVISION "'TE' ,�$ $ S/A D. RALPHS E. WRIGHT AS NOTED 08119114 EtCON ASSOCIATES INC 'C�' a COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER � t d � DRAvn: � APPRovEa srtE LocargN ND: ENGINEERS, CONSULTANTS o��` �� PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT 16300 CHRISTENSEN ROAD, SUITE 330 r M KLIMEK L. PARRIOTT 9 LEVELS 1 & 2 OVERALL SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 CHECKED' ®is NO ONE INCH AT FULL Sim I�If1 COU MWNGNO PERMIT SUBMITTAL 8/19/14 TEL (206)2435022 92-500 D.SIATERLIS �saEau I' Department of ELECTRICAL PLAN E1.00 No. REVISION BY APP'D DATE FAX (206) 243.5205 slO1VAL 8�I9�4 REcora,�NDED: coi n --TND: IF NOT ON cHwE ,SCALE Transportation SHEET Na. a D. CRIPPEN 000610011 ACCORDINGLY 10 37 SEE DWG E1.02 FOR CONTINUATION r---1 r-1 L --J LJ VFD EF -5 C103 VFD EF -6 C103 A NEW VFD FOR EF -5 & EF -6 NEW CONp ('IIfp TO ROOF SERIIDWG E1 NEW CONq UP TO ROOF SEE DWG E1 SEE NOTt712 R CONTINUED ON DWG 101 LEVEL 2 PLAN P108 I SEE NOTE 3 P108 NEW VFDS EXIST PNL P4 EXIST PNL PI FOR AMU -2 & AMU -3 P101 SEE NOTE 4 ( P106 P106 EXIST PNL PD f EXIST PNLEXIST PAINT, P106 P12 CONTROL PN P106 C112 P105 P105 EXIST EQUIP 1 ENCLOSURE— TO AMU -2--J P104 f EXIST COND UP T ROOF SEE DWG E1.3 SEE NOTE 2 NEW MIDDLE COACH f PAINT BOOTH CON OL PANEL, SEE NOTE I C6) MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION LEVEL 1 PLAN rA1 SCALE: 3/8"=1'-0" --- 0 EF-1 & EF -2 NEW VFD FOR FF -3 & FF -4 EXIST EQUIP --J ENCLOSURE P103 C103 VFD (EF -1) P103 C103 I VFD (EF2) P103 C103 I VFD (EF -3) f P103 C1031i VFD (EF -4) f f GENERAL NOTES: 1. REFER TO ONE—LINE DIAGRAM ON DWG E6.01 AND WIRING DIAGRAMS ON DWG E6.02. SEE DWG E6.03 FOR SIZE OF NEW CONDUITS AND NEW WIRING. 2. ROUTING OF CONDUITS TO PAINT BOOTH SENSORS AND CONTROL DEVICES IS NOT SHOWN. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH PAINT BOOTH CONTROL SYSTEM SUPPLIER TO ESTABLISH EXACT LOCATION OF SENSORS AND CONTROL DEVICES AND PROVIDE CONDUITS AND WIRING INDICATED ON DWG E6.02. ---I - - -1 NOTE 2 TO AMU -3 REV IEWED FOR 8 CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED NOTES: MAY O 5 O�6 1. INDICATED EQUIPMENT WILL BE FURNISHED AND Z ! � t—! INSTALLED BY OTHERS. PROVIDE ELECTRICAL IIJ CONNECTIONS AS SHOWN. r }�� I 2. INTERCEPT INDICATED EXISTING CONDUIT COMIN FROM C' � V Ih RE14,XND ROOF AND EXTEND USING NEW CONDUIT TO NE�ILDING DIVISIO �y pUKWi�q UNITS AS SHOWN. 3. SEE DWG E1.00 FOR CONTINUATION. 4. RECONNECT INDICATED EXISTING CONDUIT AND WIRING LJ TO NEW MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH CONTROL E R M(T C PANEL. (D ENTER ELCON ASSOCIATES, INC` ENGINEERS, CONSULTANTS 16300 CHRISTENSEN ROAD, SUITE 330 SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 c 2 06)2435022 FAX (206) 243-5205 • A H.S� Y� O �� � r e ��� tOrrAy 4¢' 8/14/14 DESIGNED: D.RALPHS PROJECTNANAGER E. WRIGHT SCUE: AS NOTED La King County Department of Transportation _ METRO TRANSIT DIVISION COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT LEVEL 1 ELECTRICAL PLAN -MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH DnTe: 081,9,4 DRANN: M. KLUAEK APPROVED: L. PARRIOTT SHE LOCATION NO: CHECKED: D.swTERus IBIS NO a32ss2-soo wo�A�a�sr: ONE INCH AT FULL SIZETEL �� IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE ACCORDINGLY DRAN1NG NO: E 1.01 PERMIT SUBMITTAL 8119114 No. REVISION BY APP'D DATE RECOIa.ENDEU D. CRIPPEN CONTRACT NO, C0061OC11 SHEETNO: OF 31 37 C4) n n SEE DWG E1.01 FOR CONTINUATION GENERAL NOTES: 1. REFER TO ONE—LINE DIAGRAM ON DWG E6.01 AND WIRING DIAGRAMS ON DWG E6.02. SEE DWG E6.03 FOR SIZE OF NEW CONDUITS AND NEW WIRING. 2. ROUTING OF CONDUITS TO PAINT BOOTH SENSORS AND CONTROL DEVICES IS NOT SHOWN. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH PAINT BOOTH CONTROL SYSTEM SUPPLIER TO ESTABLISH EXACT LOCATION OF SENSORS AND CONTROL DEVICES AND PROVIDE CONDUITS AND WIRING INDICATED ON DWG E6.02. NOTES: 1. INDICATED EQUIPMENT WILL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS. PROVIDE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AS SHOWN. 2. INTERCEPT INDICATED EXISTING CONDUIT COMING FROM ROOF, PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX FOR EXTENSION WITH NEW CONDUITS. 3. RECONNECT INDICATED EXISTING CONDUIT AND WIRING TO NEW CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH CONTROL PANEL. 4. SEE DWG E1.00 FOR CONTINUATION. REVIEWED FOR CODECOMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 0 5 2016 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION Z Io (Lf LEVEL 1 PLAN %A1 j I l SCALE: 3/8"=1'-0" --- KEY PLAN IVED OITY OF TUKWILA JERMiT CENTER RCON ASSOCIATES INC ASSOCIATES, ISS jA� ti a DESIGNED: D.RALPHS PROJECT MANAGER E. WRIGHT SCMI: AS NOTED L METRO TRANSIT DIVISION COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER Dare: 08/19/14 DNAM: APPROVED: Sim LOGITIDmb ENGINEERS, CONSULTANTS ` o � �' PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT 16300 CHRISTENSEN ROAD, SUITE 330 _ X M. KLWEK L. PARRIOTr KiegCourty LEVEL 1 ELECTRICAL CHECKEDNa. WONE INCHATFULLSCF NOr. SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 TEL(206)2435022 432692-500 Department E1.02 PERMITSUBMITTAL 8/19/14 FAX (206) 243-5205 ,� ti `p�01YeL 8/19/14 D.SIATERUS -- IF NOT ONE HCNI , SCALE of Transportation PLAN - CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH No. REVISION BY APPD DATE RECOW ENDED. COHiR1CTNQ SHEET NU OF D. CRIPPEN C00810C11 ACCORDINGLY az sT SEE NO1 SEE NO1 SEE NOTE 5 SEE NOTE 5 SEE NOTE 7 C109 SEE NOTE 11 C110 60 EE NOTE 5 EE NOTE 5 07 SEE NOTE 5 C112 SEE NOTE 5 P104 SEE NOTES 1, 7 SEE NOTE 3, SEE DWG E1.01 FOR CONTINUATION SEE NOTE 10, SEE DWG E1.0 FOR CONTINUATION EXHAUST FAN, 1, SEE NOTE 6 nALADCD rn-1 —r— NOTES: r I MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH SEE NOTE 8 P109 SEE NOTE 7 I 6. SEE NOTE 9 _ 1. REFER TO ONE -LINE DIAGRAM ON DWG E6.01 AND WIRING P110 SEE NOTE 7 TE 9 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT CONNECTION TO FAN DIAGRAMS ON DWG E6.02. SEE DWG E6.03 FOR SIZE OF SHOWN. MOTOR. ROOF PLAN 40 i t SCALE: 3/8"=1'-0" --- 2. RUN INDICATED CONDUIT UP THROUGH ROOF AND PULL NEW SEE NOTE 5 EXISTING CONDUIT, CONTINUE DOWN TO LEVEL 1 TO NEW SEE NOTE 5 P106 SEE NOTE 5 C109 SEE NOTE 9 NEW DAMPER CD -1 SEE NOTE 2 AMU -2) WP P107 N NEW EXHAUST FAN EF -2, I SEE NOTE 6 SEE NOTE 5 SEE N REVIEWED FOR MAY 0 5 2016 AMU 80 0 P106 SEE NOTE 5 C109 SEE NOTE 5 SEE SEE NOTE 2 C109 ST FAN, EF -3,• E NOTE 5 1 R CD -1 P106 NOTE 5 q%N SEE NOTE 5 C` �/��i�.d w, EE NOTE 11 CC BUIL N DIVISION SEE NOTE 7C SEI NOTE 9 ---/ NEW DAMPER CD -1 NOTE 2 NEW EXHAUST FAN, EF -4, SEE NOTE 6 GENERAL NOTES: NOTES: SEE NOTE 9 MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH 6. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL. PROVIDE ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION 1. REFER TO ONE -LINE DIAGRAM ON DWG E6.01 AND WIRING 1. INTERCEPT EXISTING CONDUIT UNDER ROOF AND EXTEND AS TE 9 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT CONNECTION TO FAN DIAGRAMS ON DWG E6.02. SEE DWG E6.03 FOR SIZE OF SHOWN. MOTOR. ROOF PLAN NEW CONDUITS AND NEW WIRING. SCALE: 3/8"=1'-0" --- 2. RUN INDICATED CONDUIT UP THROUGH ROOF AND PULL NEW SEE NOTE 5 EXISTING CONDUIT, CONTINUE DOWN TO LEVEL 1 TO NEW 2. MOUNT DISCONNECT SWITCHES DIRECTLY TO MECHANICAL WIRING TO NEW DISCONNECT SWITCH AS SHOWN. PROVIDE VFD'S..PULL NEW WIRING. SEE DWG E1.01 FOR EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE. IF ENCLOSURE IS UNSUITABLE FOR WATERTIGHT SEAL AND FLASHING AROUND CONDUIT CONTINUATION. 40 ATTACHMENT OF SWITCHES PROVIDE UNISTRUT STAND TO PENETRATION. — Pilo SEE NOTE 7 8. CONDUIT/WIRING TO BURNER CONTROL. FINAL CONNECTION --4— 3. INTERIOR OF DUCTWORK IS HAZARDOUS AREA PER NEC 516. SEE SHALL BE MADE USING MINIMUM 6" LONG LIQUIDTIGHT METAL � NOTE 8 P109 SEE NOTE 7 FLEX CONDUIT OF THE SAME SIZE. SEE NOTE 5 C` �/��i�.d w, EE NOTE 11 CC BUIL N DIVISION SEE NOTE 7C SEI NOTE 9 ---/ NEW DAMPER CD -1 NOTE 2 NEW EXHAUST FAN, EF -4, SEE NOTE 6 GENERAL NOTES: NOTES: MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH 6. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL. PROVIDE ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION 1. REFER TO ONE -LINE DIAGRAM ON DWG E6.01 AND WIRING 1. INTERCEPT EXISTING CONDUIT UNDER ROOF AND EXTEND AS LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT CONNECTION TO FAN DIAGRAMS ON DWG E6.02. SEE DWG E6.03 FOR SIZE OF SHOWN. MOTOR. ROOF PLAN NEW CONDUITS AND NEW WIRING. SCALE: 3/8"=1'-0" --- 2. RUN INDICATED CONDUIT UP THROUGH ROOF AND PULL NEW 7. EXISTING CONDUIT, CONTINUE DOWN TO LEVEL 1 TO NEW 2. MOUNT DISCONNECT SWITCHES DIRECTLY TO MECHANICAL WIRING TO NEW DISCONNECT SWITCH AS SHOWN. PROVIDE VFD'S..PULL NEW WIRING. SEE DWG E1.01 FOR EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE. IF ENCLOSURE IS UNSUITABLE FOR WATERTIGHT SEAL AND FLASHING AROUND CONDUIT CONTINUATION. ATTACHMENT OF SWITCHES PROVIDE UNISTRUT STAND TO PENETRATION. — SUPPORT SWITCHES AND MOUNT ON TOP OF ROOF SURFACE. 8. CONDUIT/WIRING TO BURNER CONTROL. FINAL CONNECTION --4— 3. INTERIOR OF DUCTWORK IS HAZARDOUS AREA PER NEC 516. 3. RUN NEW CONDUIT DOWN TO MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH CONTROL PANEL ON LEVEL 1. PROVIDE WATERTIGHT SEAL SHALL BE MADE USING MINIMUM 6" LONG LIQUIDTIGHT METAL � FLEX CONDUIT OF THE SAME SIZE. u � PROVIDE RATED SEAL FITTINGS FOR ANY DUCT PENETRATIONS. AND FLASHING AROUND CONDUIT ROOF PENETRATION.. — G V E D H 4. ALL ROOFTOP GALVANIZED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE 4. INSTALL NEW J -BOX UNDER ROOF ATTACHED TO STRUCTURAL 9. RUN INDICATED CONDUIT UP THROUGH ROOF AND PULL NEW WIRING TO NEW CONTROL DAMPER AS SHOWN. PROVIDE r^IT CN Ni PAINTED FOR CONTROL OF ZINC RUNOFF. MEMBERS. WATERTIGHT SEAL AND FLASHING AROUND CONDUIT ,. i TS WILA 5. ROUTE INDICATED CONDUIT UNDER ROOF ATTACHED TO PENETRATION. STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. 10. RUN NEW CONDUIT DOWN TO NEW VFD'S ON LEVEL 1. S ° •" • � PROVIDE WATERPROOF SEAL AND FLASHING AROUND CONDUIT ROOF PENETRATION. CENT CENTER 11. RUN NEW WIRE IN EXISTING CONDUIT TO NEW EQUIPMENT CONNECTION. EtCON ASSOCIATES INCtigR�� ENGINEERS, CONSULTANTS L k �a p`l 4 DESIGNED: D. RALPHS PRDJEGfFWUGEk E. WRIGHT SSE: AS NOTED METRO TRANSIT DIVISION COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT DATE: 08/19/14 DRAWN: APPROVED SITELOCATION NO:L9 16300CHRISTENSENROAD, SUITE330 �' - a M. KL0.IEK L. PARRK)TT Kin Count 9 i ROOF LEVEL ELECTRICAL M'A DRAINING NO. CHECW-D 615NO. ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 TEL(206)243-5022 �� Department E1.03 PERMIT SUBMITTAL 8119/14 ,� ti D.SLATERUS of PLAN - MIDDLE COACH No. REVISION BY APP'D DATE FAX (206) 2435205 topAy $�' 8/19/14 RECONIENOED: CONTRACT NO NOT INCH, SCALE Transportation PAINT BOOTH SHEETNO D. CRIPPEN 000610011 ACCORD ACCORDINGLY 33 37 04 I;MVIEMD FOR ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION $ GENERAL NOTES: 1. REFER TO ONE -LINE DIAGRAM ON DWG E6.01 AND �0E COMPLIAND D r _. Z ROOF PLAN %A� A, APPROWD WIRING DIAGRAMS ON DWG E6.02. SEE DWG E6.03 FOR SIZE OF NEW CONDUITS AND NEW WIRING. o KEY PLAN ` 2DISCONNECT SWITCHES DIRECTLY TO SEE NOTE 2 SEE NOTE 4 City of Tukwila RECEIVED BUILDING DIVISIONOF C17' 7 - MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IF ENCLOSURE IS UNSUITABLE FOR ATTACHMENT OF SWITCHES, PROVIDE SEE NOTE 9 OS IL. S� ti o>! � ti �� '° �' SEE NOTE 2 PROJECT MANAGER E. WRIGHT SCALE: AS NOTED La _ METRO TRANSIT DIVISION ° r � fi R T - ° �C`OMPONEIT.S(JPP Y CENTER ti'� PAINT BOOTH EXHA�IST Af5•REPLACEMENT DATE: 08119114 SS UNISTRUT STAND ATTACHED TO TOP OF ROOF P106 AlwRovEO: slrE LOCATION N¢ SEE NOTE 9 16300 CHRISTENSEN ROAD, SUITE 330 � x M. KLIMEK SURFACE. SEE NOTE 5 Kin Cou 9 ROOF LEVEL ELECTRICAL CHECKED.- P105 SEE NOTE 5 ONE INCH AT FULL SEE l 3. INTERIOR OF DUCTWORK IS HAZARDOUS AREA PER NEC fns tit' oxal ! 8n9�14 D.SIATERLIS ams IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE Department of Transportation PLAN - CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH E1.04 516. PROVIDE RATED SEAL FITTINGS FOR ANY DUCT No. REVISION BY APP'D DATE J CONTRACT NO: sxEETNo OF 34 37 D. CRIPPEN PENETRATIONS. PWP OL 4. ALL ROOFTOP GALVANIZED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PAINTED FOR CONTROL OF ZINC RUNOFF. P107 15 P106 P107 15. ------(=SEE NOTE 5 C110 SEE NOTE 5 'I NOTES: +, SEE NOTE 5 `\\; 1 1. INTERCEPT EXISTING CONDUIT UNDER ROOF AND C109 NEW EF -5 EXTEND AS SHOWN. EXHAUST FAN ; SEE NOTE 6 2. RUN INDICATED CONDUIT UP THROUGH ROOF AND PULL NEW WIRING TO NEW DISCONNECT SWITCH AS SHOWN. PROVIDE WATERTIGHT SEAL AND FLASHING AROUND NEW DAMPER CD -1 CONDUIT PENETRATION. FINAL CONNECTION SHALL BE MADE USING MINIMUM 6" LONG LIQUIDTIGHT METAL NEW EF -6 DUIT. SEE DWG FLEX CONDUIT OF THE SAME SIZE. EXHAUST FAN _ _ E1.02 FOR CONTINUATION. SEE NOTE 6 ! SEE NOT S 1 & 7 3. RUN NEW CONDUIT DOWN TO NEW CONTROL PANEL ON LEVEL 1. PROVIDE WATERTIGHT SEAL AND FLASHING _ _ / AROUND CONDUIT ROOF PENETRATION. I I 4. INSTALL NEW J -BOX UNDER ROOF ATTACHED TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. 1 / / I 20 5. ROUTE INDICATED CONDUIT UNDER ROOF ATTACHED TO I / STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. SEE NOTE 8 �\ ( J/ I SEE DWG E1.02 i I_ II I I FOR CON INUATION. 6. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL. PROVIDE SEE NOTE 3 LIQUIDTIGHTFLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT CONNECTION TO l� I ! FAN 7. EXISTING CONDUIT, CONTINUE DOWN TO LEVEL 1 TO NEW CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH CONTROL PANEL. PULL NEW WIRING. NEWMECH ( /L _ I I 8. MOTORS, VFD'S, AND ALL WIRING AFTER SINGLE POINT TO DWGSFER — CONNECTION PRE -ASSEMBLED BY AMU VENDOR. VFD'S 9. RUN INDICATED CONDUIT UP THROUGH ROOF AND PULL SEE NOTE 3 I I SEE NOTE 3 NEW TO AS CONTROL DFLASH NG AROUAMPER PROVIDEWATERTIGHTNG SEAL L AND ND CONDUIT PENETRATION. FINAL CONNECTION SHALL BE SINGLE .POIN T C104 P108 SEE NOTE 5 MADE USING MINIMUM 6" LONG LIQUIDTIGHT METAL CONNECTION, FLEX CONDUIT OF THE SAME SIZE. POWER AND — —I CONTROL I 10. WIRING TO BURNER CONTROL RUN WITH DAMPER op . — . — . . — . — — . — — . — — . — . CONTROL. CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH I;MVIEMD FOR ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION �0E COMPLIAND D r _. Z ROOF PLAN %A� A, APPROWD SCALE: 3/8"=1'-0" -- MAY 0 5 2016 o KEY PLAN NTS City of Tukwila RECEIVED BUILDING DIVISIONOF C17' 7 - ELCON ASSOCIATES, INC ENGINEERS, CONSULTANTS OS IL. S� ti o>! � ti �� '° �' DESIGNED: D. RALPHS PROJECT MANAGER E. WRIGHT SCALE: AS NOTED La _ METRO TRANSIT DIVISION ° r � fi R T - ° �C`OMPONEIT.S(JPP Y CENTER ti'� PAINT BOOTH EXHA�IST Af5•REPLACEMENT DATE: 08119114 oRnv+t AlwRovEO: slrE LOCATION N¢ 16300 CHRISTENSEN ROAD, SUITE 330 � x M. KLIMEK L. PARRIOTT Kin Cou 9 ROOF LEVEL ELECTRICAL CHECKED.- ImNO ONE INCH AT FULL SEE DRAWWG Na. SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188v TEL(206)243-5022 FAX (206) 2435205 fns tit' oxal ! 8n9�14 D.SIATERLIS ams IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE Department of Transportation PLAN - CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH E1.04 PERMITSUBMITTAL 8119114 No. REVISION BY APP'D DATE RECOMFNDED: CONTRACT NO: sxEETNo OF 34 37 D. CRIPPEN 000610CIl ACCORDINGLY TO 51-U-512 IN MAINTENANCE BLDG 350 KCMIL, 5KV, CU -4 - - SUBSTATION W (MEZZANINE) 51-U-502 00A,51 30 03 — Q LOAD, 30 J LOAD INTERRUPTER 1 SWITCH, 4.8 KV 3 250 E XXXX (3) Ij K 2.5/5KV CURRENT LIMITING POWER FUSES i I Q 750 KVA 4160, 480Y/277V Y Z = 5.3% TRANSFORMER I 51-Y-402 ` L -K F -U GFI-1000A 1 1,2,3 4 5,7,9 6 8 i \ \ ! 1400A 1400A \ 1150A SPACES / SPACES PANEL PANEL SPOT "PL" "PK" WELDER -2 AMU -3 /A /120V W VFD SEE ITE 2 (TYP) rREvIEWE_FFOR �dC E 07 NICE MAY 0 5 2016 Li ! 11 Of Tukwila NG— 5IVI2T � ► — — Y !I 51-Y-403 IOOOA \ � (TIE BREAKER) I -U GFJ i 1 N.O. TO 51-U-506 IN FUEL/WASH BLDG 350 KCMIL, 5KV, - — 47- SUBSTATION "B" (LOADING DOCK) - 51-U-504 51-U-505 L00A '30 OAD INTERRUPTER GENERAL NOTES: -T SWITCH, 4.8 KV NET +30HP F TOTAL NET +60HP 1. SEE CONDUIT & WIRE SCHEDULES ON DWG E6.03 FOR 63 SUBTOTAL SIZE OF NEW CONDUITS AND NEW WIRING. 316 250 E XXXX (3) NEC DEMAND FACTORS K 75 NOTES: NEC CALCULATED DEMAND LIMITING POWERNFUSES 390 781 1. RE -CONNECT EXISTING CONDUIT AND WIRING AS INDICATED CNECKED: 750 KVA 4160, IN CONDUIT & WIRE SCHEDULE TO NEW MIDDLE COACH fff 480Y/277V Z = 5.39. PAINT BOOTH CONTROL PANEL AND CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH — — — — — — YYYY��YYYYYY111 SFORMER CONTROL PANEL. SEE DWG ED6.02. K � 2. INDICATED EQUIPMENT WILL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED 51-Y-404 PERMIT SUBMITTAL 6/19/14 BY OTHERS. PROVIDE CONDUIT AND WIRING AS SHOWN. GFI-1000A SHEETNO, OF AS VS 3. INTERCEPT EXISTING CONDUIT AND EXTEND USING NEW J 00610CIl CONDUIT AS SHOWN. PULL INDICATED WIRING. A V ONE -LINE DIAGRAM 35 37 4. SINGLE -POINT CONNECTION EQUIPMENT. PANEL PDA 1200A BUS, 480/277V, 30, 4W J 10 11 12 13 14, 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 \I \I \f \I , \I \I `I FEED / 0 / SUB 150A. 150A 200A 200A 200A 50A 200A 70A 225A 70A 225A 175A 175A 200A 175A 175A 175A LUG SPARE PANEL PANEL PAINT/ PANEL FURNACE PANEL FURNACE PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL COMP COMP \ "PH" "PA" DRYER 'P D" 6AG "PI' 6 'LA" "PC" 'LB" "PE" "PI°" CP2 CP1 J CONTROL (LEFT) PANEL #1 - PANEL "P82A" PANEL PDB 7\ 8\ 9\ 1175A 1175A 1125A EL PANEL PANEL 1200A BUS, 480/277V, 30, 4W 110 111 112 113 1150A 150A 1400A J 40A PANEL PAINT PANEL ELEVATOR BOOTH 'PM" 'PH" BREATHING AIR COMP P1O1 PANEL PD" (RIGHT) 30KVA 480V A 15KVA Ta m L6 115KVA 0KVA 0KVA 5KVA 7755KVA Ulu 15KVA 480V– 48OV– 48OV– 48OV-48OV– 48OV– 480V - 208/120V 208/120V - 208/120V 208/120V 208/120V 208/120V 208/120V 240V A SEE NOTE 1 PANEL NEW PANEL PANEL PANEL 100A PANEL PANEL PANEL I 30A "P2" MIDDLE COACH "P1" 'P3" 'P5" "P6' P7" P8' PAINT BOOTH 30KVA OKVA I CONTROL PANEL 48OV- �-y I I 11� �-y 48OV- I i 208/12OV I I��-I D 208/120V NEW NOTE V2D(TYP)— IEFD1I EF -2 IEF 3I IEFFD SEE NOTE 3 NEW DISC SWITCH (TYP) NEW SEE NOTE 2 (TYP) EXH EXH EXH EXH FAN -1 FAN -2 FAN -3 FAN -4 NOTE 2 P104 PANEL I (PANEL P12" P4 LOAD CHANGE SWBD DPA SWBD PDB 4@15HP 2@40HP 2@15HP 1@40HP ADD 140HP DEMO 110HP ADD 70HP DEMO 40HP NET +30HP NET +30HP TOTAL NET +60HP I I PANEL ! PANEL i TO 60HP MILLING MACHINE HAZARDOUS MATERIAL SHED DEMAND CALCULATION PDA (kW) PDB (kW) PDA + PDB (kW 1 YR PEAK DEMAND 316 284 574 NEW MOTOR LOAD 32 32 63 SUBTOTAL 348 316 637 NEC DEMAND FACTORS 79 75 144 NEC CALCULATED DEMAND 427 1 390 781 UUNGUKKLNI FLAK ULMANU I -UK SINGLL-LNULU UF'tKAIIUN JUtNAKIU NEW SEE NOTE 2 14 115 116,18 \ \ 400A 1 150A p 1150A SUB FEED / UG I 17 60A ! i PROP 'AP -1" (TYP)— EXH EXH NEW AMU -4 FAN -5 FAN -6 SEE NOTE 4 PERMIT CENTER EtCON ASSOCIATES INC ENGINEERS, CONSULTANTS � � K. 4� � �• DESIGNED: D.RALPHS PRWCTMANAGER: E. WRIGHT SCALE: AS NOTED La METRO TRANSIT DIVISION COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT DATE: 08/19114 �"" APPROVED: SRELOCATIONNO, 16300 CHRISTENSEN ROAD, SUITE 330 M. KUMEK L. PARRIOTT King Cour ty CNECKED: ®s NO. ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE DMMGNO: SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 TEL(206)2435022 FAX (206) 2435205 - ° does 1 tOpa1. ' 6/14114 D.SIATERLIS 432692-500 -- Department of Transportation ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION E6.01 PERMIT SUBMITTAL 6/19/14 �N SHEETNO, OF No. REVISION BY APPO DATE PEND 00610CIl IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE ONE -LINE DIAGRAM 35 37 D.CR ACCORDINGLY GENERAL NOTES: 1. PROVIDE ALL CONDUIT, WIRE, BOXES AND SUPPORT HARDWARE REQUIRED TO INSTALL AND CONNECT EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES SHOWN ON PLANS AND WIRING DIAGRAMS. 2. ALL RACEWAYS MUST BE FREE OF MOISTURE. 3. ALL UNMARKED CONDUITS SHALL HAVE MINIMUM 2#14 AWG & 1#14 AWG GROUND WIRES INSTALLED UNLESS APPROVED OR NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL WIRING SHALL BE FREE OF OPENS, SHORTS, AND GROUNDS. 4. ALL WIRING SHALL MEET ALL APPLICABLE NATIONAL AND WASHINGTON STATE ELECTRICAL CODE ARTICLES. 5. ALL SHIELDS ON SHIELDED CABLES SHALL BE CONNECTED AND BE FREE OF OPENS, SHORTS, AND GROUNDS. 6. THE INTERIOR OF THE PAINT BOOTHS AND THEIR EXHAUST DUCTS ARE HAZARDOUS AREAS PER NEC 516. PROVIDE RATED SEAL FITTINGS FOR ALL PENETRATIONS. -SEE NOTE 1 (TYP) P107 NEW AIR MAKE-UP UNIT NEW DISC SW (TYP) SINGLE -POINT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION ELECT 7. INSTALL ALL DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON PLANS AND WIRING DIAGRAMS ON THIS DRAWING IN COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS OR RECOMMENDATIONS. 8. DEVICES ON DIAGRAM ARE TYPICAL OF MANY. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND QUANTITY. 9. WIRING DIAGRAMS ARE SCHEMATICAL ONLY ASSUMING TYPICAL CONFIGURATION. 10. LOCATION, QUANTITY, WIRING CONNECTIONS, AND PROPER OPERATION OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES HAVE NOT BEEN VERIFIED. 11. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OWNER OR PAINT BOOTH SYSTEM VENDOR DESIGNATED BY OWNER. 12. SIZE ALL JUNCTION BOXES PER NEC. SEE NOTE 1 (TYP) 3 NOTES: 1. NEW EQUIPMENT OR DEVICES FURNISHEDAND INSTALLED BY OTHERS. PROVIDE INDICATED CONDUIT AND WIRING. TERMINATE WIRING INSIDE ENCLOSURE LEAVING MINIMUM 5 FT SLACK OF COILED WIRES. ALL INTERNAL WIRING CONNECTIONS BY OTHERS. 2. REMOVE EXISTING STARTERS AND ALL ASSOCIATED ABANDONED ACCESSIBLE CONDUIT, WIRE, AND ENCLOSURES. REUSE EXISTING RACEWAY AND ENCLOSURES AS APPROPRIATE. PROVIDE CONDUIT AND WIRING TO INDICATED EXISTING EQUIPMENT OR DEVICES. 3. PROVIDE CONDUIT AND WIRING TO INDICATED EXISTING EQUIPMENT OR DEVICES. RESTORE EXISTING WIRING CONNECTIONS TO INDICATED DEVICES OR EQUIPMENT. 4. EXTEND INDICATED EXISTING CONDUIT AND PULL NEW WIRING AS SHOWN. 5. REUSE EXISTING CONTROL WIRING CONNECTED TO BURNERS AT EXISTING AMU UNITS AND REROUTE AND RECONNECT TO NEW MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH CONTROL PANEL. 6. PROVIDE DIFFERENTIAL TEMPERATURE SEAL PER NEC 300.7 FOR THROUGH -ROOF CONNECTIONS. EXIST AIR EXIST MTR STARTER MAKE-UP SEE NOTE 2 (TYP 2) - UNIT (TYP 2) /-BURNER CTRL PNI_ (TYP) CD -1 SEE NOTE 3 CD- Cf NEW M3 MOTOR BYOTHERS (TYP)- 1►�AMU-3 WP" N _. l.IU4 P104 FOR P108 REVIEWED C110 SEE NOTE 4, P105 SEE NOTE 5 TYP SEE CODE COMPLIANCE NOTE 4 APPROVED P101 C105 C105 _CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH TO SWBD PDB TO SWBD PDA t— i MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH �� MAY 0 5 2016 j SEE NOTE LF P102 P109 SEE NOTE 1 P111 I P111 I SEE NOTE 3 (TYP) P106 P106 SEE NOTE 3 (TYP) I vl•7 o1 Tu IIC TO PAINT BOOTH LIGHTS NEW CRIPPLE TO PAINT BOOTH LIGHTS_ � R PAINT BOOTH MIDDLE COACH ' BUILDING DIVISION C106 CONTROL P103 C103 PAINT BOOTH C106 PANEL P103 CONTROL I k S (SEE NOTE 1) C103 PANEL OS t itECEIVED T C103 (SEE NOTE 1) T' 0 ,1 e Y Off" TUKWILA I SEE NOTE 1 VFD DRIVE BY SEE NOTE 1 I © VFD VFD OTHERS, SEE SEE NOTES VFD VFD VFD VFD VFD VFD ©, j C107 EF -5 EF -6 NOTE 1 (TYP) 3 & 4 AMU -2 AMU -3 EF -1 EF -2 EF -3 EF -4 C107 SEE NOTE 1 15 2'j�' j I SEE NOTE '1 P108 I I FLOOR C102DOC SYSTEM SEE NOTE 3 P108 M SEE NOTE 3�DA FLOOR I © I S I C101 FA SYSTEM PANEL 'PL' SYSTEM " ( © 3 ERMIT CENTER_ FILTER C102 FILTER FIRST FLOOR _ - C101 ^~ _ - �FIRST FLOOR c1o6 CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH WIRING DIAGRAM VFD DRIVE 8Y IDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH WIRING DIAGRAM OTHERS, SEE SCALE: NO SCALE NOTE 1 (TYP) SCALE: NO SCALE EILCON ASSOCIATES, INC ENGINEERS - CONSULTANTS � � $SI9 o, Sd ` q � DESIGNED: D.RALPHS MOJECT MANAGER, E. WRIGHT Scue: AS NOTED Ly METRO TRANSIT DIVISION COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT DATE: 08/19114 _ DRAM : L. sD D°A»« NO: 16300 CHRISTENSEN ROAD, SUITE 330 c M. KLED: PARRI L. PARRIOTT King County CHECKED: �D CBIS 140: ONE mcN AT FULL SIZE DaAvwG No: SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 TEL(206)243-5022 �cP� 1 2 Depafnentof E6.02 PERMIT SUBMITTAL 1 8/19/14 FAX(206)243-5205 � 8,Agl14 D.SIATERUS —aEwrsc Transportation ELECTRICAL RENDE. CONTRACT NO, SNEETNo: or No. REVISION _ BY APPD DATE IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE WIRING DIAGRAMS 36 37 D. CRIPPEN 000610011 ACCORDINGLY CONDUIT & WIRE SCHEDULE CONDUIT ID # DESCRIPTION COND SIZE WIRE NOTES QUANTITY & SIZE P101 FEEDER TO EXIST/NEW MIDDLE COACH PAINT BOOTH CTRL PNL 3" 3#1/0, 1#3 G 3#3/0 EXIST TO RE -CONNECT ABANDON IN PLACE P102 FEEDER TO EXIST/NEW CRIPPLE PAINT BOOTH CTRL PNL 2" 3#1/0, 1#4 G EXIST TO RE -CONNECT P103 FEEDER TO EXHAUST FAN VFD 3/4" 3#10, 1#10 G SEE NOTE 1 P104 TWO FEEDERS TO EXHAUST FAN DISC SWITCHES 1" 6#10, 1#10 G NEW WIRING IN EXIST COND P105 TWO FEEDERS TO EXHAUST FAN DISC SWITCHES 1" 6#10, 1#10 G SEE NOTE 1 P106 FEEDER TO EXHAUST FAN DISC SWITCH 3/4" 3#10, 1#10 G SEE NOTE 1 P107 FEEDER TO EXHAUST FAN MOTOR 3/4" 3#10, 1#10 G FLEX CONDUIT P108 FEEDER TO AMU VFD 1 1/4" 3#4, 1#6 G SEE NOTE 1 P109 FEEDER TO AMU DISC SWITCH 1 1/4" 3#4, 1#6 G SEE NOTE 1 P110 FEEDER TO AMU MOTOR 1 1/4" 3#4, 1#6 G FLEX CONDUIT P111 PAINT BOOTH LIGHTING CIRCUIT 3/4" 2#12, 1#12 G MATCH EXISTING CONDUIT & WIRE SCHEDULE CONDUIT ID # DESCRIPTION COND SIZE WIRE NOTES QUANTITY & SIZE C101 FA SYSTEM & PAINT BOOTH CTRL PNL INTERFACE 3/4" 2#14 TSP, 1#14G SEE NOTE 1 C102 DDC SYSTEM & PAINT BOOTH CTRL PNL INTERFACE 3/4" 2#14 TSP, 1#14G SEE NOTE 1 C103 PAINT BOOTH CTRL PNL & VFD INTERFACE 3/4" 8#14, 1#14G SEE NOTE 1 C104 AMU INTERFACE W/PAINT BOOTH CONTROL PNL 3/4" 4#14, 1#14G SEE NOTE 1 C105 LOWER FLAMMABLE LIMIT ANALYZER CIRCUIT 3/4" 2#14 TSP, 2#12, 1#12G SEE NOTE 1 C106 PAINT BOOTH SWITCH/SENSOR CIRCUIT 3/4" 4#14, 1#14G SEE NOTE 1 C107 SOLENOID SWITCH 3/4" 4#14, 1#14G SEE NOTE 1 C108 DAMPER AND BURNER CONTROL CIRCUITS 3/4" 4#14, 1#14G SEE NOTE 1 C109 DAMPER ACTUATOR/SWITCH CIRCUIT 3/4" 2#12, 1#12G SEE NOTE 1 C110 DAMPER ACTUATOR/SWITCH TWO CIRCUITS 3/4" 4#12, 1#12G SEE NOTE 1 C111 DAMPER ACTUATOR/SWITCH THREE CIRCUITS AND AMU STARTER INTERFACE CIRCUIT 1" 6#12, 1#12G 4#14 SEE NOTE 1 C112 DAMPER ACTUATOR/SWITCH SIX CIRCUITS AND TWO AMU STARTERS INTERFACE CIRCUITS 1" 6#12, 1#12G 8#14, 1#14G SEE NOTE 1 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE .APPROVED MAY 0 5 2016 City Of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION NOTES: 1. VERIFY WITH EQUIPMENT AND/OR SENSOR DEVICE SUPPLIER AND PROVIDE TYPE, SIZE AND NUMBERS OF WIRES AS NECESSARY. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PERMIT CENTER ' OE5IGNED: P C`T MANAGER: SC&E AS NOTED METRO TRANSIT DIVISION DATE: 08/19/14 ELCON ASSOCIATES INC ENGINEERS, CONSULTANTS °'gS�s bai D.RALPHS E. WRIGHT La COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT DRANK: APPROVED: SNE LOCATION NO: 16300 CHRISTENSEN ROAD, SUITE 330M. KLIMEK L PARRIOTT KingCourdy CHECKED: 181SNOI. ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE DRAWNGNO SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 TEL(206)243-5022 FAX (206) 2435205 ' f� t ' �NA1' 8nq�4 D.SIATERLIS woa92-500 ieaEsr: DepartmentotELECTRICAL Transportation CONDUIT E6.03 , PERMITSUBMITTAL 8/19/14 No. RECONDED: MAE CONTRACT NO SHEET ND: a REVISION BY APP'D DATE NO IF T ONE SCI INCH, �.E AND WIRE SCHEDULES 37 37 ' D.CRIPPEN C0061OC11 ACCORDINGLY A COMPONENT SUPPLY CENTER PAINT BOOTH EXHAUST FAN REPLACEMENT Technical Specifications Permit Submittal 8/19/2014 FILE REVIEWED FOR UAE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 0 5 2016 City OfTwkwiia RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA ANI 15 2316 PERMIT CENTER TECHNICAL MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Number Section Title 072220 Roof Insulation for Steel Deck Types 075200 Modified Bitumen Roofing System 076510 Flexible Flashing. and Sheet Metal 210500 Common Work Results for Fire Suppression 211000 Automatic Fire Protection Systems. 230500 Common Work Results for HVAC 230529 Piping and Mechanical Equipment Support 230548 Vibration Isolation 230553 Mechanical Painting and Identification 230593 Balancing Air and Water Systems 230700 HVAC Insulation 230800 Systems Commissioning 230900 Automatic Controls 231100 Natural Gas Systems 233000 Air Distribution Systems 237000 Air Handling Equipment 237001 Air Makeup Unit 260051 Basic Materials and Methods Electrical Mini -Spec SECTION 072220 ROOF INSULATION FOR STEEL DECK TYPES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: A. This portion of the specification describes materials and workmanship required for the installation of insulation over the metal deck on the CSC Building in relation to the Paint Booth Fan Replacement. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07 52 00 — Modified Bitumen Roofing System 2. Section 07 65 10 — Flexible Flashing and Sheet Metal 1.02 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Insulation shall be delivered to the site in an undamaged and dry condition. Material received that is not dry or is otherwise damaged shall be rejected. B. Storage under polyethylene or similar non -breathing film stock shall not be permitted. C. Proper storage on or off the site shall be the responsibility of the roofing contractor. D. Any unused insulation remaining on the roof at the end of the workday shall be returned to storage. 1.03 INSULATION —GENERAL A. All insulation materials must be approved by the warrantor of primary roof membrane materials. Samples should be provided to the manufacturer and written approval from the warrantor of primary roof membrane materials is required before ordering these materials for the project. B. Insulation boards shall be full size except when cutting is required at roof edges and openings. Boards that are broken, cracked, have been exposed to moisture, or are otherwise damaged shall not be used. C. The proper installation and fit of wood nailers, blocking, and other rough carpentry in appropriate locations shall be verified by the Project Representative prior to installation of roof insulation. D. Caution shall be exercised with construction traffic to avoid damage to existing or new insulation. Breaking or crushing of insulation is unacceptable and any damaged insulation shall be replaced at the roofing contractor's expense. E. Insulation shall be laid with end joints staggered and all joints tight; however, boards shall not be forced into place. F. No more insulation shall be installed or exposed during any work period than can be covered by all plies of roofing during the same work period. At the end of the work period, temporary edge seals shall be installed to protect the roof insulation. Upon 072220-1 C00610C11 resumption of work, they must be removed. Such seals shall consist of .strips of roofing felt applied and top coated with specified inter -ply adhesive. G. Insulation surfaces shall be cleared of all debris before roofing is placed. H. All precautions should be made to prevent bitumen drippage during and after application of insulation and roofing materials. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 INSULATION A. Insulation Types: 1. All Roof Areas: a. First Layer(s): Polyisocya n u rate ASTM C1289-01, Type ll, Class I, Grade 2, minimum 20 psi, maximum thickness of 3" per layer. b. Second Layer: Wood Fiberboard .5", ASTM C208, Type II, Grade, 6 -side asphalt saturated. c. Cricketing on Top -Slope Side of New Curbs: Y2"-inch/foot, Perlite, ASTM C728- 82 or Polyisocya n u rate, ASTM C1289-01, Type II, Class I, Grade 2, minimum 20 psi. B. Tapered edge strip: ASTM C728-82, perlite. tapered from 1-5/8 inch to 1/8 inch (on twelve inch dimension), size 12 x 48 inches or as approved by the system warrantor's representative. C. Cants: ASTM C728-82, perlite, factory fabricated. D. Nailers/Lumber: Southern Pine, yellow pine, douglas fir, spruce, ponderosa pine, larch or Hemlock and shall meet the following minimum grade requirement of construction standard (75% #1 and 25% #2); free from warping and visible decay. Lumber shall be graded according to the standard grading rules of the Southern Pine Inspection Bureau, the West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau, or the Western Wood Products Association. E. Metal roof deck: Gage, rib depth, rib configuration - match existing; three span; lapped and stitched joints. F. Polyisocyan u rate Insulation Fasteners for Metal Decking: 1. Fasteners: a. ES Products Inc. Bristol, Rl. b. ITW Buildex Itasca, IL. c. Olympic Manufacturing Group Inc. New Rochelle, NY. d. Simplex Nails Americus, GA e. Powers Rawl, Powers Fastening Inc. New Rochelle, NY f. Construction Fasteners Wyomissing, PA g. Or approved equal G. Cover Board Insulation, Cricket, Tapered Edge and Interior Cant Adhesive: 1. BUR Plus 102 Hot Asphalt: Test Typical Value Test Method Softening Point 185-205°F ASTM D 36 Flash Point 550°F or greater ASTM D 92 Penetration 20 units, 25°C ASTM D 5 Ductility 4.0 cm, 25°C ASTM D 113 Penetration Index 3.0 Calculated Value 072220-2 C00610C11 Tensile Strength Elongation Density Fire Resistance Asbestos Content Cold Temperature Bend Compatibility with Type VI Glass Ply Sheet and Coated Glass, Polyester And Glass/ Polyester Sheets Softening Point Temperature Fallback 90 psi ASTM D 412 200% ASTM D 412 1.0 or greater ASTM D 70 Pass, Class A ASTM E 108/UL 790 0% EPA/600/R-93/116 40°F ASTM D 3111 Oliensis Test, no exudates ASTM D 1370 10°F or less HRC 632 (5 hours, 500°F, 4508. material in closed one quart container) Average Adhesion Strength to Felt Coating After Conditioning: 1) 24 Hrs. @ 73°F 11.6 Ibf/in. 2) 7 Days @ 73°F 11.2 Ibf/in. 3) 30 Days @ 73°F 9.1 Ibf/in. 4) 6 Months @ 73°F 9.4 Ibf/in. 5) 1 year @ 73°F 8.9 Ibf/in. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 CONDITION OF DECK ASTM D 1876 A.. Prior to installing insulation, deck must be inspected and accepted by the roofing contractor and roofing system warrantor. All deficiencies must be corrected prior to start of work. B. The roofing contractor shall perform all other work of preparing the deck. When insulation is applied, the deck shall be dry and free of dew, frost, ice, and snow. C. The roofing contractor shall notify the Project Representative of any improper installations. 3.02 DECK REPLACMENT A. Deck Reinforcement: Install sheet steel reinforcement profiled to existing decking configuration over all rusted openings 16 sq. inches or less. If two or more rusted openings existing in same deck section, replace deck. B. Deck Reattachment: 1. Mechanically reattach loose sections of deck to steel support members twelve inches O.C. C. ,Side laps: 1. Nestable side lap: Mechanically fasten 18 inches o.c. 2. Interlocking side lap: Button punch 18 inches o.c. D. Deck Replacement: 1. Sawcut at bar joist/beam center, remove decking. Minimum length: Three spans. 072220-3 C00610C11 2. Erect metal decking according to SDI Design Manual. If unable to lap, butt to adjacent deck. Minimum bearing on steel supports: one inch. 3. Mechanically fasten side laps 18 inches o.c. 4. Fasten deck to steel support members at ends and intermediate supports with mechanical fasten twelve inches o.c. maximum. 5. Install six inch wide sheet steel butt strip where deck ends butt. Mechanically fasten butt strips to steel deck six inches o.c. 3.03 HEATING OF BITUMEN A. Kettles shall be equipped with thermometers calibrated to indicate bitumen temperature and shall be free of any non -compatible materials. B. Asphalt shall never be heated to or above its flash point. Avoid heating above manufacturer's guidelines. Application temperature shall not vary more than 25 degrees F above or below the "equiviscous" temperature (EVT). The EVT represents the ideal mop -bucket temperature for good application. Cutting or any other alteration of bitumens will not be permitted. C. Bitumen temperatures shall be checked regularly to insure compliance with the above requirements. 3.04 THERMAL INSULATION A. First Insulation Layer for Metal Decking: 1. Insulation shall be fastened to meet FM 1-90 requirements according to membrane manufacturer's FM listings. Refer to FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-29 for increased fastener requirements at perimeter and corners. B. Cover Board: 1. Cover board insulation shall be fully adhered in a solid mopping of specified hot adhesive, at a rate of 30 lbs. per 100 square feet. All insulation shall be fully bonded to the first layer of insulation. C. Insulation installation requirements: 1. Stagger joints at least six inches. 2. Install insulation boards in courses parallel to roof edges, mopping surface up. 3. Firmly butt each insulation board to surrounding boards. Do not jam or deform . boards. 4. Maximum elevation variation between boards at joints: 1/8 inch. 5. Cut and fit insulation boards where roof deck intersects vertical surfaces. Cut board 1/4 inch from vertical surface. 6. All boards installed shall be 18 inches in length or width, minimum. 7. Promptly spread any adhesive that may accumulate on. insulation surface to achieve smooth surface for roofing installation. 3.05 NEW EQUIPMENT CURB CRICKETING A. Insulation used for %" —inch/foot sloped cricketing shall be installed on the top side of all curbed projections to eliminate standing water behind curbs. B. Cricketing shall be installed in a manner that adequately and successfully directs water to the existing drain locations. Ponding water will not be accepted. 3.06 TAPERED EDGE INSTALLATION 072220-4 C00610C11 A. Tapered edge strips shall be installed per manufacturer's recommendations and within NRCA guidelines. B. Tapered edge strips are to be installed around all drains to form a continuous 48 -inch square sump. 3.07 CANTS A. Cant strips shall be installed at all 90 -degree angles where the horizontal installation of insulation meets the vertical sides of roof penetrations, and walls. Cants must be installed prior to application of membrane and. flashings. END OF SECTION 072220-5 C00610C11 SECTION 07 52 00 MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section specifies the installation of new roof membrane in conjunction with the Paint Booth Fan Replacement and as needed to match the existing roof system and maintain the existing manufacturer's roof warranty. The roof application consists of a hot asphalt applied modified bitumen built-up roofing membrane assembly with a gravel weathering surface set in rubber modified asphalt. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07 22 20 — Roof Insulation For Steel Deck Types 2. Section 07 65 10 — Flexible Flashing And Sheet Metal 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: 1. Obtain primary roofing materials from a single manufacturer. Provide secondary materials as recommended by manufacturer of primary materials. 2. Roofing materials, installation methods and workmanship shall be in strict accordance with the material manufacturer's recommendations, the latest. NRCA roofing manual, SMACNA manual, Factory Mutual, Underwriters Laboratory and ASTM standards. Where these are in conflict, the most stringent shall apply. Where the requirements of the Specifications and Drawings exceed those of the manufacturer, the Specifications and Drawings shall take precedence unless said requirements will void the Manufacturer's Certificate of Warranty. Ensure that all conflicts are resolved before proceeding. 3. No roofing work shall be done in rainy or foggy weather or when there is 30% or greater chance of precipitation or other conditions may adversely affect the desired results. Installation of the roofing system shall not begin until all moisture has been totally dried from the roofing area. B. Qualification of Installers: Installation of roofing system shall be performed by a single Roofing Contractor with at least 3 years experience and has complete familiarity with the roof system specified and the Roofing Manufacturer's recommended methods of installation. The Roofing Contractor shall be certified by the Roofing manufacturer to install the roofing system specified and has installed at least three similar roofing systems for that manufacturer within the last 3 years. C. Roofing manufacturer/supplier must be: 1. Manufacturer of existing roof system or manufacturer approved by the owner that would assume the remaining years of the existing 20 year labor and material warranty. 2. Be an Associate Member in good standing with National Roofing Contractor's Association (NRCA). 3. Be recognized in roofing, waterproofing and moisture survey industry. 075200-1 C00610C11 4. Be approved by the Project Representative. 5. An ISO 9001:2000 compliant and registered as to their quality system. D. Material- manufacturer/supplier must supply a field representative to perform periodic inspections throughout the course of the Contract. See 1.06.A: E. Any deficiencies noted during inspections must be corrected by the contractor and approved by the material manufacturer/supplier's field representative and the project representative. See 1.06.A. F. Material Samples: During the course of the work, the Project Representative shall be allowed to secure samples of the materials being used from the containers on the job site and submit them to an independent testing laboratory for comparison. All non - approved material installed or stored shall be removed from the construction site until it has been tested. Installed materials that do not conform to the Contract shall be removed by the Contractor at no additional cost to King County. G. If test results prove that a material is not functionally equal to specified material: 1. Contractor shall pay for all testing. 2. Project Representative will charge Contractor a penalty in proportion to amount of work completed before test results become known. 3. Installed, non -approved materials must be removed by the contractor at no additional cost to King County. 4. Remaining work shall be completed with specified materials. 1.03 REGULATORY REQUIRMENTS A. International Building Code Chapter 15. B. Factory Mutual approved materials using 1-90 insulation attachment guide. C. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. "Class A Roofing System" 1.04 PRE -ROOFING CONFERENCE A. A pre -roofing conference shall be held at the project site in advance of the time scheduled for roofing work. The purpose of this conference is to review requirements for the work and conditions that could possibly interfere with successful performance of the work. This conference shall review existing conditions and deck surfaces, roof insulation, roofing, flashing, and any other items related to the roof system. Every party who is concerned with the work, or required to coordinate with it or to protect it thereafter, should attend this conference, including the Project Representative, the existing roofing system warrantor, and the roofing contractor. A record of all decisions and agreements made at this meeting, as well as a list of attendees shall be recorded for the job record. The Project Representative is responsible for this documentation and shall initiate and chair this meeting. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall provide the following submittals in accordance with Section 013300: 075200-2 C00610C11 1. Accredited independent testing laboratory certificate verifying physical performance attributes of the roof system assembly match the specified roof system assembly requirements. 2. Manufacturer's technical product data, installation instructions and recommendations for each type of roofing product required. Include data substantiating that materials comply with specified requirements. Include certification that materials are "asbestos free". 3. Provide independent laboratory testing showing that materials provided conform to all requirements specified herein, and are chemically and physically compatible with each other and are suitable for inclusion within. the total roof system specified herein. 4. Sample of the Manufacturer's Certificate of Warranty complying with provisions of this section. 5. Statement of Certification of roofing Contractor by manufacturer. 6. Shop drawings showing layout of perimeter cricketing, details of construction and identification of materials. 7. Letter from material supplier signed by a corporate officer, on company stationary, confirming that all bidding documents have been approved, that the site has been inspected and meets the requirements for suitability, and that the specified warranty shall be provided upon satisfactory completion of the project. 1.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Responsibilities: Manufacturer's field engineer shall be available within 24 hours notice during the entire course of the roofing work for site inspection and consultation. B. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Keep Project Representative, manufacturer's field representative and field engineer informed of project schedule and status. 2. Keep a written diary of visits to the job site by representatives of the roofing materials manufacturer. Date, time and pertinent comments shall be recorded in the diary. Submit a copy to the Project Representative each week per the requirements of this Section. 3. A thermometer shall be installed and working on the asphalt kettle; a second thermometer shall be available on the kettle discharge at the roof to ensure that all manufacturer's temperature requirements are within required tolerances. 4. Cut roof cores if directed by the Project Representative to determine quality of new roof membrane and. replace and patch cores to a watertight condition. In addition an infrared survey of the completed membrane may be performed by the Project Representative or roof infrared survey contractor hired by the Project Representative prior to final acceptance. When the roof cores or the infrared survey disclose material deficiency or wetness, deficiencies shall be corrected in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and specifications. 1.07 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION A. Kettles shall be located so as to prevent damage to buildings or other property. They shall not be positioned on roof decks. Mops shall be spun at the end of work periods to separate the strands, and shall be stored in that condition to prevent spontaneous combustion. Fire extinguishers shall be provided near kettles for immediate use. Follow the terms and conditions of the permit from the applicable City. 075200-3 C00610C11 1.08 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS A. All owner's and OSHA safety rules shall be adhered to in the execution of this work. The fumes of hot bituminous materials may be toxic to some workers. Adequate protection shall be provided, .to prevent burns and skin irritation, in accordance with the Contractor's safety requirements. 1.09 ROOF TRAFFIC A. After work on roof is started, no traffic will be permitted on the roof other than that necessary for the roofing application and inspection. Materials shall not be piled on the roof to the extent that design live loads are exceeded. Roofing materials shall not be transported over unfinished or finished roofing or existing roofs unless adequate protection is provided. B. Any damage to existing roofs shall be repaired as directed by Project Representative at no expense to King County. 1.10 PROTECTION AGAINST SOILAGE A. Surface of walls, walks, pavements, adjacent property, etc., shall be protected as necessary to prevent soiling or other damage resulting from the application of roofing or transporting of materials. If surfaces are stained or damaged in any way, they shall be restored by this contractor, at no cost to King County, in a manner acceptable to the Project Representative. B. Felt envelopes shall be installed where required to prevent bitumen drippage. Refer to NRCA manual for felt enveloping techniques. 1.11 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The Contractor, upon receiving materials from the manufacturer at his shop, shall store said materials either in a heated building or in a warehouse or similar type structure at ambient temperature and humidity. Conditions should be such that the moisture content of felts at time of use does not exceed the equilibrium moisture content (EMC) at 75% RH. B. Materials shall be delivered to the site in an .undamaged and dry condition and stored in the staging areas as shown on the Contract drawings or on the roof as approved by the Project Representative. Material received that is not dry or is otherwise damaged shall be rejected. C. Storage under polyethylene or similar non -breathing film stock shall not be permitted. Rolls of flashing and felts shall be stacked on their ends and never in contact with the ground. Bituminous emulsions shall be stored at temperatures above freezing. D. Proper storage on or off the site shall be the responsibility of the roofing contractor. E. Any unused roofing felt remaining on the roof at the end of the workday shall be returned to storage. 075200-4 C00610C11 F. Do not place roofing aggregate in piles on the roof. Roofing aggregate shall be conveyed to the roof surface and immediately embedded into the new weathering surface adhesive. 1.12 WORK SEQUENCE A. Once work is started on a roof or section, it shall continue without undue delay until that section is completed before starting another. The installation of flashings shall immediately follow application of the roofing. 1.13 FINAL INSPECTION A. Upon completion of the installation, an inspection shall be made by the Project Representative, the Manufacturer's field representative and field engineer to ascertain that the roofing system has been installed according to.the roofing system warrantor's published specifications and details. The warranty will be issued upon approval of the installation and payment for all materials and fees. 1.14 ROOFING WARRANTY A. The existing 20 year labor and material manufacturer's warranty from Viridian Systems must be maintained and all requirements of Viridian Systems met to maintain remaining years of said warranty. B. Warranty shall cover both labor and materials to replace work due to poor workmanship or sub -standard materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Comply with Quality Control, References, Specification, and Manufacturer's data. Where conflict may exist, requirements that are more stringent govern. B. All components shall be products compatible with roof system and certified by the roofing material manufacturer as a single -source warranty roof system. All materials shall be certified as "asbestos free". 2.02 ROOF SYSTEM ASSEMBLY A. Roof System Description: Hot asphalt applied_ multiple layer modified bitumen roof assembly system with an aggregate gravel surfacing set in a flood coat of rubber modified hot asphalt. B. Roof System Physical Features Test Typical Value Test Method Tensile Strength at Maximum Load, 757 Ibf/in. MD ASTM D 2523 73.4°F ± 3.6°F (-23 + 2°C), Ibf/in. 754 Ibf/in. XMD Elongation @ Max.Load, 73.4 ± 3.6°F 10.0% MD ASTM D 2523' 075200-5 C00610C11 (23 ± 20C), % Elongation at Break, 73.4 ± 3.6°F (23 ± 20C), % Tensile Strength at Maximum Load, 0 ± 3.6°F 08 + 20C), Ibf/in. Elongation (Asphalt Interply Adhesive) Softening Point (Asphalt Interply Adhesive) Elongation (Modified Asphalt Surfacing Adhesive) Softening Point (Modified Asphalt Surfacing Adhesive) Fire Resistance Minimum No. of Reinforcing Plies Maximum No. of Reinforcing Plies Hail Resistance (Material must be weathered for 1000 hrs. in a fluorescent ultraviolet condensation type weathering apparatus before testing for hail resistance.) Wind Uplift Resistance Waterproofing Integrity (Water Leakage Test) 10.0% XMD 11.0% MD 10.0% XMD 855 Ibf/in. MD 901 Ibf/in. XMD 200% 185-205° 500% 285-305° ASTM D 2523' ASTM D 2523' ASTM D 412 ASTM D 36 ASTM D 412 ASTM D 36 Pass, Class "A" UL 790/ASTM E108 Four ASTM D 2829 Four ASTM D 2829 Pass — Severe hail resistance FM 4470 Steel Deck = 1-150 psf FM 4470 No sign of water leakage during FM 4470 7 -day period or during or after the pressure cycles Resistance to Foot Traffic . No sign of tearing or cracking FM 4470 System Testing for Asbestos Content, % Zero EPA/600/R-93/116 'ASTM D 2523 testing is to be conducted at a crosshead speed of 2.0 inches per minute. 2.03 ROOFING SYSTEM MATERIALS A. Sheet Materials 1. Base Sheet: Pika Ply Hi -Tec 60 Type II Test Typical Value Test Method Maximum Load,, 73.4 + 3.6°F (23 + 2°C), Ibf/in. (kN/m) MD 570 (99.8) ASTM D 5147 XMD 512 (89.7) Elongation at Max Load, 73.4 + 3.6°F (23 + 2°C), % MD 33.0 ASTM D 5147 XMD 7.8 Tensile — Tear Strength, 73.4 + 3.6°F (23 + 20C), Ibf (N) MD 994 (4,423) IV. ASTM D 5147 XMD 732 (3,257) IV. Energy to Break (Strain Energy) Ibf/in.2 MD 425.2 ASTM D 5147 075200-6 C00610C11 XMD Pliability (1/2" Radius) Mass of Desaturated Felt (lbs.) Asbestos Content Asphalt, Minimum Moisture . Weight Thickness Fire Resistance Roll Length 112.8 Pass 8.0/100 ft2 0% 17 Ib/100 ft2 0% 40 Ib/100 ft2 60 mils (nominal) Pass, Class A 67' ASTM D 5147 ASTM D 5147 EPA/600/R-93/116 ASMT D 5147 ASTM D 5147 ASTM D 228 ASTM D 751 UL 790 Tape Measure 2. Ply Sheets: HK Glass Ply (Type IV) Test Typical Value Test Method Breaking Strength MD 63 Ibf/in ASTM D 2178 XMD 58 Ibf/in Pliability Pass ASTM D 2178 Ash 70-88% ASTM D 2178 Bituminous Saturant 3.0 Ib/100 ft2, min. ASTM D 2178 Mass of Desaturated Glass Felt 1.9 - 2.2 Ib/100 ft2 ASTM D 2178 Moisture at Point of Manufacture 1 % max. ASTM D 2178 Asbestos Content 0% EPA 600/M4-82-020 Fire Resistance Class A ASTM E 108/UL 790 Adherent Comminuted Surfacing 2.5 Ib/100 ft2, max. ASTM D 2178 Dry Mass of Asphalt 6 Ib/100 ft2, min. ASTM D 2178 B. Adhesives: 1. Inter -Ply Adhesive: BUR Plus 102 Test Typical Value Test Method Softening Point 185-205°F ASTM D 36 Flash Point 550°F or greater ASTM D 92 .Penetration 20 units, 25°C ASTM D 5 Ductility 4.0 cm, 25°C ASTM D 113 Penetration Index 3.0 Calculated Value Tensile Strength 90 psi ASTM D 412 Elongation 200% ASTM D 412 Density 1.0 or greater ASTM D 70 Fire Resistance Pass, Class A ASTM E 108/UL 790 Asbestos Content 0% EPA/600/R-93/116 Cold Temperature Bend 40°F ASTM D 311.1 Compatibility with Type VI Oliensis Test, no exudates ASTM D 1370 Glass Ply Sheet and Coated Glass, Polyester And Glass/ Polyester Sheets Softening Point Temperature 10°F or less HRC 632 Fallback (5 hours, 500°F, 450g. material in closed one quart container) 075200-7 C00610C11 Average Adhesion Strength to Typical Value Felt Coating After Conditioning: Elongation 1) 24 Hrs. @ 73°F 11.6 Ibf/in. ASTM D 1876 2) 7 Days @ 73°F 11.2 Ibf/in. 3) 30 Days @ 73°F 9.1 Ibf/in. 4) 6 Months @ 73°F 9.4 Ibf/in. 5) 1 year @ 73°F 8.9 Ibf/in. 2. Flood Coat/Gravel Surfacing Adhesive: BUR Plus 606 or approved equal Test Typical Value Test Method Elongation Initial After Heat Aging ASTM D 412 Effect of Accelerated Weathering: 50 units, 25°C ASTM D 5 (Heat Aging: 1 month at 158°F) 15 cm, 25°C ASTM D 113 Low Temperature Flexibility 0°F 0°F ASTM D 3111 Softening Point 297°F 300°F ASTM D 36 Penetration 53 53 ASTM D 5 Performance Temperature 297°F 300°F Calculated Value Interval Coated Polyester and (Interval between Softening Point and Cold Coated Glass/Polyester Sheets Bend Temperature) Average. Adhesion Strength to Felt TYPICAL PHYSICAL FEATURES: Softening Point 285 - 305°F ASTM D 36 Elongation 500% ASTM D 412 Penetration 50 units, 25°C ASTM D 5 Ductility 15 cm, 25°C ASTM D 113 Tensile Strength 30 psi ASTM D 412 Flash Point 550°F ASTM D 92 Penetration Index 9.7 Calculated Value Contact Compatibility with Type Oliensis Test, No Exudate ASTM D 1370 VI Glass Ply Sheet, Coated Glass, Coated Polyester and Coated Glass/Polyester Sheets Average. Adhesion Strength to Felt Coating After Conditioning: 1) 24 Hrs. @ 158°F 7.4 Ibf/in. ASTM D 1876 2) 28 Days @ 158°F 6.9 Ibf/in. 3) 6 Months @ 158°F 6.4 Ibf/in. Fire Resistance Pass, Class A ASTM E 108, UL 790 Asbestos Content 0% EPA/600/R-93/116 C. Related Roofing System Materials 1. Asphalt Primer: HK Rapid Dry Primer Test Typical Value Test Method Asbestos Content 0% EPA 600/M4-82-020 Viscosity 60 - 70 Ku ASTM D 562 Specific Gravity 1.22 ASTM D 1475 Percentage Solids 38.7% ASTM D 1644 075200-8 C00610C11 Volatiles by Volume 75% HRC Test ASTM C 920 2. Asphalt Mastic: HK Elastic 40 ASTM C 920 Test Typical Value Test Method Asbestos Content 0% EPA 600/M4-82-020 Density 8.60 lbs/gallon ASTM D 1475 Non -Volatile Matter by Weight 70% ASTM D 4586 Tensile Strength @ 77°F 400 PSI ASTM D 412 Elongation @ 77°F 500% ASTM D 412 Resistance to Sag @ 140°F 1/8", maximum ASTM D 4586 Recovery from Elongation 90-95% ASTM D 412 Moisture Vapor Transmission 0.03 g/100 in2/24 Hrs. @ 0.020 in.ASTM D 1653 Shore "A" Hardness 55 ASTM D 2240 Moisture by Weight 0.5% ASTM D 4586 Mineral or Other Stabilizers by Weight20% ASTM D 4586 Asphalt by Weight 50% ASTM D 4586 Uniformity & Workability Acceptable as described ASTM D 4586 Behavior @ 140°F No blistering ASTM D 4586 Pliability @ 32°F No cracking/separation ASTM D 45866 3. Reinforcing Mesh: HK Mesh Test Typical Value Test Method Weight 9.0 lbs./ 100 sq. ft. ASTM D 1668 Fabric Count 10 x 10 ASTM D 1668 Tensile (Warp and Fill Directions) 75 Ibf/in., min. ASTM. D 1668 Moisture Absorption None ASTM D 1668 4. Elastomeric Sealant: HK Caulking Test Typical Value Test Method Rheological Properties @ 40° & 122°F No flow, no deformation ASTM C'920 Extrusion Rate 7.seconds ASTM C 920 Hardness Properties 40 ASTM C 920 Weight Loss 9% ASTM C 920 Tack Free Time 30 Hours ASTM C 920 Stain & Color Change No visible change, no stain ASTM C 920 Durability - Cyclic Movement Less than 1 1/2 int ASTM C 920 Adhesion & Cohesion Total Bond Loss Bubble Formation Less than 1/16" diameter ASTM C 920 Adhesion -In -Peel Aluminum 18-22 pli ASTM C 920 Concrete 20-25 pli Brick 19-23 pli No adhesion loss Accelerated Aging No cracks greater than #2 on ASTM C 920 U.V. and Cold Temperature Bond Test Asbestos Content 0% EPA/600/R-93/116 D. Roofing aggregate: 075200-9 C00610C11 ASTM D1863-83, Clean, washed roof gravel, or approved equal. Do not use: Joplin chats, scoria, limestone, volcanic rock, crushed oyster and clam shells, crushed brick tile, or cinders. Samples of gravel are to be submitted to manufacturer's representative and owner's project representative for approval prior to application. E. Miscellaneous Materials: 1. Walk -Way Pads: Bituminous, as recommended by the membrane manufacturer, minimum 3/4 -inch thick. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: 1. Applicators shall have sole responsibility for the accuracy of measurements, and for estimate of material quantities required and necessary to satisfy the requirements of these specifications. B. Protection: 1. Applicators shall be responsible for protection of property during course of work. This includes daily clean-up of roofing materials "tracked" onto adjacent surfaces. C. Adjoining Roof Surface: 1. Applicator shall carefully spud gravel from adjoining roof area to receive new roofing. 2. New roofing shall tie onto existing roof a minimum of 4'. 3. After spudding gravel, the exposed membrane shall be cleaned and primed prior too application of new roof membrane. 3.02 INSULATION A. See Section 07 22 20 of this Contract. 3.03 MEMBRANE A. Base Sheet Installation: 1. The base sheet must be installed per manufacturer's recommendation and within NRCA guidelines. 2. One ply of base sheet shall be embedded into fluid, continuous applications of hot adhesive. Begin at the starting/low point of the roof and run to the ridge or high point of roof. 3. The asphalt shall be heated in accordance with the Equiviscous Temperature (EVT) concept and applied within the labeled EVT temperature range (EVT t 25°F [t 14°C]). Asphalt adhesive application shall result in approximately 25 pounds of asphalt (t 25% on a total job average basis) per 100 square feet. B. Ply Sheet Installation: 1. The ply sheets shall be installed per manufacturer's recommendation and within NRCA guidelines. 2. Three plies of ply sheet shall be embedded into fluid, continuous applications of hot adhesive. The starter sheets and plies shall begin at the starting/low point of the roof and run parallel to the ridge or high point of roof. 3. Starter sheets shall be installed to maintain a minimum 2" side lap and there shall be a minimum of three plies at all locations. Starter strips shall be installed according to NRCA guidelines. 075200-10 C00610C11 4. The asphalt shall be heated in accordance with the Equiviscous Temperature (EVT) concept and applied within the labeled EVT temperature range (EVT ± 25°F [± 140C]). Asphalt application shall result in approximately 25 pounds of asphalt (± 25% on a total job average basis) per 100 square feet between each ply. C. Membrane installation further requirements: 1. Place ply sheets to ensure water will flow over or parallel to, but never against, exposed edges. 2. Ply should never touch ply even at roof edges, laps, tapered edge strips, and cants. 3. Apply hot melt adhesive no more than ten feet ahead of each roll being embedded. 4. Avoid excessive application of asphalt adhesive over top ply, leave top ply exposed with minimal asphalt at ply lines. 5. Light brooming is required to aid adhesion of ply sheets, base sheets, and/or cap sheets. 6. Avoid walking on the new membrane during application and brooming and avoid traffic on the newly installed membrane assembly until approval has been given by the Project Representative and/or manufacturer's field representative. 7. Overlap previous day's work 24 inches. 8. Lap ply sheet ends six inches. Stagger end laps twelve inches minimum. 9. Fit plies into roof drain rims, install metal flashing and finishing plies, secure clamping collars, and install domes. 10. Cut out fishmouths/side laps that are not completely sealed. Replace all sheets that are not fully and continuously bonded. 11. Roof is to be inspected and approved by representative from roof system warrantor before application of surfacing. D. Walk Pad Installation: 1. Install new walk pads according to the walk pad location plan included in these documents and as directed by the manufacturer's field engineer and the Project Representative. Walk pads shall be installed in the surfacing adhesive prior to application of the aggregate surfacing. E. Surfacing Installation: 1. Apply rubberized asphalt floodcoat at a rate of 7 gallons per 100 sq. ft. Immediately broadcast specified aggregate into hot adhesive at a rate sufficient to completely cover the adhesive. 3.04 DAILY WATERSTOP/TIE-INS A. Install "deadman" insulation filler at insulation staggers. B. Extend roofing plies at least twelve inches onto prepared area of adjacent roofing. Embed plies into Specified Interply Adhesive. Strip edges with twelve -inch wide ply sheet embedded completely in alternate uniform courses of Specified Interply Adhesive. C. At beginning of next day's work, remove temporary connection by cutting felts evenly along edge of existing roof system. Remove "deadman" insulation fillers. 3.05 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Repair of Deficiencies: Installations or details noted as deficient during inspections must be repaired and corrected by applicator, and made ready for re -inspection within five working days. 075200-11 C00610C11 B. Clean up: Immediately upon job completion, roof membraneand flashing surfaces shall be cleaned of debris. END OF SECTION 075200-12 C00610C11 SECTION 07 6510 FLEXIBLE FLASHING AND SHEET METAL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This portion of the specification sets forth the general requirements and describes materials and workmanship for installing the flashings and sheet metal on the roofing system in conjunction with the Paint Booth Fan Replacement Project. B. All materials described herein shall be furnished and installed by the roofing contractor unless specifically noted otherwise. C. Work shall be in accordance with Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, latest edition, as issued by Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association, Inc., (SMACNA). D. Related Sections: 1. Section 07 22 20 — Roof Insulation For Steel Deck Types 2. Section 07 52 00 — Modified Bitumen Roofing System PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MECHANICAL FASTENERS A. Sheet Metal to Masonry. 1. Tapcon 1/4 inch diameter, Phillips flat head anchor with EPDM washer by Buildex Div. of ITW, Itasca, IL, or equal. 2. Length: Sufficient to provide 1-1/4 inch embedment. B. Sheet Metal to Curbs. 1. Fab-lok Fac 10-8 stainless steel screw, aluminum sleeve by Fabco Fastening Systems, West Newton, PA, or equal. C. Stainless sheet steel to wood blocking: 1. Roofing nails: galvanized steel wire, flat head, diamond point, round, barbed shank. 2. Length: Sufficient to penetrate wood blocking 1-1/4 inches minimum. D. Galvanized sheet steel to wood blocking: 1. Roofing nails; galvanized steel wire, flat head, diamond point, round, barbed shank. 2. Length: Sufficient to penetrate wood blocking 1-1/4 inches minimum. E. Base Flashing to Masonry 1. Masonry nail by Simplex Nail, Inc., Americus, GA, or equal. 2. Round Cap Masonry Nail by Millwood Mfg. co., Cleveland, OH, or equal. F. Plywood to Concrete: 1. #14 Heavy Duty Roofing Fastener, thread diameter of .245 shank diameter of .190, #3 Phillips head style, of sufficient length to penetrate into the concrete by 1-1/4 inches diameter, by Olympic Fasteners, Agawam, MA. or equal. 076510-1 C00610C11 2.02 METAL FLASHING A. Plumbing vents/soldered lead boots: 1. Prefabricated plumbing vent flashings, 4 Ib lead (Portal Boots are not acceptable) B. Shop fabricated metal components including, metal skirt counter flashing, counter flashing, etc. 1. Twenty-four (24) gage minimum, galvanized steel; commercial quality, Fed. Spec. QQ-S-775, Type 1, Class D or ASTM A 526 or locking -forming quality ASTM A 527. G90 coating in accordance with ASTM A 525. All sheet metal to be pre -painted. 2. Paint finish at Exposed Side: Factory applied baked -on two (2) coat system comprised of one (1) coat full 70% resin fluorocarbon (polyvinylidene fluoride PVF2) by Kynar 500 over a smooth coat of corrosion- resistant epoxy- based primer. Color as selected by the Project Representative. 3. Finish at underside: wash -coat over a coat of corrosion -resistant epoxy based primer. 2.03 • FLEXIBLE FLASHINGS: A. Base Flashing Description: Hot asphalt applied modified bitumen composite base flashing 2.04 BASE FLASHING MATERIALS A. Sheet Materials 1. Base Ply: Pika Ply Hi -Tec 60 (Type II) Test ` Typical Value Test Method Maximum Load, , 73.4 + 3.6°F (23 + 2°C), Ibf/in. (kN/m) MD 570 (99.8) ASTM D 5147 XMD 512 (89.7) Elongation at Max Load, 73.4 + 3.6°F (23 + 20C), % MD 33.0 ASTM D 5147 XMD 7.8 Tensile — Tear Strength, 73.4 + 3.6°F (23 + 2°C), Ibf (N) MD 994 (4,423) Ibf. D 5147 XMD 732 (3,257) IV.Energy _ASTM to Break (Strain Energy) Ibf/in.2 MD 425.2 ASTM D 5147 XMD 112.8 Pliability (1/2" Radius) Pass ASTM D 5147 Mass of Desaturated Felt (lbs.) 8.0/100 ft2 ASTM D 5147 Asbestos Content 0% EPA/600/R-93%116 Asphalt, Minimum 17 Ib/100 ft2 ASMT D 5147 Moisture 0% ASTM D 5147 Weight 40 Ib/100 ft2 ASTM D 228 Thickness 60 mils (nominal) ASTM D 751 Fire Resistance Pass, Class A UL 790 Roll Length 67' Tape Measure 076510-2 C00610C11 2. Top Sheet: Pika Ply Hi -Tec Granule Typical Value Test Method Test Typical Value Test Method Thickness, mils (mm) 160 (4.0) ASTM D 5147 / D 6162 Maximum Load, 73.4 + 3.6°F (23 ± 589 (103.1) MD ASTM D 5147 / D 6162 2°C), Ibf/in (kN/m) 449 (78.6) XMD Elongation at Maximum Load, 73.4 ± 22% MD ASTM D 5147 / D 6162 3.6°F (23 + 20C), % 18% XMD ASTM D 412 Tear Strength at 73.4 + 3.6°F (23 ± 866 (3,854) MD ASTM D 5147 / D 6162 2°C), Ibf (N) 640 (2,848) XMD Tensile Strength at 0°F ± 3.6°F (-18 ± 811 (142.0) MD ASTM D 5147 / D 6162 2°C), Ibf/in. 468 (81.96) XMD EPA/600/R-93/116 Low Temperature Elongation at Max. 10% MD ASTM D 5147 / D 6162 Load, 0°F + 3.6°F (-18 ± 20C), % 7% XMD Dimensional Stability, % 0.5 ASTM D 5147 / D 6162 Compound Stability, °F (°C) 230 (110) ASTM D 5147 / D 6162 Granule Embedment (Grams Loss) < 1.5 (Actual) ASTM D 5147 / D 6162 Net Mass per Unit Area, Ib/100 ft. (g/m2) 110 (5,370) ASTM D 5147 / D 6162 Asbestos Zero EPA •600/R-93/116 Fire Resistance Pass, Class A UL 790 / ASTM E 108 B. Adhesive: Inter -Ply Adhesive: BUR Plus 102 Hot Asphalt Test Typical Value Test Method Softening Point 185-205°F ASTM D 36 Flash Point. 550°F or greater ASTM D 92 Penetration 20 units, 25°C ASTM D 5 Ductility 4.0 cm, 25°C ASTM D 113 Penetration Index 3.0 Calculated Value Tensile Strength 90 psi ASTM D 412 Elongation 200% ASTM D 412 Density 1.0 or greater ASTM D 70 Fire Resistance Pass, Class A ASTM E 108/UL 790 Asbestos Content 0% EPA/600/R-93/116 Cold Temperature Bend 40°F ASTM D 3111 Compatibility with Type VI Oliensis Test, no exudates ASTM D 1370 Glass Ply Sheet and Coated Glass, Polyester And Glass/ Polyester Sheets Softening Point Temperature 10°F or less HRC 632 Fallback (5 hours, 500°F, 450g. material inclosed one quart container) Average Adhesion Strength to Felt Coating After Conditioning: 1) 24 Hrs. @ 73°F 11.6 Ibf/in. ASTM D 1876 2) 7 Days @ 73°F 11.2 Ibf/in. .3) 30 Days @ 73°F 9.1 Ibf/in. 4) 6 Months @ 73°F 9.4 Ibf/in. 5) 1 year @ 73°F 8.9 Ibf/in. 076510-3 C00610C11 C. Accessories: 1. Reinforcing Fabric: HK Mesh Test Typical Value Test Method Weight 9.0 lbs./ 100 sq. ft. ASTM D 1668 Fabric Count 10 x 10 ASTM D 1668 Tensile (Warp.and Fill Directions) 75 Ibf/in., min. ASTM D 1668 Moisture Absorption None ASTM D 1668 2. Asphalt Mastic: HK Elastic Test Typical Value Test Method Asbestos Content 0% EPA 600/M4-82-020 Density 8.60 lbs/gallon ASTM D 1475 Non -Volatile Matter by Weight 70% ASTM D 4586 Tensile Strength @ 77°F 400 PSI ASTM D 412 Elongation @ 77°F 500% ASTM D 412 Resistance to Sag @ 140°F 1/8", maximum ASTM D 4586 Recovery from Elongation 90-95% ASTM D 412 Moisture Vapor Transmission 0.03 g/100 in2/24 Hrs. @ 0.020 in.ASTM D 1653 Shore "A" Hardness 55 ASTM D 2240 Moisture by Weight 0.5% ASTM D 4586 Mineral or Other Stabilizers by Wt 20% ASTM D 4586 Asphalt by Weight 50% ASTM D 4586 Uniformity & Workability Acceptable as described ASTM D 4586 Behavior @ 140°F No blistering ASTM D 4586 Pliability @ 32°F No cracking/separation ASTM D 4586 3. Asphalt Primer: HK Rapid Dry Primer Test Typical Value Test Method Asbestos Content 0% EPA 600/M4-82-020 Viscosity 60 - 70 Ku ASTM D 562 Specific Gravity 1.22 ASTM D 1475 Percentage Solids 38.7% ASTM D 1644 Volatiles by Volume 75% HRC Test 4. Fibered Aluminum Base Flashing Coating: HK Aluminum Shield Fibrated Test Typical Value Test Method Asbestos Content 0% EPA 600/M4-82-020 Metallic Aluminum by Weight- 13% ASTM D 2824 Non -Volatile Matter (NVM) 65% ASTM D 2824 % Water 0.1 % ASTM D 2824 Flash Point 100°F ASTM D 3278 Insoluble Matter, % by NVM 48 ASTM D 2824 Uniformity & Consistency Acceptable as described ASTM D 2824 Stormer Viscosity (300 gm load) 37 sec./100 rev. ASTM D 2824 Reflectance (As Received) 58% ASTM D 2824 Reflectance (After 120°F Shelf Aging)54% ASTM D 2824 Fire Resistance Pass UL 790 076510-4 C00610C11 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 BASE FLASHINGS AT CURBS AND PARAPET WALLS A. Preparation: 1. Remove existing flashing materials to substrate. Replace damaged material in like kind. 2. Increase curb height as required to achieve an 8" base flashing height at curbs and 4" height at parapet walls. 3. Prime vertical substrate with asphalt primer at approximate rate of one gallon per 125 -150 sq. ft. 4. Install new roofing two inches beyond top edge of cant. B. Base Ply: ' 1. Fully adhere one (1) ply of base flashing completely to flashing substrate, cant, and roofing. Flashing should extend a minimum of 8" above finished roof membrane and to the top of the wood curb/nailer where possible. C. Top Ply: 1. Fully adhere a flashing top ply over base ply(s) in specified flashing adhesive. 2. Mechanically fasten atop the wood curb 8" O.C. where possible. 3. Detail top of fastened base flashing assembly per detail drawings. 4. Coat all granulated bituminous walls and base flashings with specified heat reflective fibered aluminum coating. D. Additional instructions for top flashing sheet: - 1.. Snap a chalk line 6" from the toe of cant out onto roof membrane. 2. Measure the distance from the chalk line up the wall to where flashing will be terminated. On sloped roofs, take two measurements 1 meter (39" ) apart. . 3. Measure down length of a roll of specified membrane, and cut, in cross machine. direction, a section same length. If roof is sloped, start at the bottom, and transfer height measurement to cutting of the flashing cap. Each section is 1 meter (39") in width. 4. Apply section in specified adhesive using a strapping method, overlapping the exposed smooth selvage with each new section. Bottom of flashing cap must be lined up 6" from toe of cant, on chalk line. 3.02 AT ROUND PENETRATIONS TO RECEIVE SOLDERED LEAD A. Cut new lead jack vertically and install around penetration. B. Solder side of lead jack to fit tightly around penetration. C. Band top of lead jack using a plumber's clamp. D. Apply specified sealant at top of lead. E. Install sheet metal hood or EPDM self -adhering membrane above top of lead. F. Band top of EPDM using a plumber's clamp. G. Apply specified sealant at top of EPDM. H. Address flange as follows: 076510-5 C0061OC11 1. Flange, four inches wide minimum, extend completely around periphery of vent flashing. Set flange into asphalt mastic. Neatly dress flange with wood block. 2. Prime metal flange with asphalt primer and allow to dry. 3. Apply elastomeric mastic under flange and onto roof. 4. Flash with three targets of flashing base ply felt, four, eight, and twelve inches larger than lead flange.. END OF SECTION 076510-6 C00610C11 SECTION 210500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Work includes fire protection system modifications indicated on the drawings and specified. The Bid and Contract Documents and General Requirements of the specification are a part of this division of the specification. Where the word "provide" is used, it means "furnish and install complete and ready for use". Provide supervision, labor, material, equipment, and machinery intended/necessary to complete the mechanical systems. Provide finished work, tested and ready for operation. 1.02 DRAWINGS A. Drawings are diagrammatic, indicating the general arrangement of systems and work, and do not attempt to show exact details or all offsets in piping and ductwork. Do not scale drawings. Examine the drawings for exact location of fixtures and equipment. Where they are not definitely located, obtain this information from the Project Representative. B. Follow drawings in laying out work and check drawings of other trades to verify spaces in which work will be installed. Maintain maximum headroom. If space conditions appear inadequate, notify the Project Representative before proceeding with the work. Make reasonable modifications in the work without extra cost as needed to prevent conflict with work of other trades and for proper execution of the work. 1.03 EQUIPMENT DEVIATIONS A. Specific manufacturers and model numbers are noted to indicate a standard of design and are not intended to be restrictive. B. Where the term "or approved equal' is used, alternative and/or substitute products will be considered only prior to the bid date (Prior Approval). Where the term `or equal' is used, approval of alternative and/or. substitute products may be requested by the contractor after the bid date. Submittal, review and potential approval of alternative and/or substitute products will be considered and executed only under terms and conditions specified in Division 01. C. When submitting an alternative and/or substitute product, Contractor shall include complete product literature of original specified item. D. Provide redesign to any part of the work resulting from the use of equipment and material other than specified or indicated on the drawings. Obtain approval of redesign from the Project Representative. Redesign cost and additional construction cost resulting from the redesign shall be at the Contractor's expense. 1.04 SHOP DRAWING AND SUBMITTAL DATA 210500-1 C00610C11 A.- Check and verify field measurements and requirements. Submit promptly, so as not to delay the work, seven copies, checked and approved by the Contractor, of all shop drawings, submittal data, and layout drawings. The Project Representative will check and review with reasonable promptness the shop drawings and submittal data only for conformance with the design concept of the' project and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. Make corrections required by the Project Representative and re -submit to the Project Representative seven corrected copies. The Project Representative's review of the shop drawings and submittal data shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibilities for deviation from the Contract Documents unless the Contractor has in writing called to the Project Representative's attention deviation at the time of submission and secured the Project Representative's written approval, nor shall it relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors, in the shop drawings and submittal data. B. The shop drawings and submittal data for the material and equipment shall be submitted at one time. Each copy shall be in a three ring binder, indexed, properly labeled; indicating specific material or equipment for which it is to be used and the specification section and paragraph number relating to the submitted item. C. Review, approve and stamp shop drawings and submittal data before submission to the Project Representative. Notify the Project Representative in writing of any deviation from the requirements of the Contract Documents. D. Failure to submit shop drawings and submittal data in ample time for checking and review shall not entitle the Contractor to an extension of contract time. E. See individual specification sections for required submittal data. 1.05 'CODES AND STANDARDS A. Give necessary notices, obtain permits and pay taxes, fees and other costs, including utility connections or extensions for the work. File necessary drawings, prepare documents and obtain necessary approvals of governmental departments having jurisdiction. Include all costs associated with notices, permits, taxes, fees, utility connections or extensions, government approvals and other related costs in original bid. Obtain required certificates of inspection for work and deliver to the Project Representative before request for acceptance and final payment for the work. B. The Owner may submit for and pay fees directly for certain permits. Contractor shall be required to obtain these permits from the AHJ. C. Comply with laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the performance of the work. If the Contractor observes that any of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith in any respect, he shall promptly notify the Project Representative in writing and any necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate modification. If the Contractor performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without notice to the Project Representative, he shall assume full responsibility, and shall bear all costs. D. Material and equipment within the scope of this project shall be listed by the Underwriters' Laboratories and/or approved by FM Global for the purpose for which they are used and shall bear their listing mark and shall comply with the applicable standards and codes listed below: 1. ASTM A 53 — Pipe, Steel, Black, Welded and Seamless. 210500-2 C00610C11 2. ASTM A 135 — Electric — Resistance — Welded Steel Pipe. 3. ANSI B16.4 — Cast Iron Threaded Fittings. 4. ASTM A 536 — Grooved Fittings 5. ANSI A13.1 — Pipe Marking System. 6. International Building Code (IBC) — Latest Edition accepted by the local AHJ. 7. International Fire Code (IFC) — Latest Edition accepted by the local AHJ. 8. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 9. NFPA 13 Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems — Latest Edition accepted by local Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). 10. NFPA 14 Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems — Latest Edition accepted by local Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). 11. Underwriters Laboratory (UL) 12. UL Fire Protection Equipment Directory — Latest Edition. 13. FM Global (FM) 14. FM Approval Guide — Latest Edition 15. FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets: a. 2-8 Earthquake Protection for Sprinkler Systems b. 2-8N Installation of Sprinkler Systems c. 3-26 Fire Protection Water Demand for Non -Storage Sprinklered Properties 1.06 COOPERATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. Give full cooperation to other trades and furnish in writing to other trades, with copies to the Project Representative, any information necessary to permit the work of all trades to be installed satisfactorily and with the least possible interference or delay. B. Where fire protection work will be installed in close proximity to, or will interfere with work of other trades, assist in working out space conditions to make a satisfactory adjustment. If work is installed before coordinating with other trades, or if it causes any interference with work of other trades, make the necessary changes in the work to correct the conditions and bear all costs. C. Furnish to other trades necessary templates, patterns, setting drawings and shop details for the proper installation of work and for the purpose of coordinating adjacent work. 1.07 SAFETY A. The Engineer has not been retained to provide design and construction services relative to the Contractor's safety precautions, or to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures required for the Contractor to perform his work. The Contractor is solely and completely responsible for conditions, of the job site, including safety of persons and property during performance of work. This requirement applies continuously and is not limited to normal working hours. Comply with "Safety and Health Regulations for Construction", Volume 36, No. 75, Part II of the Federal Register by the U.S. Department of Labor. Provide required safety measures and consult with the state or federal safety inspector for interpretation whenever in doubt as to whether safe conditions do or do not exist or whether compliance with state or federal regulations exists. 1.08 PROTECTION A. Protect work and material from damage and be liable for damage. 210500-3 C00610C11 B. Be responsible for work and equipment until finally inspected, tested and accepted; protect work against theft, injury or damage; and carefully store material and equipment received on site which are not immediately installed. Close open ends of work with temporary covers or plugs during storage and construction to prevent entry of obstructing material. 1.09 SCAFFOLDING, RIGGING AND HOISTING A. Provide ladders, scaffolding, rigging, hoisting and services necessary for delivery into the premises and erection of any equipment and apparatus and execution for the work. Remove same from premises when no longer required. 1.10 MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP A. Materials and equipment required for the work shall be new and shall be furnished, delivered, erected, installed, connected and finished in every detail; and shall be selected and arranged to fit properly into the building spaces. Where no specific kind or quality of material is given, an article as approved by the Project Representative shall be provided. B. Furnish the services of an experienced superintendent, who shall be constantly in charge of the work. C. Equipment and materials shall be installed with the approval of the Project Representative in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer. This includes the performance of such tests as the manufacturer recommends. 1.11 ACCESSIBILITY A. Install the work with adequate clearances throughout the project, including . being responsible for the sufficiency of the size of shafts, chases, double partitions and suspended ceilings. Cooperate with other trades where work is in the same space. Such spaces and clearances shall be kept to the minimum size required. B. Locate all equipment which must be serviced, operated or maintained in fully accessible positions. Minor deviations from drawings may be made to allow for better accessibility and any change shall be approved by the Project Representative. C. The contractor performing mechanical work shall provide the General Contractor the exact locations of access panels for each concealed valve or other device requiring service. Access panels will be provided and installed by the General Contractor and as specified in the other divisions of the specifications. Submit locations of these panels in sufficient time to be installed in the normal course of work. 1.12 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall provide wiring, except temperature control wiring, equipment control wiring and interlock wiring. The Electrical Subcontractor shall provide fire alarm wiring complete from power source to equipment junction box, including power wiring through starters. 1.13 CUTTING AND PATCHING 210500-4 C00610C11 A. Provide drilling, coring, cutting and patching necessary to install the work specified in this division. Patching shall match adjacent surfaces. B. No structural members shall be cut without the approval of the Project Representative, and cutting shall be done in a manner directed by him. Do not damage or endanger any portion of the project or work of the Owner or any other separate contractor by drilling, coring, cutting, patching, excavating and backfilling. C. Inform the General Contractor and other subcontractors affected of requirements for cutting and patching. 1.14 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Within 30 days after the date of system acceptance, provide record drawings of all buildings and plot plans. Record drawings shall include as a minimum the location and performance data on each piece of equipment and general configuration of pipe distribution system of the actual installation. Record drawings shall also incorporate any fire protection work which deviates from the contract drawings, including changes resulting from addenda, Requests for Information and Change Orders. Neatly draft changes on clean "hard copy" drawings to show the work clearly in the actual locations as built. 1.15 CLEANING A. Promptly remove waste material and rubbish caused by the work. Before final completion of the work, clean dirt and debris from the mechanical installation, including equipment, piping, duct work and plumbing fixtures. B. Upon completion of the project and after cleaning is complete and before project is air balanced, provide clean air filters throughout. 1.16 WARRANTY A. All work, material and equipment to be free from defects. Correct all defects and failures occurring within one year from date of final acceptance without cost to the Owner except when such failure is due to neglect or carelessness by the Owner, as determined by the Project Representative. B. The warranty disregards shorter time limits by any manufacturer of equipment provided. C. Make all necessary adjustments and corrections during first year of operation. The fact that the Project Representative was present during any construction does not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for defects discovered after completion of the work. 1.17 ASBESTOS A. This project is not expected to require work in the presence of asbestos fibers. These Bid Documents do not provide for or cover the identification, removal, encapsulation, or disposition of such materials. The Contractor is cautioned that should he encounter suspicious material, to obtain all instructions relative to proceeding with the execution of the work directly from the Project Representative. PARTS 2 AND 3, PRODUCT AND EXECUTION (NOT APPLICABLE) 210500-5 C0061OC11 END OF SECTION 210500-6 C00610C11 SECTION 211000 AUTOMATIC FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Modification of the existing sprinkler system as indicated on the drawings and as further required by these specifications. 1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS A. ASTM A 53 — Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc -Coated, Welded and Seamless. B. ASTM A 135 — Electric — Resistance — Welded Steel Pipe. C. ASTM B16.4 — Cast Iron Threaded Fittings. D. ASTM A 47 — Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings. E. ASTM A 536 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings F. ASTM D2000 — Rubber products in automotive Applications. G. ASME A13.1 Pipe Marking System. H. ANSI Z53.1 — Safety Color Code for Marking Physical Hazards I. International Building Code (IBC) — Latest Edition accepted by the local AHJ. J. International Fire Code (IFC) — Latest Edition accepted by the local AHJ. K. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. NFPA 13 Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems —Latest Edition accepted by local Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). . 2. NFPA 13: Handbook of Automatic Sprinkler Systems. L. Underwriters Laboratory (UL) 1. UL Fire Protection Equipment Directory — Latest Edition. M. FM Global (FM) 1. FM Approval Guide — Latest Edition 2.. FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets: a. 2-8 Earthquake Protection for Sprinkler Systems b. 2-8N Installation of Sprinkler Systems N. National Institute for Certification Engineering Technologies (NICET) 1.03 RELATED WORK 211000-1 C00610C11 A. All portions of specification Division 1 apply to this work. B. All portions of specification section 21 05 00 apply to this work. C. Additional sections of the mechanical specifications may be required to provide a fully functional system. Refer to the specifications index. 1.04 APPROVALS A. Systems will require approval by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). B. For purposes of code compliance, the local Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) will be the City of Tukwila Fire Marshal. C. Where there are conflicts between the AHJ and the referenced codes and standards, the more stringent shall apply. If there is a question of interpretation as to which is more stringent, it shall be decided by the Project Representative. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit as one package each item specified in this section according to the Conditions of the Contract, specification Division 1, and section 21 05 00. Partial submittals shall not be accepted. B. Manufacturer's Literature and Data: 1. Piping materials, including sprinkler specialty fittings 2. Pipe hangers and supports, including seismic restraints 3. Valves, including listed fire -protection valves, unlisted general -duty valves, and specialty valves and trim 4. Sprinklers, escutcheons, and guards. Include sprinkler flow characteristics, mounting, finish, and other pertinent data 5. Alarm devices, including electrical data 6. Other equipment, not listed but integral to the fire protection system. C. Shop Drawings 1. Approved sprinkler drawings. 2. Sprinkler design shall be signed by a NICET level III or higher professional. Include sprinkler design professional's Registration of Certification. 3. Detailed drawings shall be in accordance with NFPA 13. Drawings shall be stamped by the sprinkler design professional and include all new sprinklers and piping. Drawings are subject to change during bidding and construction periods. Any wall and/or ceiling changes occurring prior to the submittal of contractor's shop drawings shall be incorporated into the contractor's detailed design at no additional contract cost. D. Submit hydraulic calculations for each sprinkler system in accordance with NFPA 13. E. Operation and Maintenance Data for sprinkler specialties to include in emergency, operation and maintenance manuals. F. Recommended preventative maintenance schedule. 1.06 DRAWINGS OF RECORD 211000-2 C00610C11 A. Updating drawings: Provide and keep up-to-date a complete record set of approved shop drawings, corrected daily to show every change from the approved shop drawings. Keep this set of prints on the job site and use only as a record set. The Project Representative shall review the up-to-date drawings each month by the Project Representative prior to the application for payment. B. Final record set: Upon completion of the work, submit the record drawings and hydraulic calculations for approval by the Project Representative. After receiving approval, use the record set to produce hard copy as -built drawings as black line on reproducible paper and AutoCad files of the complete installation. Turn over to the Project Representative the record set of reproducible paper drawings and AutoCad files and hydraulic calculations. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.02 PIPING A. Underground and overhead piping shall conform to NFPA 13. 2.03 FITTINGS A. Materials shall conform to NFPA 13. B. 2-1/2 inch and smaller: ANSI/ASME B16.4, class .125 cast iron, threaded. (Hot dip galvanized for dry pipe). C. 3 inch thru 10- inch: Roll -groove or cut -groove fittings, full flow, malleable iron, ASTM A 47 or ductile iron, ASTM A 536. (Hot -dipped galvanized for dry pipe).Victaulic or Gruvlok. 2.04 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hangers: Provide hangers to support all piping in perfect alignment without sagging or interference, to permit free expansion and contraction, and meet the requirements of NFPA 13. B. Pipe rings: Pipe rings shall be galvanized Tolco Fig. 200, Anvil International or approved equal. For end of branch line restraint provide Tolco Fig. 25 restrainer, Anvil International, or approved equal or installation method. C. Hanger rods: Hanger rods shall be electro -galvanized. D. C -clamps: Equip all c -clamps (beam clamps) with earthquake retaining straps. E. Concrete anchors: Concrete expansion anchors shall be Hilti, Phillips, Impex, ITW, or approved equal. F. Explosive anchors: Explosive type fasteners are not permitted. 2.05 VALVES 211000-3 C00610C11 A. All valves shall be UL listed. B. Low Point Drain and Inspectors Test Valves: 1" gate valve, bronze body, 150 psig, rising stem, screwed, with plug (or 1/2" orifice for test valve). C. Gate Valves over 2 inches: Iron body, bronze trim, rising stem and handwheel, OS&Y, single wedge, flanged or grooved ends. 2.06 FIRE SPRINKLER HEADS A. Sprinklers shall be UL listed, with 175-psig minimum pressure rating. In areas with dropped ceilings, use pendent type, semi recessed, chrome plated, glass bulb head, '/2 inch orifice, rated for 165°F unless otherwise noted, or required by NFPA 13. Provide with escutcheon plate. B. In the Middle Coach Paint booth, Cripple Paint Booth, and in associated ductwork or plenums (airstreams with elevated -temperature cure cycles), sprinkler heads shall be rated for 212°F. All heads located in booth shall be covered with a 1 mil thick plastic bag secured to the head with a small cable tie. C. In unfinished areas, and areas without dropped ceilings, use upright type, bronze heads, glass bulb, %2 inch orifice, rated at 165°F unless otherwise noted, or required by NFPA 13. D. Additional sprinkler heads shall be located in each exhaust duct and stack of the paint booths. Provide a duct access door adjacent to the head. Cover the heads located in the duct with a 1 mil thick plastic bag secured to the head with a small cable tie. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The material and equipment furnished and installed by the Contractor shall be first - quality, new, full-size and weight, free from any defects, in first-class condition and standard in every respect. B. Where two or more units of the same class of equipment are required, these units shall be the product of the same manufacturer. C. Storage and handling of all material shall be done such that they are at all times protected against loss and damage. D. The materials comprising the fire protection system and its appurtenances shall be installed as described herein and on the plans and as required by the applicable codes, listed authorities and manufacturers recommendations. E. In the event of conflict between the plans and specifications, the decision of the Project Representative shall be final. F. The mechanical drawings do not attempt to show complete details of building construction, which affect the installation. Refer to the architectural, structural and electrical drawings for additional building details which affect the installation of the work 211000-4 C00610C11 covered under this unit of contract. G. Inspection of the site is mandatory. Determine the extent of difficulties and obstacles likely to be encountered in the installation of the work before preparing bid. H. Drawings do not attempt to show exact details of all piping, and no extra payment will be allowed for obstruction by work of other trades or local obstructions to the work under this contract which require offsets. I. Where diagrams have been made to show piping connections, the Contractor is cautioned that these diagrams shall not be used for obtaining material quantities. J. Changes in location of equipment or piping, advisable in the opinion of the Contractor, shall be submitted to the Project Representative for approval before proceeding with the work. K. All measurements and dimensions shall be verified at the site. All equipment shall be adjusted and left in a condition satisfactory to the Project Representative. L. Before starting work, carefully examine the site and all of the architectural, structural, electrical and utility drawings to be thoroughly familiar with the conditions governing the work on this project. M. Call to the attention of the Project Representative any error or conflict or discrepancy in the plans or specifications coming to his attention; Contractor is not to proceed with any questionable items of work until clarification of same has been made. N. Supplementary details and plans shall be supplied as required and they will become a part of the Contract Documents. O. Coordination of the work with all of the other crafts employed on the project is mandatory. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Coordinate shut down of fire protection system with Project Representative 48 hours in advance. B. Ream pipe and tube ends to full inside diameter. C. Remove burrs, scale and foreign material, inside and outside, before assembly. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Install the work in accordance with NFPA 13, Contract Documents, accepted Shop Drawings, and manufacturer's instructions, and with the following inclusions. Where these conflict, obtain direction from Project Representative. 211000-5 C00610C11 1. Sleeves: Provide where pipes pass through walls, floors, and ceilings. 2. Give exact locations for openings through walls and set all sleeves and cutouts in concrete work before said work is done 3. Ensure sprinkler piping penetrations of the fire walls or floor are sealed tightly with fire -stopping. 4. .Flexible connections: Provide flexible connections at locations recommended or required by NFPA 13. 5. Earthquake protection: Provide earthquake sway bracing and other precautions in accordance with NFPA 13 and FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheet 2-8. 6. Sprinkler heads: a. Install sprinkler heads in accordance with NFPA 13 and the Drawings. The number of heads shown is approximate and shall be increased without change in the contract price where necessary to meet codes and approval. b. Heads shall be aligned with other heads, lighting fixtures and registers, in the room in a symmetrical pattern. c. Provide escutcheons in finished areas. d. Provide wire guards on heads in mechanical rooms of other areas where heads are subject to damage. 7. Do not cover or enclose work until it has been inspected and approved by the AHJ . Uncover work covered or enclosed before inspection and approval. After it has been inspected and approved, make repairs and replacements at no additional cost. Notify inspector 7 days prior to inspection. 8. Install piping as concealed work in finished areas unless shown otherwise. 9. Run piping parallel to column lines, perpendicular to floor unless shown otherwise on Drawings. Group piping wherever practical at common elevations. Install piping to conserve building space and not interfere with use of space and other work. 10. Allow sufficient clearance for insulation, access to valves, equipment, and walkways. 11. Do not cut or weld to any structural "member unless shown on the Drawings or approved by the Project Representative. 12. Install pipe without springing or forcing. 13. Unless otherwise detailed, allow 6 -inch minimum clearance between pipe_ and nearest construction, piping, conduit, or equipment. 14. Inspector test valve: Provide at the highest hydraulically most remote part of the system in relation to the riser assembly. Locate conveniently accessible 5 feet above the floor. Discharge water from valves outside building at a safe location which will not damage landscaping or building. 15. Flush underground- mains and lead-in connections in accordance with NFPA 13 before connection of the sprinkler system and testing. 16. System drainage: Install system to fully drain once filled with water. Slope piping to riser if possible. Otherwise slope to low point drains. Pipe drains outside of building in a location which will not damage landscaping or building. B. Identification: Section 23 05 53 and the following requirements specific to wet pipe sprinkler systems: 1. Identify piping in accordance with ASME A13.1 and ANSI Z53.1. 2. Identify risers, valves and system trim with tags as to function. 3. Identify risers by valve number. C. Pipe Hangers and Supports 1. Provide hangars and supports in accordance with NFPA 13 and with the following additions. a. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between pipe surface and adjacent work. b. Place a hanger within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. 211000-6 C00610C11 c. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. d. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. 3.05 ACCESS A. Provide handhole access to all in -duct or other concealed sprinkler heads. 3.06 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING A. At the completion of the work, all parts of the installation shall be thoroughly cleaned. Clean up and remove from the premises all refuse material, crates and rubbish arising from this work. Proper adjustment of all devices shall be made and proper operation shall be demonstrated as required by the Project Representative. 3.07 TESTS AND INSPECTION A. All tests required shall be performed and certificates transmitted to the authorities having jurisdiction (AHJ). An inspection of the system will be made by the AHJ and the Project Representative and any discrepancies which are a part of the Contract shall be corrected prior to final acceptance. 3.08 SHUTDOWN OF EXISTING SYSTEMS A. Any shutdowns of existing water distribution systems, fire sprinkler systems, domestic water systems or fire alarm systems shall be approved by the Project Representative. Provide advance written notice at least 14 days prior to the shutdown to the Project Representative. 3.09 DRAINS A. Auxiliary drains: Provide auxiliary drains at all low points of the system, where the trapped section of pipe exceeds 5 gallons. 1. Provide an auxiliary drain for each floor of the building within a building stairwell hydraulically remote from the floor control assembly. 2. The drain shall consist of, as a minimum, a valve, a %-inch brass nipple with %-inch male hose threads, and cap. Locate auxiliary drains in unfinished areas without suspended ceiling wherever possible. In finished areas, with lathe and plaster or GWB locate the hose bib within six inches of an access panel, minimum 12" x 12". If located in bathrooms the panel is to be stainless steel. 3.10 EARTHQUAKE BRACING A. Install earthquake bracing in accordance with NFPA 13 and as clarified in the Handbook of Automatic Sprinkler Systems. Provide earthquake bracing as follows, but not limited to these locations: 1. Lateral bracing: Provide lateral bracing at least every 40 feet, regardless of length of hanger. 2. Longitudinal bracing: Provide longitudinal bracing at least every 80 feet for long straight runs of main. 3. Flexible couplings: Brace all flexible couplings, except for risers where flexibility is required. Provide four-way bracing for all tees, elbows, and offsets. 3.11 INSPECTION, PUNCH LIST AND HYDROSTATIC TESTS 211000-7. C00610C11. A. Hydrostatic testing of aboveground piping: Install above -ground piping in such a manner that there will be no visible leakage or drop in gauge pressure when the system is subjected to the hydrostatic pressure test. Test shall be in conformance with NFPA 13. Contractor shall repair any leaks or drips immediately. Do not use additives and corrosive chemicals, sodium 'silicate or derivatives of sodium silicate, brine, or other corrosive chemicals for testing systems or stopping leaks. B. Inspection of piping before installation of wall/ceiling material: Piping, hangers and sway bracing shall be considered satisfactorily installed when the installation is in conformance with the Contractor's approved shop drawings and NFPA 13. The Fire Department Representative shall approve any deviations from the approved shop drawings. When, in the opinion of the Fire Department Representative, the installation deviates greatly from the approved shop drawings, revised shop drawings and hydraulic calculations may be required to verify the installation. C. Final piping inspection: Final sprinkler head placement shall be considered satisfactorily complete when all sprinkler heads are installed in accordance with their listing or approval and Contractor's approved shop drawings. The Contractor may be required to relocate or add additional sprinkler heads if proper sprinkler coverage is not provided due to unforseen or modified architectural conditions. D. Punch list: Should the results of the inspection/test not be satisfactory to the Fire Department representative, deficiencies will be recorded on a punch list and delivered to Contractor. Make corrections within two weeks of receipt of the punch list, no exceptions, at the Contractor's expense; a re-inspection/test will be made. E. Certificate. of completion: Deliver a completed Contractor's Test and Materials Certificate to the Project Representative upon satisfactory completion of the work. END OF SECTION 211000-8 C00610C11 SECTION 230500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Work includes completemechanical systems indicated on the drawings and specified. The Bid and Contract Documents and General Requirements of the specification are a part of this division of the specification. Where the word "provide" is used, it means "furnish and install complete and ready for use". Provide supervision, labor, material, equipment, and machinery intended/necessary to complete the mechanical systems. Provide finished work, tested and ready for operation. 1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS A. NEMA Standard MG 1 — Motors and Generators B. IEEE Standard 85 — Test Procedure for Airborne Sound Measurements on Rotating Electric Machinery C. IEEE Standard 117 — Test Procedure for Evaluation of Systems of Insulating Materials for Random -Wound AC Electric Machinery D. ABMA Standard 20 — Radial Bearings of Ball, Cylindrical Roller and Spherical Roller Types - Metric Design E. ASTM B117 — Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus 1.03 DRAWINGS A. Drawings are diagrammatic, indicating the general arrangement of systems and work, and do not attempt to show exact details or all offsets in piping and ductwork. Do not scale drawings. Examine the all drawings for exact location of fixtures and equipment. Where they are not definitely located, obtain this information from the Project Representative. B. Follow drawings in laying out work and check drawings of other trades to verify spaces in which work will be installed. Maintain maximum headroom. If space conditions appear inadequate, notify the Project Representative before proceeding with the work. Make reasonable modifications in the work without extra cost as needed to prevent conflict with work of other trades and for proper execution of the work. 1.04 EQUIPMENT DEVIATIONS A. Specific manufacturers and model numbers are noted to indicate a standard of design and are not intended to be restrictive. B. Where the term "or approved equal' is used, alternative and/or substitute products will only be considered according to Division 1 requirements. . Where the term "or equal' is used, approval of alternative and/or substitute products may be requested by the 230500-1 C00610CI l contractor after the bid date. Submittal, review and potential approval of alternative and/or substitute products will be considered and executed only under terms and conditions specified in Division 1. C. When submitting an alternative and/or substitute product, Contractor shall include complete product literature of original specified item. D. Provide redesign to any part of the work resulting from the use of equipment' and material other than specified or indicated on the drawings. Obtain approval of redesign from the Project Representative. Redesign cost and additional construction cost _ resulting from the redesign shall beat the Contractor's expense. 1.05 SHOP DRAWING AND SUBMITTAL DATA A. Check and verify field measurements and requirements. Submit promptly, so as not to delay the work, seven (7) copies, checked and approved by the Contractor, of all shop drawings, submittal data, and layout drawings. The Project Representative will check and review with reasonable promptness the shop drawings and submittal data only for conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the informationgiven in the Contract Documents. Make corrections required by the Project Representative and re -submit to the Project Representative seven (7) corrected copies. The Project Representative's review of the shop drawings and submittal data shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibilities for deviation from the Contract Documents unless the Contractor has in writing called to the Project Representative's attention deviation at the time of submission and secured the Project Representative's written approval, nor shall it relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors in the shop drawings and submittal data. B. The shop drawings and submittal data for the material and equipment shall be submitted at one time. Each copy shall be in a three ring binder, indexed, properly labeled indicating specific material or equipment for which it is to be used and the specification section and paragraph number relating to the submitted item. C. Review, approve and stamp shop drawings and submittal data before submission to the Project Representative. Notify the Project Representative in writing of any deviation from the requirements of the Contract Documents. D. Failure to submit shop drawings and submittal data in ample time for checking and review shall not entitle the Contractor to an extension of contract time. E. See individual specification sections for required submittal data. 1.06 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Give necessary notices, obtain permits and pay taxes, fees and other costs, including utility connections or extensions for the Work. File necessary drawings, prepare documents. and obtain necessary approvals of governmental departments having jurisdiction. Include all costs associated with notices, permits, taxes, fees, utility connections or extensions, government approvals and other related costs in original bid. Obtain required certificates of inspection for work and deliver to the Project Representative before request for acceptance and final payment for the work. 230500-2 C00610C11 B. The Owner may submit for and pay fees directly for certain permits. Contractor shall be required to obtain these permits from the AHJ. C. Comply with laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the performance of the work. If the Contractor observes that any of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith in any respect, he shall promptly notify the Project Representative in writing and any necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate modification. If the Contractor performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without notice to the Project Representative, he shall assume full responsibility, and shall bear all costs. D. Material and equipment within the scope of the UL Testing Laboratory Service shall be listed by the Underwriters' Laboratories for the purpose for which they are used and shall bear their listing mark. 1.07 COOPERATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. Give full cooperation to other trades and furnish in writing to other trades, with copies to the Project Representative, any information necessary to permit the work of all trades to be installed satisfactorily and with the least possible interference or delay. B. Where mechanical work will be installed in close proximity to, or will interfere with work of other trades, assist in working out space conditions to make a satisfactory adjustment. If work is installed before coordinating with other trades, or if it causes any interference with work of other trades, make the necessary changes in the work to correct the conditions and bear all costs. C. Furnish to other trades necessary templates, patterns, setting drawings and shop details for the proper installation of work and for the purpose of coordinating adjacent work. 1.08 SAFETY A. The Engineer has not been retained to provide design and construction services relative to the Contractor's safety precautions, or to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures required for the Contractor to perform his work. The Contractor is solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site, including safety of persons and .property during performance of work. This requirement applies continuously and is not limited to normal working hours. Comply with "Safety and Health Regulations for Construction", Volume 36, No. 75, Part II of the Federal Register by the U.S. Department of Labor. Provide required safety measures and consult with the state or federal safety inspector for interpretation whenever in doubt as to whether safe conditions do or do not exist or whether compliance with state or federal regulations exists. 1.09 PROTECTION A. Protect work and material from damage and be liable for damage. B. Be responsible for work and equipment until finally inspected, tested and accepted; protect work against theft, injury or damage; and carefully store material and equipment received on site which are not immediately installed. Close open ends of work with temporary covers or plugs during storage and construction to prevent entry of obstructing material. 230500-3 C00610C11 1.10 SCAFFOLDING, RIGGING AND HOISTING A. Provide ladders, scaffolding, rigging, hoisting and services necessary for delivery into the premises and erection of any equipment and apparatus and execution for the work. Remove same from premises when no longer required. 1.11 MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP A. Materials and equipment required for the work shall be new and shall be furnished, delivered, erected, installed, connected and finished in every detail; and shall be selected and arranged to fit properly into the building spaces. Where no specific kind or quality of material is given, an article as approved by the Project Representative shall be provided. B. Furnish the services of an experienced superintendent, who shall be constantly in charge of the work. C. Equipment and materials shall be installed with the approval of the Project Representative in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer. This includes the performance of such tests as the manufacturer recommends. D. Provide equipment in the mid- range of written performance documentation to allow for adjustment. 1.12 ACCESSIBILITY A. Install the work with adequate clearances throughout the project, including being responsible for the sufficiency of the size of shafts, chases, double partitions and suspended ceilings. Cooperate with other trades where work is in the same space. Such spaces and clearances shall be kept to the minimum size required. B. Locate all equipment which must be serviced, operated or maintained in fully accessible positions. Minor deviations from drawings may be made to allow for better accessibility and any change shall be approved by the Project Representative. C. The Contractor shall coordinate the exact locations of access panels for each concealed valve, control damper or other device requiring service. Submit locations of these panels in sufficient time to be installed in the normal course of work. 1.13 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A. Provide wiring, temperature control wiring, equipment control wiring and interlock wiring. The Electrical Subcontractor shall provide power wiring complete from power source to motor or equipment junction box, including power wiring through starters. Electrical Subcontractor shall provide starters and disconnect switches not factory -mounted on equipment. B. Provide temperature control wiring, interlock wiring and equipment control wiring, regardless of voltage, for the equipment that the Mechanical Subcontractor furnishes or installs. 230500-4 C00610C11 C. Motors and equipment shall be provided for current characteristics as indicated on the electrical drawings. 1.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Provide drilling, coring, cutting and, patching necessary to install the work specified in this division. Patching shall match adjacent surfaces. B. No structural members shall be cut without the approval of the Project Representative, and cutting shall be done in a manner directed by him. Do not damage or endanger any portion of the project or work of the Owner or any other separate contractor by drilling, coring, cutting, patching, excavating and backfilling. C. Inform the General Contractor and other subcontractors affected of requirements for cutting and patching. 1.15 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. Upon completion of the work, furnish the necessary skilled labor and helpers for operating the systems and equipment for a period of three (3) days of eight (8) hours each, or as otherwise specified. Give at least forty-eight (48) hours notice to the Project Representative in advance of this period.. During this period, instruct the Owner or his representative fully in the operation, adjustment and maintenance of all equipment furnished. The.training of the appropriate maintenance staff for each equipment type and/or system shall include, as a minimum, the following: 1. System/Equipment overview (what it is, what it does and which other systems and/or equipment does it interface with). 2. Review of the available O&M materials. 3. Review of the Record Drawings on the subject system/equipment. 4. Hands-on demonstration of all normal maintenance procedures, normal operating modes, and all emergency shutdown and start-up procedures. 1.16 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MANUALS A. Upon completion of the work and prior to acceptance of the mechanical work, prepare servicing manuals in accordance with industry accepted standards describing the requirements of mechanical equipment provided under this division of the specification. B. As a minimum, include in the manuals: 1. Submittal data stating equipment size and selected options for each piece of equipment requiring maintenance. 2. Maintenance schedules 3. Manufacturers' operation and maintenance instructions with parts list specific to the equipment installed, with extraneous matter removed or neatly marked out. Routine maintenance actions shall be clearly identified together with supplementary drawings and information where necessary to describe and itemize servicing. 4. Provide a table of contents with all contents listed in an orderly presentation. 5. Manufacturers' printed warranties 6: Names, addresses and phone numbers of General Contractor, Mechanical Subcontractor(s) and all other related Subcontractors. 7. Names, addresses and phone numbers of equipment suppliers. 8. Names, addresses and phone numbers of at least two service agencies. 230500-5 C00610C11 9. HVAC controls system maintenance and calibration information, including wiring diagrams, schematics and control sequence descriptions. Desired or field determined set -points shall -be permanently recorded on control drawings at control devices, or for digital control systems, in programming comments. 10. A complete narrative of how each system is intended to operate. A Sequence of Operation is not acceptable as a narrative for this requirement. Narrative shall include: a. A detailed explanation of the original design intent. b. The basis of design (how the design was selected to meet the design intent). c. A detailed explanation of how new equipment is to interface with existing equipment or systems (where applicable). d. Suggested set points. C. Data in manuals shall be neat, clean copies. Drawings shall be accordion -folded. Manufacturers' advertising literature or catalogs will not be acceptable for operating and maintenance instruction. D. Place data for the manual in hardcover 3 -ring loose-leaf notebooks. Label bound edge of notebooks with the name of the building, Owner, name of the project, year of completion and the words "Mechanical Equipment". Label front of notebooks with the name of the Owner, name of the building, name of the project, Owner's project number, date, General Contractor, Mechanical Subcontractor, Architect and Mechanical Engineer. E. Submit one copy of the data in a preliminary draft form to the Project Representative for approval prior to preparing finished copies. F. Provide two (2) copies of the finished manuals to the Project Representative. 1.17 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Within 30 days after the date of system acceptance, provide record drawings of all buildings and plot plans. Record drawings shall include as a minimum the location and performance data on each piece of equipment, general configuration of duct and pipe distribution system, including sizes, and the terminal air and water design flow rates of the actual installation. Record drawings shall also incorporate any mechanical work which deviates from the contract drawings, including changes resulting from addenda, Requests For Information and Change Orders. Provide record drawings in accordance with Division 1 requirements. 1.18 CLEANING A. Promptly remove waste material and rubbish caused by the work. At Completion of the work, clean dirt and debris from the mechanical installation, including equipment, piping, and ductwork. B. Upon completion of the project and.after cleaning is complete and before project is air balanced, provide clean air filters throughout. A. All work, .material and equipment to be free from defects. Correct all defects and failures occurring within one year from date of final acceptance without cost to the Owner except 230500-6 C00610C11 when such failure is due to neglect or carelessness by the Owner, as determined by the Project Representative. B. The warranty disregards shorter time limits by any manufacturer of equipment provided. C. Make all necessary adjustments and corrections during first year of operation. The fact that the Project Representative was present during any construction does not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for defects discovered after completion of the work. 1.20 ASBESTOS A. This project is not expected to require work in the presence of asbestos fibers. These Bid Documents do not provide for or cover the identification, removal, encapsulation, or disposition of such materials. The Contractor is cautioned that should he encounter suspicious material, to obtain all instructions relative to proceeding with the execution of the work directly from the Project Representative. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 AIR SOLENOID VALVES A. Valve assembly shall be an explosion proof, water proof, and electrically controlled solenoid valve selected to match size and electrical requirements of installation. B. Valve assembly shall be a 2 -way ASCO General Service Solenoid Valve series 8210 or equal. 2.02 VARIABLE SPEED MOTORS A. Scope: This specification details the mechanical and electrical requirements for energy- efficient, totally enclosed fan -cooled and totally enclosed non -ventilated squirrel -cage induction motors, NEMA frame size 182T through 449T. B. General: 1. All motors covered by this specification shall conform to the latest applicable requirements of NEMA, IEEE, ANSI and NEC standards. 2. Motors are to be designed for continuous duty for 3-phase, 60HZ, 200, 230, 230/460 or 575 operation, NEMA design B. 3. Ratings to be based on a 40 degree C. ambient, 3,300 foot (1000m) altitude or lower operation, with a maximum temperature rise of 80 degree C. by resistance at 1.0 service factor, and 90 degree C. rise at 1.15SF thru 150HP. 4. Motors shall be furnished with Class F insulation, 1.15 service factor but shall be selected for operation within their full load rating without applying the service factor. 5. Motors shall be of a premium efficient design and shall be different from the manufacturer's standard efficient product. 6. Motors for variable frequency drive (VFD) operation shall be inverter duty rated. C. Bearings and Lubrication: 1. Bearings shall be ball, open, single row, deep groove. Conrad type, and shall have a Class 3 internal fit conforming to AFBMA Std. 20. For Belted duty applications, drive end bearings may be cylindrical roller type. 2. Bearing shall be selected to provide L10 rating life of 17,500 hours minimum for belted applications. 100,000 hours minimum for flexible direct coupled applications. Calculations shall be based on external loads using NEMA belted applications limits 230500-7 . C00610C11 per MG1-14.07 and typical sheave weights and internal loads defined by the manufacturer including magnetic pull and rotating assembly weight. 3. Bearing temperature rise at rated load shall not exceed 60 degrees C at 3600 rpm or 50 degree C at 1800 rpm and slower. Temperature rise is to be measured by RTD or thermocouple at bearing outer race. 4. Bearing AFBMA identification number shall be stamped on motor nameplate. 5. Motor lubrication system shall consist of a grease inlet on motor bracket with capped grease fitting on inlet, grease relief plug 180 degree from inlet, grease reservoir in cast inner cap. 6. Motor to be greased by manufacturer with a premium moisture resistant polyurea thickened grease containing rust inhibitors and suitable for operation over temperature from -25 degree C to 120 degree C. 7. Bearings shall be protected by bearing isolators on both ends of the motor. D. Enclosures: 1. Motor enclosure including frame with integrally cast feet, end brackets, locking bearing inner caps, fan guards, conduit box and cover shall be cast iron, ASTM Type A-48, Class 25 or better. 2. Motor conduit box shall be cast iron construction, rotatable in 90 degree increments,- diagonally ncrements;diagonally split with tapped NPT threaded conduit entrance hole. Neoprene conduit box cover gasket and neoprene lead seal gasket between box and motor frame shall be furnished. Provision for grounding shall be provided in the conduit box utilizing a mounted clamp -type ground lug. 3. External cooling fan shall be corrosion -resistant, non -sparking, bi-directional, keyed, clamped and shouldered on the motor shaft. 4. Motor rotor construction shall be die cast aluminum or fabricated copper or their respected alloys. Rotors on frames 213T and above shall be keyed to shaft and rotating assembly dynamically balanced to .0005 inches peak to peak 182T -326T - frames, and .00075 inches peak to peak 364T -449T frames. Balanced weights, if required, shall be secured to the rotor resistance ring or fan blades by rivets. Machine screws and ruts are prohibited. The entire rotating assembly between bearing inner caps shall be coated with a corrosion -resistant epoxy. 5. Stainless steel automatic breather drains shall be provided in the lowest part of both front and back end brackets to allow drainage of condensation. 6. All mounting hardware shall be hex head, high strength, SAE Grade 5, plated for corrosion protection. Screwdriver slot fasteners are prohibited. A forged steel shouldered eyebolt shall be provided on all frames. Eyebolt receptacle shall be threaded and designed to prevent moisture or foreign material from entering motor when eyebolt is removed. 7. Corrosion -resistant stainless steel nameplate shall be affixed to motor frame with stainless steel or brass drive pins. Nameplate(s) shall include all required NEMA data and AFBMA bearing numbers, and connection diagram for dual voltage motors. 8. An external V -Ring shaft slinger shall be provided on both shaft extensions 254T and larger, on the drive shaft only 182T -215T to minimize entrance of moisture or foreign material into bearing cavity, 9. Frame to end bracket assembly of machined parts shall be protected and sealed by application of thick corrosion -resistant material to the machine surfaces prior to assembly. 10. All motor parts including frame, brackets, fan cover, and terminal box shall receive a minimum of two coats of high grade epoxy paint. Motor assembly shall satisfactorily withstand salt spray tests for corrosion per ASTM B-117 for 96 hours. E. Electrical: 230500-8 C0061OC11 1. All motors shall successfully operate under power supply variations per NEMA MG1- 14.30. 2.. All motors shall be NEMA Design B with torque and starting currents in accordance with NEMA MG1-12.35 and 12.38 except in special applications requiring higher starting torques where NEMA Design C is permitted. 3. Motors shall have copper windings. 4. Motor insulation system shall be Class F minimum, utilizing materials and insulation systems evaluated in accordance with IEEE 117 classification tests. 5. Motor leads shall be non -wicking type, Class F temperature rating or better and permanently numbered for identification. 6. Entire wound and insulated stator shall receive additional coating of epoxy paint on all air gap surfaces to protect against moisture and corrosion. 7. Each completed and assembled motor shall receive a routine factory test per NEMA standards. F. Sound Transmission: 1. The no-load sound pressure level, based on the .A -weighted scale at 3 feet when measured in accordance with IEEE Std. 85 should not exceed 85 DBA. G. Efficiency: 1. All motors shall be of an energy-efficient design, different from the manufacturer's standard product through the use of premium materials, design and improved manufacturing process. Energy efficient design shall reduce motor losses approximately 40 percent from standard efficient designs, and minimum efficiencies shall exceed NEMA Premium efficiencies listed in NEMA Table MGI -12.6C. 2. Motor efficiency shall be determined in accordance with NEMA Standard MG1-12.54 and full load efficiency labeled on motor nameplate in accordance with NEMA standard MG1-12.55. H. Manufacturer: 1. Motor shall be Reliance XE or equal of Toshiba, G.E., Siemens, or approved equal. I. Motors and equipment shall be provided for current characteristics as indicated on the electrical drawings. J. Provide motor starters, disconnect switches and thermal heaters for motors. 1. Flush -mount in wall, wherever possible, in finished areas. 2. Provide magnetic starters of size required with thermal overload protection and interlock contacts. Provide hand -off -auto switch on cover of individually mounted starters. 3. Provide motor control push button and hand -off -auto. 4. Fan control switches: provide with pilot light and engraved, laminated phenolic nameplate. 5. Provide engraved, laminated phenolic nameplate on each control switch and magnetic starter. 6. Unless mounted in an equipment cabinet, enclosures shall be NEMA -3R. Voltage of contactors shall be in accordance with circuit voltage controlled. Contactors shall be sized in accordance with NEMA standards. 7. Furnish wiring diagrams to the electrician for all line -voltage motor control systems. Provide complete protection, including a thermal heater in each phase leg for all .motor starters. 8. Motor disconnect switches shall be mounted adjacent to, but not on the equipment served. See electrical specification and drawings. 230500-9 C00610C11 PART3, EXECUTION (NOT APPLICABLE) END OF SECTION 230500-10 C00610C11 SECTION 230529 PIPING AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Equipment bases and supports. B. Seismic protection of piping and equipment. 1.02 REQUIRED SUBMITTAL DATA A. Equipment bases and supports. 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA) publication "Seismic Restraint Manual - Guidelines for Mechanical Systems" B. ASTM A123 — Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron . and Steel Profs C. The International Building Code for seismic protection of equipment. 1.04 RELATED WORK A. All portions of specification Division 1 apply to this work. B. All portions of specification section 23 05 00 apply to this work. C. Additional sections of the mechanical specifications may be required to provide a fully functional system. Refer to the specifications index. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Pipe hangers and supports: 1. Anvil, Erico, Grabler, Fee & Mason, Unistrut, Superstrut or equall. B. Expansion Devices, Guides and Anchors: 1. Adsco, Advance Thermal Systems, ITT -Grinnell, Keflex, Elcen, Aeroquip-Barco, or approved equal. 2.02 STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS A. Steel Structural Clamps: 230529-1 C00610C11 1. Beam clamps, brackets, channel clamps and bar joist clips select to suit structural system and meet loading recommendations of manufacturer. B. Attachment into existing concrete or masonry wall: 1. Self -drill type Red Head, Phillips Anchors or equal. Do not use powder driven inserts. 2.03 EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS A. Structural steel frame supports shall have all joints welded. Galvanize after fabrication to ASTM A123 requirements.. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.08 EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS A. Provide structural steel frame supports for equipment where indicated on drawings. Bolt to structure according to Seismic requirements and Structural details. 3.09 SEISMIC PROTECTION OF PIPING A. Seismic Restraints: 6. Provide seismic protection for all piping in accordance with the most current edition of the SMACNA publication "Seismic Restraint Manual - Guidelines for Mechanical Systems", Hazard Level A. 3.10 SEISMIC PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT A. Provide seismic protection for all equipment in accordance with the International Building Code, and all local amendments, most recently adopted by the authority having jurisdiction. B. Overturning force calculations for equipment shall be prepared and submitted per ASCE7-05 and shall be used to. determine anchor bolt size and locations. END OF SECTION 230529-2 C00610C11 r SECTION 230548 VIBRATION ISOLATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Mechanical Equipment Isolators B. Thrust Restraints C. Equipment Vibration Isolation Bases D. Pipe and Duct Isolators 1.02 REQUIRED SUBMITTAL DATA A. Mechanical Equipment Isolators B. Thrust Restraints C. Equipment Vibration Isolation Bases 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. ASHRAE Handbook "HVAC Applications", latest version. 1.04 RELATED WORK A. All portions of specification Division 1 apply to this work. B. All portions of specification section 23 05 00 apply to this work. C. Additional sections of the mechanical specifications may be required to provide a fully functional system. Refer to the specifications index. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Kinetics Noise Control, Mason Industries, Amber -Booth, Vibrex, Flexonics, or equal. .2.02 FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTORS A. Braided type, threaded ends for 2 -inch and smaller, flanged ends for 2 -1/2 -inch and larger. B. Stainless steel for steel pipe. I i 230548-1 C00610C11 C. Bronze for copper pipe. r 2.03 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT VIBRATION ISOLATORS A. Rubber Pads 1. Single layer: ribbed neoprene, per manufacturer's recommended application, Kinetics Type NPS or NPD, Mason, or equal. 2. Multi -layer Mason Industries Type WMSW, Kinetics or equal. 3. Multi -layer to receive leveling bolts Mason Industries Type MBSW, Kinetics, or equal. 4. Multi -layer requiring equipment anchoring Mason Industries Type SW, Kinetics, or equal. B. Glass fiber pad Kinetics Type KIP, Mason, or equal. C. Floor spring mounts with seismic protection: restrained spring mounts Kinetics Type FHS with NPS rubber pad bonded to mounting plate, Mason, or equal. D. Floor spring mounts, all -welded construction with rubber pad bonded to mounting plate: 1. Un -housed stable spring, with ratio of horizontal to vertical spring constant not less than 1.0, and built-in leveling bolts. Provide springs with an additional overload capacity of 50 percent. E. Spring hanger: Kinetics SFH, Mason, or equal F. Seismic snubber: non -contact type, welded steel, Kinetics KSS, Mason, or equal. G. Thrust restraint: Kinetics HSR, Mason, or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 BASE, ISOLATOR AND DEFLECTION FOR EQUIPMENT A. Isolate mechanical equipment in accordance with the latest version of the ASHRAE Applications Handbook, Sound and Vibration Control Chapter, "Selection Guide for Vibration Isolation" Table and accompanying notes. Internally -isolated equipment need not receive additional isolation. Select base, isolators and deflection for floor -mounted, ceiling hung or roof -mounted equipment from the "Floor Span" column most closely matching the building structure. B. Select base, isolators and deflection for equipment mounted on grade support slabs from the "Slab on Grade" column. 3.02 PIPING, DUCTING AND EQUIPMENT A. Flexible Connectors 1. Provide flexible pipe connectors at piping connections to equipment mounted or suspended with external vibration isolators and where indicated on the drawings. 2. Align bolt holes on flanged flexible connectors with bolt holes in companion flanges to prevent twisting of connector and install threaded flexible connectors to avoid twisting. 3. Do not use flexible connectors to compensate for misalignment of piping. 230548-2 C00610C11 4. Install flexible connections at .right angles to the direction of the vibration to avoid compression and extension of the connector from equipment motion. B. Pipe Sleeves 1. Where pipes pass through walls, ceilings or floors (except slab -on -grade), install pipe sleeves and fill space between pipe and sleeve as specified in Section 23 05 00. C. Pipe and Duct Isolators 1. Provide spring isolators on piping connected to isolated mechanical equipment as follows: up to 4 -inch diameter, first 3 points of support; 5 -inch to 8 -inch diameter, first 4 points of support; 10 -inch diameter and over, first 6 points of support. 2. Provide spring isolators on ducts where noted on drawings. 3. Static deflection of first point shall be twice deflection of isolated equipment. D. Equipment Bases 1. Install bases dead level. 2. Install inertia bases with a minimum clearance of 2 -inches under base, other bases with a minimum clearance of 1 -inch under base. E. Provide thrust restraints at all in-line vane -axial fans and where indicated on the drawings. END OF SECTION 230548-3 C00610C11 SECTION 230553 MECHANICAL PAINTING AND IDENTIFICATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Mechanical systems painting B. Mechanical systems identification and flow arrows C. Repainting of factory finished equipment 1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS A. ASME A13.1 - Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. All portions of specification Division 1 apply to this work. B. All portions of specification section 23 05 00 apply to this work. C. Additional sections of the mechanical specifications may be required to provide a fully functional system. - 1:04 DEFINITIONS A. "Concealed" work is defined as work installed within pipe shafts, duct spaces, above furred or hung ceilings, or otherwise built into the building and not exposed to view. B. "Exposed" work is defined as work in walkway tunnels, Mechanical and Fan Rooms, exterior. to building (including rooftops), all occupied areas and all other areas not defined as "concealed". 1.05 MANUFACTURERS A. General: Acceptable manufacturers are Quigley, Cowman and Campbell, Fuller, General Paint, Sherwin-Williams, Glidden Manufacture, or equal. PART II PRODUCTS 2.01 PAINT A. Industrial Enamel: Paint shall be Alkyd base, Quigley AAA, Sherwin-Williams "Kem- Lustral", Glidden "Daylite" enamel, or equal. B. Primer for Steel Surfaces: Zinc -chromate primer, Cowman & Campbell No. 1134, Sherwin-Williams, or equal. 230553-1 C00610C11 C. Primer for zinc -coated surfaces: Metallic zinc -zinc oxide primer, W.P. Fuller No. 7747, Glidden "Rustmaster" or Dupont "Dulux", or equal. D. Primer -Sealer for Insulated Surfaces: Resin -type. primer sealer. 2.02 PIPING IDENTIFICATION BANDS AND FLOW ARROWS A. Snap -around markers with UV resistant inks and vinyl. Marker construction, size, color, letter type and wording shall be in conformance with AMSE 13.1 — Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems. Provide custom markers for unique service and where pressure, temperature or other conditions of the service vary in the project. Manufacturer shall be Seton, Zeston or equal. 2.03 PIPING IDENTIFICATION BANDS AND FLOW ARROWS A. Seton contact type adhesive backed, Zeston or approved equal. 1 -1/8 -inch wide for lines up through 3 -inch, 2 -inch wide for larger pipes. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PAINTING A. Paint all exposed mechanical equipment. Undamaged factory -finished equipment need not be repainted B. Color of paint shall be a standard manufacturer's color as selected by Project Representative C. Repaint damaged factory finished equipment. D. Use skilled painters; paints, well mixed; each coat to have slight variation in color from the preceding, for ready identification. E.. Clean grease, dirt, wax and scale from surfaces before painting. F. Cleaning Solvents: Mineral Spirits; remove cleaning solvent cloths from building each day. G. Metal Surfaces: 1. In General: 3 mils minimum dry film thickness; apply one priming coat and one finish coat of acrylic base paint and additional coats as required to obtain minimum dry film thickness. 2. Outside Building: 4 mils minimum thickness; apply prime coat and two finish coats of acrylic base paint and additional coats as required to obtain minimum dry film thickness. 3. Insulation Surfaces: 3 mils. minimum dry film thickness; apply one coat of primer - sealer, and one coat of acrylic base paint and additional coats as required to obtain minimum dry film thickness. 3.02 IDENTIFICATION AND FLOW ARROWS 230553-2 C00610C11 A. Identify and provide flow direction arrows on all piping and equipment. B. Apply piping identification bands and flow arrows on 10 -foot centers in general, 20 -foot centers in open areas where pipe is exposed, and wherever a pipe leaves or enters any wall, -floor, ceiling or foundation. Place the proper band on pipe at each valve, branch connection, manifold, entrance and exit from a tank, vessel, or piece of equipment. Apply after paint work is completed. C. Label each piece of mechanical equipment and system with equipment or system name lettered thereon with 2 -inch high block style black paint letters. END OF SECTION 230553-3 C00610C11 SECTION 230593 BALANCING AIR AND WATER SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Air Systems Balancing B. Balancing Reports C. Measure airflows and re -sheave existing AMU -2 & 3. as required to restore design airflows 1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS A. National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) B. Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) 1.03 REQUIRED SUBMITTAL DATA A. Systems Balancing Contractor Certification 1.04 SYSTEMS BALANCING CONTRACTOR A. Systems balancing contractors: Neudorfer Engineers or Environmental Testing and Balancing or approved equal. B. Qualification requirements: 1. Must have minimum five (5) years experience record in systems balancing. 2. Must have sufficient experience on projects similar to this project. Submit lists of projects to demonstrate this experience. 1.05 COORDINATION WITH COMMISSIONING A. Upon completion of the work, provide the necessary skilled labor, helpers, materials and equipment to support the commissioning work. See Section 230800. During the commissioning, coordinate with the commissioning company and make all adjustments required to demonstrate systems are working properly. 1.06 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Washington State Non-residential Energy Code (WSNREC), latest adopted version. 1.07 PROCEDURES A. Use procedures in accordance with the Associated Air Balance Council's "National Standard for Field Measurements and Instrumentation - Total System Balance", Volume One, No. 81266. 230593-1 C00610C11 B. Use instrumentation application methods in accordance with A.A.B.C. or N.E.B.B. procedures. C. Obtain confirmation from Contractor that systems to be balanced are complete and functioning per design intent prior to commencing balancing. 1.08 RELATED WORK A. All portions of specification Division 1 apply to this work. B. All portions of specification section 23 05 00 apply to this work. C. Additional sections of the mechanical specifications may be required to . provide a fully functional system. Refer to the specifications index. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.01 BALANCING REPORT A. Provide a preliminary balancing report for the review by the Project Representative. B. Provide three (3) sets of final balancing reports incorporating comments made on the preliminary report, and one electronic copy of balancing report in .pdf format. C. Include in report: Project Name, Owner, Engineer, Systems Balancing Subcontractor, other data necessary to describe activity_ and the status of the systems plus the following data: 2. Fans: a. Installation data: 1) Manufacturer and model 2) Size 3) Arrangement, discharge and class 4) Motor HP, voltage, phase, cycles and full load amps 5) Identification data b. Design data: 1) Total CFM 2) Unit inlet, unit outlet and fan total static pressures 3) Motor HP, rpm and amp 4) Fan rpm 5) Fan BHP c. Fan recorded data: 1) CFM 2) Static pressure 3) Rpm 4) Motor operating amp 5) No-load amp 6) Motor operating BHP 7) Drive sizes (sheaves, belts, and shaft) 8) Return and Outside Air: 230593-2 C00610C11 a. CFM of return and outside air at required maximum return air, at required minimum outside air. 3. Individual air terminals: a. Supply return or exhaust terminal identification (location and number designation) b. Manufacturer's catalog identification and type c. Applicable factors for application, velocity, area, etc., and designated area d. Design and recorded velocities - fpm e. Design and recorded quantities — CFM 4. Duct systems (where individual air terminals are not accessible or measurable): h. Duct CFM - mains, branches, (maximum and minimum): 1) Duct size(s) 2) Number of pressure readings 3) Sum of velocity measurements 4) Average velocity 5) Duct recorded CFM 6) Duct design CFM 5. Gas-fired Furnaces: a. Design data and recorded data: 1) MBH 2) Entering gas pressure 3) Entering and leaving air temperature 4) CFM 5) Air velocity 6) Air pressure drop _ 7) Induction fan motor HP, voltage, phase and full load amp 8) Identification data PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROCEDURES A. Obtain confirmation from Contractor that systems to be balanced are complete and functioning per design intent prior to commencing balancing. B. Obtain approval from the Project Representative prior to commencing balancing. 3.02 . INSTRUMENTS A. Use accurate and recently calibrated instruments. Provide instrument calibration history if requested by the Project Representative. 3.03 BALANCING AGENDA A. Submit balancing agenda prior to start of work..lnclude the following in the agenda: 1. General description of each air and water system with its associated equipment and operating cycles for heating and cooling. 2. A complete listing of all flow (air and water) and air terminal measurements to be performed. 230593-3 C00610C11 3. For each specific procedure specify type of instrument to be used and air terminal correction factors where applicable. 4. Include in agenda sample forms showing application of procedure to typical systems. 3.04 GENERAL PROCEDURES A. All HVAC systems shall be balanced in accordance with generally accepted engineering standards. Air and water flow rates shall be measured and adjusted to deliver final flow rates within 10% of design rates, except variable flow distribution systems need not be balanced upstream of the controlling device (for example, VAV box or control valve). Provide a written balance report to the Project Representative as specified herein. B. Complete system balancing prior to the final inspection of the building. 3.05 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURES A. Air systems shall be balanced in a manner to minimize throttling losses. Regardless of whether fan is constant or variable speed, belt -driven fan speed shall be adjusted to meet design flow conditions. Exceptions follow: 1. Fans with motors of 1 hp or less and not noted for a second set of sheaves on the fan schedule. 2. When throttling results in no greater than 5% of the nameplate horsepower draw above that required if the sheaves were replaced. B. Following fan installation and initial balancing, provide direction for sheave replacement necessary to balance the systems. Following sheave change, make final measurements to confirm design flow conditions. C. Make air quantity measurements in ducts with a Pitot tube traverse of the entire cross sectional area of the duct. D. Prior to balancing systems with filters racks, install temporary filter media in all filter housings of constant -volume systems. Blank -off enough filter sections with cardboard or other material to create an additional 0.75' w.g. across all of the filters (to simulate loaded filter condition). E. Volume control devices to regulate air quantities of air terminals only to the extent that adjustments do not create.objectionable air motion or sound levels. Volume control by means of air terminal adjustment or duct internal devices other than dampers is not permitted. F. Adjust and balance the air system as necessary to accommodate field conditions and occupant comfort. Provide necessary fan adjustments, pulley changes and damper adjustments. END -OF SECTION 230593-4 C00610C11 SECTION 230700 HVAC INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Duct Insulation 1.02 REQUIRED SUBMITTAL DATA A. Duct Insulation 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. General 1. NFPA 90A and 90B, UL -181 (Class 1) and UL -723 2. Washington State Non-residential Energy Code (WSNREC), latest adopted version. B. For Elastomeric Material 1. ASTM E-84-75 C. For Flame Spread and Fuel Contributed and Smoke 1. UL Standard No. 723, NFPA Standard No. 255 and ASTM Standard No. E-84 1.04 RELATED WORK A. All portions of specification Division 1 apply to this work. B. All portions of specification section 23 05 00 apply to this work. C. Additional sections of the mechanical specifications may be required to provide a fully functional system. Refer to the specifications index. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.01 GENERAL A. Materials shall be of the highest grade. Adhesives, sealers, vapor coatings, etc., shall be compatible with the materials to which they are applied, and shall not corrode, soften or otherwise attack such material in either the wet or dry state. Scrap pieces of insulation shall not be used where a full section will fit.. Glass fiber materials which become wet or damaged during installation shall be removed and replaced with new materials. Acceptability of a manufacturer is not to be taken as acceptability of his "usual" or "regular' accessory materials such as facings, adhesives, etc. B. Unless specified otherwise, all facings, coatings, PVC covers and other accessories shall have a fire hazard rating not to exceed 25 for Flame Spread and 50 for Fuel Contributed and Smoke Developed; ratings determined by UL Standard No. 723, NFPA Standard No. 255 or ASTM Standard No. E-84. UL label or listing, or satisfactory test results from the approved testing laboratory, shall be available to indicate that fire hazard ratings for materials do not exceed the above amounts. C. Insulation shall comply with the latest adopted version of the Washington State Non- residential Energy Code. 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 230700-1 C00610C11 A. Product name and numbers listed are Armacell, Owens-Corning Fiberglas, Armstrong Cork Company, and Childers. B. Other acceptable manufacturers are Manville, Certain -Teed, Knauf, or equal. 2.03 DUCTS A. Minimum densities and out -of -package thicknesses in accordance with the WSNREC and the International- Energy Conservation Code to provide an installed nominal R -value (excluding air film resistance) as follows: Type Location/Situation Installed R -value Supply, Return Not within conditioned space: On exterior of R-7 building, on roof, in attic, in enclosed ceiling space, in walls, in garage, in crawls aces Return Not within conditioned space or insulated R-8 building envelope: exterior of building, roof, attic, enclosed ceiling space, walls, garage, crawls ace Return Not within conditioned space but within R-7 insulated building envelope: attic, enclosed ceiling space, walls, garage, crawls ace B. Ducts routed within building: a. Insulation for ducts and plenums shall be Fiberglas .FRK-25 faced duct wrap. C. Ducts routed outside of building: a. Insulation for ducts and plenums shall be faced duct wrap. b. Insulation material shall be a flexible, closed -cell elastomeric insulation in tubular or sheet form. This product meets the requirements as defined in ASTM 534, "Specification for preformed elastomeric cellular thermal insulation in sheet and tubular form." c. Insulation materials shall have a closed -cell structure to prevent moisture from wicking. d. Insulation material shall be manufactured without the use of CFC's, HFC's, or HCFC's. It shall also be formaldehyde free, low VOC's, fiber free, dust free, and resists mold and mildew. e. Materials shall have a flame spread index of less than 25 and a smoke - developed index of less than 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84, latest revision. In addition, the product, when tested, shall not melt or drip flaming particles, the flame shall not be progressive and all materials shall pass simulated end-use fire tests. f. Materials shall have a maximum thermal conductivity of 0.27 Btu-in./h-ft2 'F at a 75°F mean temperature when tested in accordance with ASTM C 177 or ASTM C 518, latest revisions. g. Materials shall have a maximum water vapor transmission of 0.08 perm -inches when tested in accordance with ASTM E 96, Procedure A, latest revision. h. The 2.04 PIPE AND DUCT METAL JACKETING A. Outdoors: 230700-2 C00610C11 1. The insulated jacketing shall be puncture -resistant metal cladding, maintenance -free white metal surface not needing painting in the future with zero permeability. Insulated jacketing shall be ArmaTuff as manufactured by Armacell LLC or approved equal. 2. Should an inner insulation layer be required, it shall be a single layer with 50% overlap. The insulation shall be flexible elastomeric, closed -cell material to of a thickness to meet the insulation requirements in the table above when combined with the insulated jacketing. Insulation shall comply with ASTM C 534, Type II for sheet materials. Field applied adhesive shall comply with MIL -A -24179A, Type II, Class 1. Insulation shall be ArmaFlex as manufactured by Armacell LLC or approved equal. B. Glass Fiber Insulation: 1. Insulation a. Curved surfaces 10 -inch diameter and less, use pre -molded pipe insulation. Larger sizes, provide Owens-Corning "Pipe Wrap Insulation", CertainTeed "Snap Wrap" or Knauf "Flex Wrap"; maximum "K" value at 75 degrees F of 0.27 Btu- inches/hr/sqft/degrees F; with factory -applied jacket. b. Flat Surfaces: Owens-Corning type 703, CertainTeed "IB300" or Knauf "Elevated Temperature Board"; maximum "K" valve at 75 degrees F of 0.23 Btu- inches/hr/sqft/degrees F. 2. Jacket a. Primary Jacket: All service jacket; factory applied; laminated type with off-white vinyl coating, integral vapor barrier with 0.02 perm rating and 10 x 6 mesh scrim per inch; or type FRK, foil -reinforced kraft jacket with integral vapor barrier, 0.02 perm rating and 10 x 6 mesh scrim per inch.' b. Secondary (Outer) Jacket: 6 ounce woven glass fiber cloth. 3. Lagging Adhesive: Borden "Arabol" No. E-1658 or Foster "Lagfas"; non-flammable. C. RIGID INSERTS 1. Manville Thermo -12 pipe insulation, cork, or shaped wood. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Install covering after piping, ductwork, and equipment have been tested and approved. B. Ensure surface is clean and dry prior to installation. Ensure insulation is dry before and during application. C. Ensure insulation is continuous through inside walls except at fire walls. D. Deliver material to job site in original non -broken factory packaging, with manufacturer's labels. E. Perform work at ambient and equivalent temperatures as recommended by the manufacturer. 3.02 DUCTS A. Insulate supply, return and outside air ducts inside and outside the conditioned space as indicated in Part 2 of this specification and as indicated on the drawings. B. Adhere insulation to metal with 4 -inch wide strips of insulation bonding adhesive at 8 - inches o.c. Additionally secure insulation to the bottom of rectangular ductwork wider than 24 -inches with Miracle surface anchors or metal stick clips 18 -inches on center. Round duct over 12 -inches in diameter spiral wind over insulation 16 -gauge black 230700-3 C00610C11 C. 0 E. annealed wire. Wrap insulation firmly on the ductwork with all circumferential joints butted and longitudinal joints overlapped a minimum of 2 -inches. Secure overlap and 2 - inch facing flange with 9/16 flare -door staples 6 -inches o.c. Tape with 3 -inch -wide foil reinforced Kraft tape. Tape all pin penetrations or punctures in facing. Insulate all access panels in ducts with vapor barrier insulation same as duct insulation. Seal edges of insulation on access panel and finish openings to assure accessibility. Lined ducts need only be insulated as required to meet the thermal criteria indicated in Part 2 of this specification. Install aluminum jackets on all insulated ductwork above the roof and elsewhere where exposed to weather. All jacket joints to overlap 2 -inch minimum. Provide aluminum straps at all joints and on 18 -inch maximum centers with straps tightened to hold jacket tightly to insulation surfaces. At the Contractors option, install aluminum pop rivets for all transverse and longitudinal jacket joints on 9 -inch maximum centers with aluminum straps installed between transverse jacket joints at not more than 18 -inch spacing between straps and joints or between straps. END OF SECTION 230700-4 C00610C11 i 6 SECTION 230800 SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING PART1 GENERAL 1.05 WORK INCLUDED F. HVAC Systems Commissioning. G. Coordination with Systems Balancing. 1.06 CODES AND STANDARDS A. National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB). B. Associated Air Balance Council (AABC). 1.07 COMMISSIONING AGENT A. Commissioning Agent will be provided by the Owner and will not be agent of the construction Contractor. This section specifies only the duties of the commissioning agent and provides direction for coordination with the Contractor. 1.08 SUBMITTALS A. HVAC Systems Commissioning Plan 1.09 RELATED WORK A. All portions of specification Division 1 apply to this work. B. All portions of specification section 23 05 00 apply to this work. C. Additional sections of the mechanical specifications may be required to provide a fully functional system. Refer to the specifications index. 1.10 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Washington State Non-residential Energy Code (WSNREC), latest adopted version. PART 2 PRODUCT B. INSTRUMENTS A. When instruments are used, they shall be accurate and recently calibrated. Provide instrument calibration history if requested by the Project Representative. Use instrumentation application methods in accordance with A.A.B.C. or N.E.B.B. procedures. C. COMMISSIONING PLAN 230800-1 C00610C11 A. Submit commissioning plan prior to start of work. As a minimum, include the following in the plan: 1. General description of each air and water system with its associated equipment and operating cycles for heating and cooling. 2. A detailed explanation of the original design intent, 3. Equipment and systems to be tested, including the extent of sampling tests. 4. Functions to be tested (for example, calibration, economizer controls, etc.) 5. Conditions under which the test shall be performed (for example, winter design conditions, full outside air, etc.) 6. Measurable criteria for acceptable performance. 7. Include in agenda sample forms showing application of procedure to typical systems. D. PRELIMINARY AND FINAL COMMISSIONING REPORTS A. Provide six (6) sets of commissioning reports: 1. Three (3) submitted in preliminary form to the Project Representative 2. Three (3) sets in final form incorporating comments made by the Project Representative on the preliminary report. E. COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS A. Commissioning shall include, as a minimum: 1. A Commissioning Plan, 2. System Testing and Balancing, 3. Equipment/System Functional Performance Testing, 4. Controls Functional Performance Testing, 5. A Preliminary Commissioning Report, 6. Post Construction Documentation (all), and 7. A Final Commissioning Report. F. SYSTEMS TESTING AND BALANCING A. All HVAC systems shall be balanced in accordance with generally accepted engineering standards, in compliance with the WSNREC and in accordance with specification section 15040 Balancing Air and Water Systems. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING A. Equipment/Systems Testing: Functional Performance Testing shall demonstrate the correct installation and operation of each component, system, and system -to -system intertie relationship in accordance with approved plans and specifications. This demonstration is to prove the operation, function, and maintenance serviceability for each of the Commissioned systems. B. Testing shall include all modes of operation, including: 1. All modes as described in the Sequence of Operation, 2. Redundant or automatic back-up mode, 3. Performance of alarms, and 230800-2 C00610C11 4. Mode of operation upon a loss of power and restored power. C. Controls Testing: HVAC control systems shall be tested to ensure that control devices, components, equipment and systems are calibrated, adjusted and operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications. Sequences of operation shall be functionally tested to ensure they operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications. 3.02 POST CONSTRUCTION COMMISSIONING A. General: Construction documents required for post construction commissioning shall be provided to the Project Representative. Drawing notes may refer to specifications for further commissioning requirements. Post construction commissioning shall include, as a minimum, review and approval of Operation and Maintenance Materials, and Record Drawings. B. Operation and Maintenance (O & M) Manuals: The O & M manual shall be in accordance with industry accepted standards, in compliance with the WSNREC and in accordance with specification section Div 23 General Provisions. C. Record Drawings: Provide Record ("As -Built") drawings in accordance with industry accepted standards, in compliance with the WSNREC and in accordance with specification section Div 23 General Provisions. D. Systems Operational Training: The training of the appropriate maintenance staff for each equipment type and/or system shall include, as a minimum, the following: 1. System/Equipment overview (what it is, what it does and which other systems and/or equipment does it interface with). 2. Review of the available O&M materials. 3. Review of the Record Drawings on the subject system/equipment. 4. Hands-on demonstration of all normal maintenance procedures, normal operating modes, and all emergency shutdown and start-up procedures. 3.03 COMMISSIONING REPORTS A. General: The reports shall include Project Name, Owner, Owner's Project Number, Year, Engineer. and the Systems Commissioning Company. The report shall include all observed and measured data to document whether systems are operating to the full intent of the contract documents. As a minimum, the reports shall include the following information. B. Preliminary Commissioning Report: A preliminary report of. commissioning test procedures and results shall be completed and provided to the Project Representative. The preliminary commissioning report shall identify: 1. Deficiencies found during testing required by this section which have not been corrected at the time of report preparation and the anticipated date of correction. 2. Deferred tests which cannot be performed at the time of report preparation due to climatic conditions. 3. Climatic conditions required for performance of the deferred tests, and the anticipated date of each deferred test. C. Final Commissioning Report: A complete report of test procedures and results shall be prepared and filed with the Project Representative. Tests which cannot be performed at the time of report preparation due to climatic conditions may be deferred until climatic 230800-3 C0061OC11 conditions allow and may be submitted separately. The Final Commissioning Report shall identify: 1. Results of all Functional Performance Tests. 2. Disposition of all deficiencies found during testing, including details of corrective measures used or proposed. 3. -All Functional Performance Test procedures used during the commissioning process including measurable criteria for test acceptance, provided herein for repeatability. A. Commissioning shall be performed following installation, clean-up, controls check-out and system start-up to verify proper operation of all features of the systems installed. B. Use procedures in accordance with the Associated Air Balance Council's "National Standard for Field Measurements and Instrumentation - Total System Balance", Volume One, No. 81366. 3.05 COORDINATION A. Prior to the start of the commissioning, confirm notify and coordinate with the piping, sheet metal, controls, balancing, electrical and other related contractors. Obtain the support of these contractors. 'Upon discovery of a system or portion of a system that is suspected of improper function, notify the appropriate contractor. Allow for a minimum of one repair by the contractor(s) and provide a re -test of the suspected system at no additional cost to the Owner. Document both the initial and final measurements as outlined in PART 2 - PRODUCT. END OF SECTION 230800-4 C00610C11 SECTION 230900 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Paint Booth Automatic Controls B. LFL Monitoring Sensor C. Commissioning assistance D. The work of this Section requires additions and modifications to the existing Siemens Building Technologies, Inc. Landis Division DDC control system including the design and provision of a direct digital control system to provide the required sequences of operation specified. Controls shall be integrated into the existing system. Contractor shall provide design, programming, graphics creation, materials, and labor for a complete and operable system to matching existing. 1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS A. ANSI C-80.1 American Natl. Stds. Institute, "Zinc -Coated Rigid Steel Conduit" B. ANSI C-80.3 American, Natl. Stds. Institute, "Zinc -Coated Electrical Metallic Tubing" C. NEC (NFPA 70) Natl. Fire Protection Association, "National Electrical Code" D. NESC IEEE, "National Electrical Safety Code" E. UL 6 Underwriters Laboratories, "Rigid Metal Electrical Conduit" F. UL 797Underwriters Laboratories, "Electrical Metallic Tubing" G. UL 1242 Underwriters Laboratories, "Intermediate Metal Conduit" H. WAC 296 Washington Administrative Code, Department of Labor & Industries I. WEC Washington State Energy Code, WAC 51-11 J. IBC International Building Code 1.03 RELATED WORK A. All portions of specification Division 1 apply to this work. B. All portions of specification section 23 05 00 apply to this work. C. Additional sections of the mechanical specifications may be required to provide a fully functional system. Refer to the specifications index. 230900-1 C00610C11 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. Approved Manufacturers/ Representative: Siemens Building Technologies, Inc. Landis Division / Siemens Building Technologies,. Inc. Landis Division; no substitutions. B. Installer: By the local district office of Siemens Building Technologies, Inc. Landis Division or by a Siemens Building Technologies, Inc. Landis Division subcontractor. The entire control system shall be installed by qualified electricians and mechanics, all of whom are properly trained and qualified for the work they perform, and directly supervised by the local representative of the component manufacturer. 1.05 SCOPE A. Engineering, materials and labor to design and install a complete control system for the heating, ventilating systems. B. All automatic control dampers not provided with mechanical equipment shall be sized and furnished by the. controls contractor. C. All automatic control valves not provided with mechanical equipment shall be sized and furnished by the controls contractor. D. The Control Manufacturer shall provide the necessary skilled labor, helpers., materials and equipment to support, coordinate and adjust during the commissioning work (see Section 230800). y PART 2 PRODUCT 2.01 CONTROL PANEL A. Paint booth control panels shall be capable of modulating and controlling the ventilation and temperature of the paint booth in all control schemes outlined on sheet M6.02 & M6.03. B. Paint booth control panel shall be capable of interfacing with the following instruments: Flammability Monitor, Automatic Control Dampers, Automatic Control Valve, Building DDC System, exhaust fan VFD's, AMU's, Building Fire Alarm System, Paint Booth Door Switch, Paint Booth Lighting, Pressure Sensors, and Temperature Sensors. C. Paint booth control panel shall be gray -painted, NEMA 12 steel, flanged -disconnect, with 3 -point door latch hardware. Multi -door panels will feature mechanically interlocked doors, such that no door may be opened unless power has first been interrupted via disconnect. D. Paint booth control panels shall include control power transformers, fusing and overload protection for any connected motors, automation equipment, and air louvers and ventilation fans, as required, based on total thermal losses of enclosed electrical equipment. E. Paint booth control panel shall include a fluorescent light fixture, with door switch, for interior lighting. All control panels will bear a UL508 industrial enclosure label. 230900-2 C00610C11 F. Paint booth control panel shall include functioning to: monitor various sensors and switches, located in and around the paint booth; control damper positions, fan speeds, booth lighting, spray air control valve, booth temperature and operating modes; accept operator entered set -points and operating modes; accomplish control strategies described elsewhere in specification documents; display paint booth status and alarm information via operator interface terminals. The paint booth controllers will manage start-up, operation and shutdown of paint booths and all related fans, dampers, lighting and air make-up units. Control panel shall have, at minimum, supply temperature control consisting of up and down buttons with digital display showing selected temperature, digital display showing current supply temperature, emergency system shutdown button, cycle selection dial, system start button, cycle runtime control consisting of up and down buttons with digital display showing selected cycle time. Emergency system shutdown button shall be labeled VENTILATION SYSTEM EMERGENCY SHUTOFF. G. Paint booth differential pressure and filter pressure drop (clogged) transmitters will be included in the paint booth control panels. All transmitters monitored by the paint booth control panels will produce a 4-20 maDC signal and may be 2 -wire or 4 -wire units. All process switches (such pressure, air flow, etc.) will provide a 'dry -contact' output interface, preferably 'fail-safe', i.e. normally -open contact held closed to signify normal/safe conditions. All equipment status switches will be 'dry -contact' output, normally open held closed to indicate monitored equipment is operating/running. Any `smart' apparatus will utilize standard MODBUS RTU protocol, or other data communications protocol compatible with paint booth DDC control systems. H. See electrical specifications section for electrical requirements of paint booth control panel. 2.02 INSTRUMENTS A. LFL monitors: Industrial grade flammability analyzer capable of measuring %LFL of paint booth environment continuously during paint booth operation from 0% LFL to 100% LFL within temperature range of 20°F to 140°F and relative humidity between 0% and 100%. Analyzer shall be capable of monitoring a %LFL of airborne solvents commonly used in automotive repair facilities including but not limited to the following list: Ethyl Acetate, Isopropyl Acetate, Ethanol, n -Propanol, Isopropyl Alcohol, n -Propyl Acetate, Acetone, Toluene, Xylene, MEK, Hexane, and Heptane. Analyzer shall be MSA A- ULTIMA X XP or approved equal. B. Control Dampers: Heavy duty industrial grade butterfly type isolation dampers, parallel or opposed blade as required for the installation or as indicated on the drawings. Dampers shall be outfitted with synthetic elastomer seals and shall not leak in excess of 20 cfm per square foot when closing against 4 -inch water gauge. Dampers shall be 16 - gauge galvanized, bronze bearings, and their linkage shall not be exposed to the airstream. Size dampers for proper pressure drop and control characteristics. Outside air and exhaust dampers shall be normally open, return dampers. shall be normally closed. C. Air Solenoid Control Valve: See Solenoid Valve under section 230500. 2.03 ELECTRIC WIRING A. This Contractor to do all wiring in connection with the automatic control system. All electric wiring shall be in conduit and be installed strictly in accordance with local and 230900-3 C00610C11 state codes and the electrical division of this specification. B. All wiring and conduit shall be concealed except in Mechanical Rooms. C. Temperature control and interlock wiring shall be provided by the controls contractor or thier authorized distributor. D. The Contractor shall fully coordinate the interconnection of factory assembled portions of system controls, field installed control systems and the electrical power system to provide a complete working installation. E. Power for temperature control equipment shall not be taken from equipment motor leads. Power shall be from circuits dedicated for controls only. 2.04 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES (VFD) A. Manufacturers: ABB Model ACH550 or equal of Cutler Hammer, Square D, Magnatek, Allen-Bradley, or approved equal. B. The variable speed drives (VFDs) shall be solid state, with a Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) output. The VFD shall employ full wave rectifier (to prevent input line notching), Integral Line Reactor(s), Capacitors, and Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistors (IGBT's) as the output switching device. The drive efficiency shall be 97 percent or better at full speed and full load. Fundamental power factor shall be 0.98 at all speeds and loads. 1. Input 480 VAC plus or minus 10 percent, 3 phase, 57-63 Hz or input 208//240 VAC plus or minus 10 percent, 3 phase, 57-63 Hz. Undervoltage trip at rated input minus 35 percent. Overvoltage trip at rated input plus 30 percent. 2. Interrupt rating 65 kAIC, suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than 65,000 RMS symmetrical Amps, 480 V maximum. 3. Output frequency 0 to 63 Hz. 4. Environmental Operating Conditions: 0 to 40 degrees Celsius, 0 to 3300 feet above sea level, less than 95 percent humidity, non -condensing. C. The _ VFD packages located outside shall be as specified herein and be enclosed in a NEMA 250 Type 3R UL listed outdoor enclosure, completely assembled and tested by the manufacturer, and shall have the following design criteria. 1. Shall have a file number with UL. 2. Shall be painted with a powder coat paint system. 3. Shall be force ventilated with a UL listed thermostat to control internal temperature of the cabinet. 4. Shall have a UL listed strip heater to regulate the internal temperature of the cabinet. Units with a light bulb as a means of heating the cabinet are not acceptable. 5. Shall utilize Nema 4X pilots lights. 6. Enclosure ventilation openings shall have bird and varmint screening and the inlet shall be filtered. D. VFDs shall'have the following standard features: 1. All VFDs shall have. the same customer interface, including digital display and keypad, regardless of horsepower rating. The keypad shall be used for local control, for setting all parameters, and for stepping through the displays and menus. The keypad shall be removable, capable of remote mounting, and shall have its own non- volatile memory. The keypad shall allow for uploading and downloading of parameter settings as an aid for startup of multiple VFDs. 230900-4 C00610C11 2. The keypad shall include Hand -Off Auto membrane selections. Then in "Hand", the VFD shall be started and the speed shall be controlled from the up/down arrows. When in "Off', the VFD shall be stopped. When in "Auto", the VFD shall start via an external contact closure and the VFD speed shall be controlled via an external speed reference. The drive shall incorporate "bumpless transfer" of speed control between "Auto" and "Hand" modes. 3. The VFDs shall utilize pre-programmed application macros specifically designed to facilitate startup. The application macros shall provide one command to reprogram all parameters and customer interfaces for a particular application to reduce programming time. 4. The VFD shall have the ability to automatically restart after an overcurrent, overvoltage, undervoltage, loss of input signal, or protective trip. The number of restart attempts, trial time, and time between reset attempts shall be programmable. 5. The VFD shall be capable of starting into a rotating load (forward or reverse) and accelerate or decelerate to setpoint without safety tripping or component damage (flying start). The VFD shall also be capable of DC injection braking at start to stop a reverse spinning motor prior to ramp. 6. The VFD shall be equipped with an automatic extended control power ride -through circuit, which will utilize the inertia of the load to keep the drive powered. Typical control power ride -through for a fan load shall be 2 seconds minimum. 7. If the input reference (4-20mA or 2-10V) is lost, the VFD shall give the user the option of either (1) stopping and displaying a fault, (2) running at a programmable preset speed, (3) hold the VFD speed based on the last good reference received, or (4) cause a warning to be issued, as selected by the user. The drive shall be programmable to signal this condition via a keypad warning, relay output and/or over the serial communications bus. 8. The terminal strip shall be isolated from the line and ground. 9. The drive shall employ current limit circuits to provide trip -free operation. a. The Slow Current Regulation limit circuit shall be adjustable to 150 percent (minimum) of the VFDs normal duty current rating. This adjustment shall be made via the keypad, and shall be displayed in the actual amps, and not as percent of full load. b. The Current Switch -off limit shall be fixed at 350 percent (minimum, instantaneous) of the VFDs normal duty current rating. 10. The overload rating of the drive shall be 110 percent of its normal duty current rating for 1 minute in every 10 minutes. 11. DC reactors shall be located on both the positive and negative bus rails to reduce the harmonics to the power line and to increase the fundamental power factor. 12. The VFD shall be capable of sensing a loss of load (broken belt/no water in pump) and signal the loss of load condition. The drive shall be programmable to signal this condition via a keypad warning, relay output and/or over the serial communications bus. Relay outputs shall include programmable time delays that will allow for drive acceleration from zero speed without signaling a false underload condition. 13. The VFD shall have a programmable "Sleep" and "Wake up" functions to allow the drive to be started and stopped from the level of a process feedback or follower signal. E. Compliance: Provide a harmonic analysis certificate specific to this installation for each variable speed drive: 1. Prior to installation, the VFD manufacturer shall provide a certificate testifying that calculations, specific to this installation, showing that the voltage total harmonic distortion shall not exceed 2.5 percent at 90 percent rated nameplate speed and loading at the service entrance to the building and that the current total harmonic 230900-5 C00610C11 distortion shall not exceed 15 percent at 90 percent rated nameplate speed and loading at the service entrance to the building. The results shall be based on a computer aided circuit simulation of the total actual system, with information obtained from the power provider and user. The acceptance of this calculation shall be completed prior to VFD installation. 2. If the voltage total harmonic distortion is greater than 2.5 percent at 90 percent rated nameplate speed and loading at the service entrance to the building or if the current total harmonic distortion exceeds 15 percent at 90 percent rated nameplate speed and loading at the service entrance to the building, then the VFD manufacturer shall provide input line filters sized and provided as required to reduce the voltage and current total harmonic distortion to the acceptable level. F. VFDs shall have the following adjustments: 1. Three programmable critical frequency lockout ranges to prevent VFD from operating the load continuously at an unstable speed. 2. Two PID Setpoint controllers shall be standard in the drive, allowing a pressure or flow signal to be connected to the VFD, using the microprocessor in the VFD for the closed loop control. The VFD shall have 250 mA of 24 VDC auxiliary power and be capable of loop powering a transmitter supplied by others. The auxiliary power supply shall have overload and over current protection. The PID setpoint shall be adjustable from the VFD keypad, analog inputs, or over the communications bus. 3. Two programmable analog inputs shall accept a current or voltage signal for speed reference, or for reference and actual (feedback) signals for PID controller. Analog inputs shall include a filter; programmable from 0.01 to 10 seconds to remove any oscillation in the input signal. The minimum and maximum values (gain and offset) shall be adjustable within the range of 0-20 ma and 0-10 Volts. Additionally, the reference must be able to be scaled so that maximum reference can represent a frequency less than 60 Hertz, without lowering the drive maximum frequency below 60 Hertz. Process variables shall be modifiable by math functions such as multiplication and division between the two signals (fan tracking), high/low select, as well as inverted follower. 4. Six programmable digital inputs for maximum flexibility in interfacing with external devices. One digital input is to be utilized as a customer safety connection point for fire, freeze, and smoke interlocks (Enable). Upon customer reset (reclosure of interlock) drive is to resume normal operation. 5. Two programmable analog output proportional to frequency, motor speed, output voltage, output current, motor torque, motor power (M), DC bus voltage, active reference, and other data. 6. Three programmable digital relay outputs. The relays shall be rated for maximum switching current 8 amps at 24 VDC and 0.4 A at 250 VAC; maximum voltage 300 VDC and 250 VAC; continuous current rating 2 amps RMS. Outputs shall be true form C type contacts; open collector outputs are not acceptable. Relays shall be capable of programmable on and off delay times. 7. Seven programmable preset speeds. 8. Two independently adjustable accel and decel ramps. These ramp.times shall be adjustable from 1 to 1800 seconds. 9. The VFD shall ramp or coast to a stop; as selected by the user. G. The following operating information displays shall be standard on the VFD digital display. All applicable operating values shall be capable of being displayed in engineering (user) units. A minimum of two operating values from the list below shall be capable of being displayed at all times. The display shall be in complete English words (alpha -numeric codes are not acceptable): 230900-6 C00610C11 1. Output/frequency. 2. Motor speed (RPM, percent, or engineering units). 3. Motor current. 4. Calculated motor torque. 5. Calculated motor power (kW). 6. DC bus voltage. 7. Output voltage. 8. Heatsink temperature (degrees F). 9. Analog input values. 10. Analog output value. 11. Keypad reference values. 12. Elapsed time meter (resettable). 13. KWh meter (resettable). 14. MWh meter. 15. Digital input status. 16. Digital output status. H. The VFD shall have the following protection circuits. In the case of a protective trip, the drive shall stop, and announce the fault condition in complete words (alphanumeric codes are not acceptable). 1. Overcurrent trip 350 degrees instantaneous (170 percent RMS) of the VFDs variable torque current rating. 2. Overvoltage trip 130 degrees of the VFDs rated voltage. 3. Undervoltage trip 65 percent of the VFDs rated voltage. 4. Overtemperature plus 90 degrees Celsius, heatsink temperature. 5. Ground fault either running or at start. 6. Adaptable electronic motor overload (I2t). The electronic motor overload protection shall protect the motor based on speed, load curve, and external fan parameter. Circuits, which are not speed dependent, are unacceptable.' The electronic motor overload protection shall be UL Listed for this function. Speed command input shall be via the following. 1. Keypad. 2. Two analog inputs, each capable of accepting a 0-20mA, 4-20mA, 0-10V, 2-10V signal. 3. Floating point input shall accept a three -wire input from a Dwyer Photohelic (or . equivalent type) instrument. 4. Serial communications. J. Serial Communications: 1. The VFD shall have an RS -485 port as standard. The standard protocols shall be Siemens Building Technologies FLN. Each individual drive shall have the protocol in the base VFD. Provide Siemens Building Technologies P1 chip. 2. The VFD shall be able to communicate with PLCs, DCSs, and DDCs. 3. Serial communication capabilities shall include, but not be limited to, run -stop control; speed set adjustment, proportional/integral/derivative PID control (Set Point) adjustments, current limit, and accel/decel time adjustments. The drive shall have the capability of allowing the DDC to monitor feedback such as process variable feedback, output speed/frequency, current (in amps), percent torque, power (kW), kilowatt hours (resettable), operating hours (resettable), relay outputs, digital inputs and diagnostic warning and fault information. Additionally, remote (LAN) VFD fault reset shall be possible. A minimum of 15 field parameters shall be capable of being monitored. 230900-7 C00610C11 4. The VFD shall allow the DDC to control the drive's digital and analog outputs via the serial interface. The serial communications interface shall allow for DO (relay) control and AO (analog) control without being tied to a VFD function. In addition, all drive digital and analog inputs shall be capable of being monitored by the DDC system. 5. The VFD shall have the capability of accepting fiber optic cables for connection to VFD fieldbus adapters. Communications between the drive and fieldbus adapters shall be at 1 Mega Baud. 6. The VFD shall be connectable to a PC based software tool capable of operating, programming, monitoring the drive as well as diagnosing faults. K. .Microprocessor Based Bypass Controller: 1. Manual transfer to line power via contactors. A keypad to control the bypass controller shall be mounted on the enclosure door. The bypass keypad shall include a one line diagram and status LEDs to' indicate the mode of operation, drive and bypass status and ready and enable conditions. When in the "Drive" mode, the bypass contactor is open and the drive output contactor is closed. In the "Bypass" position, the drive output contactor is open, and the bypass contactor is closed. Start/stop via customer supplied maintained contact shall be 24V or 115V compatible and shall function in both the "Drive" and "Bypass" modes. The voltage tolerance of the bypass power supply shall be plus 30/minus 35 percent to eliminate the problem of contactor coil burnout. The design shall include single -'phase protection in both the VFD and bypass modes. 2. Customer Interlock Terminal Strip: Provide a separate terminal strip for connection of freeze, fire, smoke contacts, and external start command. All external safety interlocks shall remain fully functional whether the system is in Hand, Auto, Drive or Bypass modes. 3. Manual bypass operation shall be selectable in the standard microprocessor based . bypass design. 4. Door/cover interlocked disconnect switch, which will disconnect all input power from the drive, bypass and all internally mounted options. The disconnect handle shall. be through the door, and be padlockable in the "Off' position. 5. Fast acting semi -conductor fuses shall allow the VFD to disconnect from the line prior to clearing upstream branch circuit protection, maintaining bypass capability. 6. Electronic motor overload protection shall be included in the microprocessor bypass to protect the motor in bypass mode. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Provide the engineering, materials and labor to design and install a complete control system for the heating, ventilating and air condition system as herein described and indicated on the drawings. The Temperature Control System shall be installed by skilled mechanics in this line of work, employed by the Control Component Manufacturer of Johnson Service, Landis & Staefa, Honeywell, Barber -Colman or approved equal. B. Submit description of operation and schematic drawings of the entire Control System to the Engineer for approval before starting work. Bulletins describing each item of Control Equipment or component shall be included. Upon completion of his work, the Control Manufacturer shall provide a final set of description of operation and schematic as -built drawings of the Control System to the Project Representative (see Section 23 05 00); 230900-8 C00610C11 this submittal shall include all aforementioned items in addition to a detailed written sequence of operation, control schematics, FLA rating, quantity and Hp rating of the VFDs,. description of the proposed drive speed input signal, a written description of any output signals to the energy management control system (EMCS). C. At the completion of the job, submit to the Project Representative a letter stating that the controls Manufacturer has made final calibrations and adjustments to the system and that the Owner's operating personnel have been instructed in its use. 3.02 INSTRUMENTS A.. Flammability Analyzer: Mount.to exterior surface, free from doors or windows, of paint booth in locations as shown on drawings. Analyzer shall be mounted 5 feet above floor where possible. B. Control Dampers: Furnish control dampers not provided with mechanical equipment and turn over to the Mechanical Contractor for installation. Supervise the damper installation. C. Control Valves: Furnish control valves not provided with mechanical equipment and turn over to the Mechanical Contractor for installation. Supervise the valve installation. D. Pulse Meters: Furnish pulse meters and supervise installation to measure 'gas flow to each paint booth. 3.03 ELECTRIC WIRING A. Provide all wiring, regardless of voltage, in connection with the automatic control system, including interlock wiring. B. Fully coordinate the interconnection of factory assembled portions of system controls, field installed control systems and the electrical power system to provide a complete working installation. C. Provide power for temperature control equipment from circuits dedicated for controls only. Do not take power from equipment motor leads. 3.04 COMMISSIONING A. Upon completion of the work, provide the necessary skilled labor, helpers, materials and equipment to support the commissioning work (see Section 23 08 00). During the commissioning, coordinate with the commissioning company and make all adjustments required to demonstrate systems are working properly. 3.05 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION A. Paint booth sequence of operations shall be as,noted on drawings. 3.06 VFD STARTUP PROCEDURE A. VFD manufacturer shall provide start-up commissioning of the VSD and its optional circuits by a factory certified service technician who is experienced in start-up and repair services. The commissioning agent shall be the same personnel that will provide the 230900-9 C00610C11 factory service and warranty repairs at the customer's site. Sales personnel shall not be acceptable as commissioning agents. B. Contractor to provide at 4 hours of VFD maintenance and operations training for system. END OF SECTION 230900-10 C00610C11 SECTION 231100 NATURAL GAS SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Natural gas piping system, equipment and connections. 1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Comply with requirements of the Gas Utility. B. Comply with requirements of the American Gas Association (AGA). 1.03 REQUIRED SUBMITTAL A. Gas Meters 1.04 RELATED WORK A. All portions of specification Division 1 apply to this work. B. All portions of specification section 23 05 00 apply to this work. C. Additional sections of the mechanical specifications may be required to provide a fully functional system. Refer to the specifications index. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.01 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES A. Pressure range and capacity as scheduled on the drawings, Fisher, Rockwell, or equal. 2.02 PIPING JOINTS A. AGA approved Teflon joint tape (yellow), minimum 0.004" thick, or Loexal 18-10 joint compound or equal. 2.03 GAS METERS A. Gas meters shall be gas mass flow insertion type meter with explosion proof construction (Class 1 Div 1 & 2) and remote readout. B. Meter shall be capable of measuring natural gas flow with gas temperatures between - 40°F and 200°F with an accuracy of +/- 0.5% of full scale +/- 1 % of reading with a turn- down of 100 to 1 and resolution as much as 1000 to 1 and a repeatability of 0.2% C. Remote Enclosure shall be capable of mounting up to 1000 ft away from sensor and junction box. D. Select gas meter to match pipe size at point of installation. 231100-1 C00610C11 E. Provide gas meter with mounting and installation hardware provided by same manufacture. F. Provide gas meter with additional length of remote wiring as needed for installation. G. Meter shall be capable of interfacing with the facilities -DDC system. Coordinate DDC interface with controls vendor. H. Gas meter shall be Sage model SRE or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Joints for threaded black steel pipe shall be either: 1. Graphite and oil approved for use with natural gas. 2. Teflon pipe joint tape. 3. Other approved pipe joint material insoluble in the presence of natural gas. B. Provide a shutoff valve where gas enters building. C. Provide a gas cock and 6 -inch long dirt leg at each equipment connection or rough -in D. Where gas piping is indicated run inside the building envelope, run piping accessible, but concealed where possible. Do not install gas piping beneath concrete slab on grade. E. Any galvanized equipment or materials routed on building exterior shall be primed and painted to match existing equipment or adjacent building components. 3.02 GAS METERS A. Install gas meters per manufacturer's written instruction. 3.03 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES A. Provide shutoff.valve ahead of each reducing valve. B. Provide a pressure reducing valve vent up 5 -feet -0 -inches above the level of the door, window or other openings into building; terminate no less than 15 -feet -0 -inches from fresh air intakes. 3.04 TESTING A. Unless otherwise required by the Gas Company, test the complete natural gas system as follows: 1. Systems at 14 -inches W.C. or less: Test at 10 psig for 15 minutes 2. Systems over 14 -inches W. C. and all welded systems: Test at 60 psig for 30 minutes. B. If a perceptible loss of pressure is observed, locate leak and remake fitting. Retest and repair any additional leaks until system tests integral. END OF SECTION 231100-2 C00610C11 SECTION 233000 AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Duct Systems B. Hangers and Supports C. Hardware and Accessories D. Seismic protection of ductwork 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Equipment B. Hardware and Accessories C. Drawing indicating seismic protection requirements of ductwork 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Comply with the current editions of the following standards unless specified or indicated otherwise: 1. ASHRAE Guide Equipment Volume: Duct Construction, Chapter 1 2. "SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards" 3. "SMACNA Industrial Duct Construction Standards" .4. "SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual - Guidelines for Mechanical Systems" 5. NFPA-90A 6. NFPA-90B 7. NFPA-96 8. Washington State Non- Residential Energy Code 9. Insulation shall comply with UL 181 and NFPA 90A 10. All electrical components shall be UL listed and installed in accordance with the National Electric Code. 11. Attachments to the ceiling system shall be in accordance with UBC. 12. The entire assembly of all electrically -driven devices (including air terminal units) shall be UL or ETL listed. 13. ASTM A525 = Steel Sheet, Zinc- Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot- Dip Process. 1.04 RELATED WORK A. All portions of specification Division 1 apply to this work B. All portions of specification section 23 05 00 apply to this work. C. Additional sections of the mechanical specifications may be required to provide a fully functional system. Refer to the specifications index. 233000-1 C00610C11 PART 2 PRODUCT AND FABRICATION 2.01 DUCT AND PLENUM MATERIAL A. For material, gauges, fabrication and installation, select from the SMACNA options that will result in a composite assembly that will be serviceable within the following criteria: 1. Exhaust duct systems use 1/2 -inch w.g. negative basis of compliance. B. G-90 coated galvanized steel of lock forming grade ASTM A-525 and A-527, unless indicated on the drawings or specified otherwise. C. Duct sealant shall be no/low VOC vinyl acetate water based duct sealer; Ductmate PROseal, Ductmate FIBERseal, or approved equal. 2.02 HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS A. Comply with "SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards" and with the following exceptions, selections or deviations. B. Duct Sealing: Supply ducts upstream of terminal boxes and aluminum duct seal per Class "A" requirement in Table No. 1-2, "Duct Sealing Requirements." C. Fittings: 1. In general, square throat elbows in rectangular ducts shall have double wall turn vanes. Turn vanes shall be double wall acoustical type: a. Insulation filled, perforated face, factory fabricated acoustical turning vanes. b. Airsan "Acoustiturn", Elgen No. AV -7 hollow turning vanes .with No. AVR-6 push type side rails, equal of Ductmate "Prorail", or equal. 'Button Punch" side rails not permitted. 2. Where space allows, elbows in rectangular ducts may be full throat elbow type. For velocities 1500 fpm and higher, use 1.5 radius. For velocities lower than 1500 fpm, use 1 radius. 3. Do not use straight tap for branch connections in rectangular duct. 4. For round ducts over 48 -inches diameter use continuously welded angle type RT -2A companion flange at transverse joint. 5. Provide airtight stuffing boxes in supply ducts upstream of terminal boxes at penetrations, such as thermostats, thermometers and pipes. Use rubber grommets or U -channel rubber extrusions of Rubbercraft Manufacturer. to create airtight seal. D. Flexible Connections: 1. Provide at duct connections to fan inlets and outlets and recirculation control dampers, minimum clear length of 8 -inch. 2. UV resistant fabric. 3. Duro-Dyne "Durolon", Ventfabrics "Ventglas", or equal. E. Duct and Plenum Liner: 1. 1.5 Ib. density fiberglass lining, Owens-Corning Fiberglass, Armstrong, Knauf, 'or equal. 2. Provide 2 -inch -thick liner throughout. Sizes indicated for acoustic -lined ducts shall be net dimensions inside of the lining. 3. Provide in the following locations: a. Where indicated on the drawings. 233000-2 C00610C11 b. Ducts inside the building conveying outside air. c. Plenums, supply air, return air, outside air and mixed air. 4. Use non-flammable adhesive. 5. Repair all cuts, tears and damage by coating with adhesive. 6. Provide hat section build -outs at turn vane, dampers or other devices. F. Hanging and Supporting System: 1. Do not use powder actuated fastening devices. Use steel expanding concrete anchors placed in drilled holes, Red -Head, Phillips Anchors or equal. 2. Select upper attachments using a safety factor of 5. 3. Do not penetrate duct with screws. 4. Exposed duct in finished spaces: a. Rectangular and flat oval ducts provide trapeze hangers with minimum 3/8 -inch electro galvanized threaded rod and angle iron or Unistrut channel. b. Round ducts provide 1 -inch by 16 -gauge split rings with minimum 3/8 -inch electro galvanized threaded rod. 5. Install ducts so that the ducts and hangers do not touch moving equipment or equipment supports, conduit or piping subject to vibration. 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS A. Dial Thermometers: 1. Trerice Series L800, Palmer, or equal. 2. 3 -1/2 -inch dial, solid liquid filled, stainless steel case with adjustable angle mounting bracket, 8 -foot -long copper averaging bulb. 3. Scale shall be selected appropriate to the usage. B. Wall Openings: 1. Seal space around ducts where ducts pass through walls, ceilings or floors. 2. Densely pack void space with loose fill fiberglass Insulation. install galvanized iron frame at each side of opening to cover edges of duct openings. C. Automatic Dampers: . 1. Install automatic dampers furnished by the temperature controls subcontractor, and specified in Div 23. D. Duct Smoke Detectors: 1. Detectors: Pyrotronics 'Pyr-A-Larm", Model CDA -2; UL approved and designed for detection of smoke in 'duct per NFPA 90A; self-contained with sampling tubes extending across the air duct or air handling unit to sample a cross sectional area; maximum 120 volt A -C power supply; supplies power to neon alarm indicators; auxiliary contacts for remote alarms; key operated reset switch; remote alarm lamp with round coverplate, Pyr-A-Larm No. RAL 1. 2. Smoke Detector Function: Shall sense smoke or products of combustion and supply 24 volt current to alarm indicator and auxiliary contacts. 3. Wiring (Connections Between Detector and Remote Indicating Lamp): unless specified otherwise, 18 gauge minimum; 250 volt; installed in electrical raceways. E. Duct Access Panels: Sheetmetal, gasketed; 12 -inch x 16 -inch minimum size or maximum possible size where duct dimensions do not permit this size, for fire and fire - smoke dampers for access into duct as required to replace fusible link and reset damper. 233000-3 C00610C11 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Route ductwork to avoid interference with structure, ceiling supports and framing, lights and work of other trades. Provide offsets as required. B. Ductwork in General: 1. Elbows: a. Supply Ducts: Standard radius elbows per'SMACNA Standards. Square elbows with vanes are allowed only where indicated. b. Exhaust Ducts: Minimum elbow radius equal to 1/2 duct width. Square corner elbows allowed only where indicated. 2. Circular Ducts: Spiral seam ducts as specified. 3. Duct Collars: Provide where exposed ductwork passes through walls, slabs or ceilings. 4. Seams: Formed and sealed per SMACNA recommendations for 5 percent maximum leakage; standing seams are not acceptable on ducts other than plenums. Snaplock type seams by Lockformer tools are acceptable for low pressure ductwork where Pittsburgh seams called for. 5. Joints: Formed and sealed per SMACNA recommendations for 5 percent maximum leakage; T-22 companion angle joints and T-23 flanged joints are not allowed. C. Provide steel angle framing on 18 -inch centers to support plenums and large ducts. Fasten lapped type seams to framing on 4 -inch centers or standing type seams to framing on 12 -inch centers. Provide supplementary bracing on horizontal surfaces to prevent deformation under system operating and "upset" pressures. Fasten sheetmetal to backing steel screws. D. Any galvanized equipment or materials routed on building exterior shall be primed and painted to match existing equipment or adjacent building components. E. Duct and Plenum Sealing 1. Seam and Joint Construction: Fill sheetmetal seams and joints with fire -retardant mastic prior to their assembly; construct seams and joints to retain mastic after assembly. 2. Application of sealant: Brush, trowel, or otherwise spread sealant to all transverse and longitudinal ductwork seams and joints, except longitudinal Pittsburgh and grooved seams. Comply with sealant manufacturer's recommendations. Clean ductwork surface before application. Do not apply sealant to damp or wet duct surfaces. Reapply sealant to all duct seams where adhesion is incomplete, or as directed. 3. Sealing Around Filters: Seal between the base of the filter casing and the floor surfaces with a polysulphide base mastic. Seal filter casing to walls with sheetmetal. 4. Pipe Penetrations: Seal per Figure 6-10, SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, 1985. 5. Flexible Connections at Fans: Provide flexible connections to connecting ductwork at fans and at air handling units with non -internal spring isolated fans and at other locations as indicated. Install flexible materials, with sufficient slack to permit 2 - 'inches of horizontal or vertical movement of the fan or air handling unit, without 233000-4 C00610C11 stretching the flexible fabric. Support ductwork at flexible connection from the building structure. F. Provide transitions to rectangular where fire dampers or air pressure reducing valves are installed in circular and flat oval ducts. G. Install automatic dampers furnished by the Controls Contractor. Provide all supports, bracing and closure plates. H. Remove construction debris and dirt in ducts and plenum interiors at end of work; no additional cost to the Owner. I. Mitered Ducts and Fittings: Use radius ells and connections. J. Adjustable or pleated elbows shall not be used. 3.02 SUPPORT A. Construct and install per recommended practices of SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, with the following additions and exceptions. B. All hangers shall support the weight of installed ductwork and insulation. All ducting over 5 square feet in cross-sectional area shall support the weight of the ductwork, insulation and the weight of a 200 pound person. C. Continuously threaded type steel rods 1/4 -inch minimum diameter shall be allowed only if electroplated. D. Support terminal boxes with rod hangers or with non -perforated strap hangers. Supports shall be attached to inserts in the slab, where possible. E. Provide hangers in pairs on exact opposite sides of horizontal duct, at the following locations. 1. Close to transverse joints of main ducts and branches, and for branch connections 3 -feet or greater in length.. 2. Adjacent to fire dampers and to ducts penetrating walls and partitions. 3. Square corner elbows at not over 24 -inch intervals measured along the elbows. 4. At the mid -point of small and medium size horizontal radius elbows greater than 20 degrees change in direction. 5. One or more supplementary hangers, as necessary, along the radius elbows of any angle whenever the lengths of these arcs exceed the maximum hanger spacing length for that particular size duct. F. Provide support for vertical ducts at the following locations. 1. Provide duct supports from floors and walls when necessary. G. Anchor structure shall be provided; made of welded structural steel, attached to embedded anchor bolts, shall be provided at base of the vertical riser. H. Vertical Ducts Exposed in Accessible Areas Subject to Damage: No. 14 gauge welded galvanized steel; full length welds, silicon -copper weld metal. Provide forged steel bar supports on both sides of duct, attached to anchor bolts in wall, 4 -feet -0 -inches on centers, full height of duct. Paint over welds and adjacent surfaces affected by heat, 233000-5 C00610C11 with a high zinc paint. Support of Ducts Above Roof: Provide hot dip galvanized steel angle frames at spacing indicated, made of 1 -1/4 -inch x 1 -1/4 -inch x 1/4 -inch minimum steel angles, all welded, hot dip galvanized. 3.03 SUPPORT FOR EQUIPMENT A. Provide one or more sets of hangers for heating coils, VAV units, terminal boxes, and all other equipment in duct runs, as recommended by their manufacturers. 3.04 SEISMIC PROTECTION OF AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS A. Provide seismic protection for all ductwork and accessories in accordance with the most current edition of the SMACNA publication "Seismic Restraint Manual - Guidelines for Mechanical Systems", Hazard Level B. 3.05 MAXIMUM PERMITTED DUCT HANGER SPACING A. Ducts with areas up to 4 square feet shall have their hangers spaced up to 8 feet apart. B. Ducts with areas 4.1 to 10 square feet shall have their hangers spaced not more than 6 feet apart. C. Ducts with area over 10 square feet shall have their hangers located up to 4 feet apart. D. Provide Spring Type Vibration Isolators in each hanger for high pressure fan discharge ductwork from fan, to and including sound attenuators; also all other high pressure supply ducts in Mechanical Rooms. Isolators shall be 1/2 -inch minimum static spring deflection; springs loaded in compression; manufacture, same as specified under Section 23 05 48. 3.06 ACOUSTIC LINING A. General: Provide on all 4 interior surfaces of the duct, for extent indicated. B. Sizes indicated for acoustic -lined ducts shall be net dimensions, inside of the lining. C. Lining Application: Per "Installation Standards For Rectangular Ducts Using Flexible Liner", SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, with materials as specified herein before; 12 -inch by 18 -inch maximum spacing for insulation fasteners; insulation edge and seam sealing shall completely bond all fibers for full insulation thickness and prevent raw edges. D. Line all ducts exposed to weather and as indicated on the drawings. 3.07 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES A. Provide access doors where access to equipment in ducts or plenums is necessary. Provide special access doors between first air filter on intake airstreams and supply fans. 3.08 TESTING 233000-6 C00610C11 A. Pressure Testing of Ductwork and Plenums: Test all ductwork and plenums before insulation is installed to determine system tightness. B. Test Method: Provide temporary caps at each end of each plenum or duct section to be tested. Furnish portable blower with volume adjustment and a calibrated orifice for determining cfm of air being added to ductwork. Submit certified performance data on blower and orifice. Include diameter of orifice and calculation of air flow through orifice at three differential pressures to verify performance curve of test unit. Maintain pressure equal to the rating stated in section 23 30 00, paragraph 2.01. in duct; make sufficient preliminary tests and examinations of each section at this pressure, and seal all observable leaks so that leakage during final testing will be at or below maximum permissible leakage. Test method in accordance with 'SMACNA' manual for the Balancing and Adjustment of Air Distribution Systems." C. Permissible Leakage: Add up the lengthwise cross-sectional area in a plane through the duct centerline, which shall be calculated by multiplying the duct length by the duct diameter for all circular duct sections to be tested for rectangular ducts and plenums, use the duct or plenum width plus height divided by two to obtain an equivalent diameter. Maximum permissible leakage shall not exceed 1-1/2 CFM, for each 4200 square inches of total cross-section area of all ducts under each test. Final test of each section will be witnessed by the Project Representative. Give at least 7 days prior notice before such test. 3.09 DUCT AND AIR HANDLING UNIT SMOKE DETECTORS A. Smoke Detectors: Mounted directly on outside of duct or air handling equipment. Provide weather -tight enclosure where exposed to building exterior. Unless directed - otherwise, install remote alarm lamp and cover plate in ceiling directly below the unit. END OF SECTION 233000-7 C00610C11 4 SECTION 237000 AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Vane Axial Fans B. Mixing Box 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Vane Axial Fans 1. Product material and construction information 2. Fan curves B. Mixing Box 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Vibration isolation shall conform to the criteria set in the 2003 ASHRAE Applications Handbook, Chapter 47. B. Electrical panels shall be in accordance with the NEMA standards. C. All units shall meet Washington State Energy Code performance requirements. D. Fan performance shall be per AMCA standard 210. E. Fan noise limit tests shall be in accordance with AMCA Standard 300 "Reverberant Method for Sound Testing of Fans". F. Fan drive guards shall be per WAC 296-24-205 "General Safety and Health Standards", State of Washington Department of Labor and Industries. G. AMCA 301 - Method for Publishing Sound Ratings for Air Moving Devices. H. ANSI/AFBMA 9 - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings. I. ARI 260 - Standard for Sound Rating of Ducted Air Moving and Conditioning Equipment. J. ASHRAE 68 - Laboratory Method of Testing In -Duct Sound Power Measurement Procedure for Fans. K. ASTMB 117 - Standard Practice for Operation Salt Spray Apparatus. L. NEMA MG1 - Motors and Generators. 237000-1 C00610C11 M. NFPA-90 A & B - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems and Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems. N. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standards. O. All electrically -driven units shall be tested and rated as an assembled unit by Underwriter's Laboratory (UL) or Environmental Testing Laboratory (ETL). 1.04 RELATED WORK A. All portions of specification Division 1 apply to this work. B. All portions of specification section 23 05 00 apply to this work. C. Additional sections of the mechanical specifications may be required to provide a fully functional system. Refer to the specifications index. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.01 VANE AXIAL FANS A. Manufacture and Type: Adjustable Blade Vane -axial fans with swing -out motor and fan assembly; type TCVX as manufactured by Twin City Fan & Blower, Minneapolis, Minnesota, Penn Barry, New York Blower or approved equal. 1. If Contractor's is submitting a non basis -of -design product, they must provide a submittal with the bid to confirm conformance with the contract documents. 2. Substitution requests for the equipment listed above, and proposed by the bidder, shall be made in accordance with Section 00100 Instructions to Bidders paragraph 1.10 "OR EQUAL" REQUESTS and in particular Subparagraph 00100, 1.10B. Substitution requests for equipment specified in this Section shall not be considered during subsequent Contractor's submittal process. B. Fan Construction: Fans shall be AMCA spark resistant, Type B. C. Arrangement: Vertical; V -belt driven with the fan wheel mounted on a separate shaft and bearings supported completely within an enclosed tube isolated from the high velocity airstream. D. Fan Characteristics: Required fan horsepower shall not exceed horsepower of the motor selected at the required blade settings for airflow conditions up to shut off. Fans shall be tested in accordance with AMCA 211 and AMCA 311 test codes for air moving devices and shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer to deliver rated published performance. levels. Fans shall be licensed to bear the AMCA certified ratings seal for both sound and air. Provide manufacturers verification of available capacity. Manufacturer shall verify that fan will be adjustable as specified hereafter and to meet field conditions, without reaching a stall condition. E. Fan Casings: Shall be of welded one-piece 7 -gauge hot rolled steel. The housing seam shall be continuously welded and ground smooth for less resistance to airflow and outfitted with inlet and outlet flanges. Casing shall be equipped with hinged assembly allowing the motor and fan assembly to be removed from airstream for cleaning and 237000-2 C00610C11 maintenance. F. Bearings: shall be heavy duty, grease lubricated, anti -friction ball or roller, self -aligning, pillow block type and selected for a minimum average bearing life (AFBMA L-50) in excess of 200,000 hours at the maximum fan RPM. All bearings shall be provided with pre -filled factory extended lubrication lines fitted with grease fittings terminating at the housing exterior. G. Drive: Fans shall be equipped with an adjustable pitch V -belt drive selected to operate at the required RPM. The V -belt drive is to consist of cast iron sheaves and anti -static conducting belts. Drives shall be selected with a 1.5 service factor based upon the required brake horsepower of the fan. The complete fan shaft and bearing assembly is mounted within a steel fabricated inner cylinder. The V -belt drive assembly is extended through a two-piece belt fairing which is continuously welded to both the housing and inner cylinder, thus avoiding any direct contact between the belts and high velocity airstream. Shafts shall be AISI 1040 or 1045 hot rolled steel, accurately turned, ground, polished, and ring gauged for accuracy. Shafts shall be sized for the first critical speed of at least 1.43 times the maximum speed. H. Motor: Motors shall be foot -mounted, NEMA standard TEFC, continuous duty, ball bearing type with class B insulation and of cast iron construction when commercially available. Motors for use with variable frequency drives shall be inverter duty type. I. Variable Frequency Drive (VFD): Provide VFD that is rated for the listed motor horsepower that is in accordance with section 23 09 00-2.04. J. Balancing: Motors, statically and dynamically balanced as specified in AMCA Standard 204-96, G16 balance grade for BV -2 application fans; include motor tests with each fan provided at all speeds up to operating speeds; shafts, free from critical vibration speeds within 0-125% of selected speed. K. Access Plates: For inspection, servicing and removal of motor, bearings and adjustment of fan blades; gasketed, bolted in place. Plate construction to provide smooth airflow surface in airstream. L. Blade Settings: The blade pitch angle of attack shall be individually manually adjustable when the fan is stopped. Factory inscriptions shall show proper blade positions. Blades shall be factory preset to produce outputs and capacities indicated. M. Fan Noise Limits: Fan noise at operating conditions shall not exceed the following sound power levels (re 1 picowatt) in octave bands, tested per AMCA Standard 300 "Test Code for Sound Ratings". OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCY Hz. 63 125 150 500 1000 2000 4000 SUPPLY FANS dB re 1 Picowatt 95 95 98 98 98 95 92 EXHAUST FANS dB re 1 Picowatt 85 85 88 88 88 85 82 237000-3 C00610C11 N. Vaneaxial Fan Noise Limits: Submit data from factory -tests by the fan manufacturer to verify compliance with specified fan noise limits; certified results required; deliver to the Project Representative for approval at least 30 days prior to factory shipment. O. Roof Curbs: Roof curbs shall be provided by fan manufacturer and sized to match selected fans. Curbs shall be no less than 14" tall. 2.02 MIXING BOX A. Mixing box shall be furnished with a 3 brake, standing seam, welded construction roof. Unit shall be furnished with a 2 -inch pitch and 2 -inch standing seam roof. Unit shall be constructed of prime quality G90 galvanized steel, formed outer panels secured to an integral, welded tubular structural steel frame such that exterior panels shall be non -load bearing. Exterior panels shall be removable without affecting the structural integrity of the units. Side and roof panels shall be fastened and sealed to each other. B. Unit shall have wall and roof panels constructed of minimum 16 -gauge, G90 galvanized steel, and powder coated finish. Attachment to existing AMU shall employ gasketing, sealant, and hardware for weatherproof assembly in the field by Contractor. C. Unit Base/Floor/Framework: Unit's base frame shall be heavy duty welded structural C channel, fitted with C -channel cross support members. The base shall include a double bottom 2 -inch thick insulated floor. The unit base floor shall be heavy-duty, walk-on type fabricated from 3/16 checkerplate steel with an 18 -gauge galvanized steel underliner. Floor insulation shall be 2 -inch with 1-1/2 pound density completely encapsulated between the two layers. D. Exterior Casing: Provide required structural frame and casing to withstand 6 -inch water column minimum external static pressure. Panels shall be gasketed and secured to the tubular steel frame with hex head, zinc -plated industrial fasteners. All exterior panels shall be constructed from 16 -gauge G90 galvanized steel. Standing seam panelized construction without a welded tubular frame is not acceptable. To prevent deterioration of the galvanized steel and for ease of disassembly if needed, no welding shall be performed on the casing panels. E. Insulation: Insulation shall not be disturbed if panels are removed. Insulation shall be secured to the panels with mechanical fasteners and adhesive over the entire panel surfaces and not just around the edges. The liner shall meet the Life Safety Standards as established by NFPA 90A and 90B, FHC 25/50 and Limited Combustibility. The duct liner shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 1071, with a NRC not less than 0.95 as tested per ASTM C 423 using a Type "A" mounting, and a thermal conductivity no greater than 0.24 Btu-in/(hr-ft2-°F) at 75°F mean temperature. R -value shall not be less than 8.33 (hr -sq. ft. -°F). Control dampers: Dampers shall be low leakage type, furnished and installed by the unit manufacturer. Dampers shall have airfoil extruded aluminum blades and a 5 -inch deep extruded aluminum frame. Blade edge seals shall be extruded double edge design with inflatable pocket to assist in blade -to -blade seal off. Blade seals shall be mechanically locked -in extruded blade slots and field replaceable. Adhesive or clip -on blade seals. are not acceptable. Bearings shall be non -corrosive molded synthetic type. Axles shall be square to provide a positive locking connection to both blades and linkage. Round axles are not an acceptable alternate. Linkages shall be concealed in the frame. Damper performance data shall be in accordance with AMCA Standard 500 and tested in an AMCA-approved laboratory. Damper actuators shall be provided by the contractor and compatible with the paint booth control system. 237000-4 C00610C11 F. Access doors shall be provided full height (60") where unit height permits, and shall be 24" wide where section length permits, otherwise minimum of 18" shall be used. Doors shall be 2" thick, double wall, and insulated type. Exterior door panels shall be constructed from painted A60 galvanized steel; interior panels are bright galvanized G60 steel. Door insulation shall be injected urethane foam with a minimum R value of 13- Ft2-°F/BTU. Door frames shall be heavy aluminum extrusion with one-piece, closed cell, replaceable santoprene gasket seal. G. Door hinges shall be die-cast zinc with provision for adjustment without the use of shims or special tools. Door latches and handles are to be bolted to the unit and made with corrosion resistant' materials. Bolts, nuts and shafts for door latches, handles and hinges shall be made of zinc plated steel. Door latch and pawl assembly shall be industrial quality and corrosion resistant with a handle on both the inside and outside of door. Latching mechanism shall be of conical roller design. Latch and pawl assembly shall be bolted together without the use of set screws. H. Paint Finish: Exterior wall and roof panels shall be coated with air dry acrylic polyurethane to a minimum dry thickness of 3 mils. Finish shall have no blistering or rusting on unscribed areas after 5,000 hours in accordance with ASTM B-117 salt fog test. Entire structural steel base shall be primer painted with industrial grade epoxy primer for total thickness of 4 mils minimum. I. Roof Mounting Frame: Unit shall be a supported off of the roof surface by a structural steel frame. Frame shall be outfitted with feet and provide roof walk mat pads under feet so as not to damage roofing surface. Steel support frame shall allow for roof pitch, typically 2 -inch pitch. J. Louvers: Louvers shall be reused from existing AMU as shown on drawings. K. Weatherhood: Weatherhood shall be fabricated from 16 gauge A60 galvanized steel and painted the same finish as unit exterior. Weatherhood openings are lined with 1/2" galvanized mesh bird screen. Weatherhoods are designed for 750 fpm maximum face velocity. L. Access Sections 1. Access sections shall be installed where indicated on the drawings and shall be as specified on the equipment schedule. 2. Access sections shall have double -walled hinged doors. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Any galvanized equipment or materials routed on building exterior shall be primed and painted to match existing equipment or adjacent building components. 3.02 AXIAL FANS B. Furnish roof curb. C. Furnish and install all accessories shipped with unit including disconnect switches. 237000-5 C00610C11 3.03 MIXING BOX A. Contractor to fabricate mixing box. END OF SECTION 237000-6 C00610C11 SECTION 237001 AIR MAKE-UP UNIT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section includes Air Make-up Unit (AMU). B. AMU specified in this section shall have VFD fan(s) and capable to modulating outside air percentage of total supply air in addition to meeting all requirements listed on drawings. C. AMU shall be provided with factory built curb manufactured by the unit manufacturer and shipped prior 'to shipment of the AMU. Contractor shall coordinate shipping schedule with vendor. D. Related Sections: 1. Div 0&1 2. Section 230500 — Common Work Results for HVAC 3. Section 230593 —.Balancing Air and Water Systems 4. Section 230529 — Piping and Mechanical Equipment Support 5. Section 233000 — Air Distribution Systems 6. Section 230900 — Automatic Controls 1.02 REFERENCED STANDARDS A. This Section. incorporates by reference the latest revisions of the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. Reference Title AFBMA Anti -Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association AFBMA 9 Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings. AFBMA 11 Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings. AMCA 99 Standards Handbook. AMCA 210 Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating Purposes. AMCA 300 Test Code for Sound Rating Air Moving Devices. AMCA 301 Method of Publishing Sound Ratings for Air Moving Devices. ARI 410 Forced -Circulation Air -Cooling and Air -Heating Coils. ARI 430 Standard for Central Station Air Handling Units ASHRAE Standard 52.1. ETL Testing Laboratories, Inc. NEMA MG1 Motors and Generators. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code. NFPA 90A, 90B and ASTM E48 Test Methods. SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) UL 900 Test Performance of Air Filter Units. 237001-1 C00610C11 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate assembly, unit dimensions, weight, required clearances, construction details, panel construction, door construction, fan support and vibration isolation details, drain details, field connection details, curb details, and electrical characteristics and connection requirements. C. Product Data: 1. Provide literature that indicates dimensions, weights, capacities, ratings, fan performance, furnace performance, metal thickness gages and finishes of materials, and electrical characteristics and connection requirements. 2. Provide data of filter media, filter performance data, filter assembly, and filter frames and holders. 3. Provide fan curves with specified operating point clearly plotted. 4. Submit sound power level data for both fan outlet and casing radiation at rated capacity. 5. Submit. electrical requirements for power supply wiring including wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring, clearly indicating factory -installed and field -installed wiring. 6. Provide data of vibration isolation and seismic restraints. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions. . 1.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Include instructions for rigging, lifting and setting of unit. C. Maintenance Data: Include instructions for lubrication, filter replacement, motor and drive replacement, spare parts lists, and wiring diagrams. D. O&M Data for VFD's including parameter values list and back-up program. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect units from physical damage by storing off site until roof mounting curbs are in place, ready for immediate installation of units. B. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions for rigging, unloading, and transporting units. 1.06 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Filters: One set of filters for each unit. 2. Drive Belts: One set of drive belts for each fan for each unit. 3. Touch-up Paint: One quart of factory finish touch-up paint. 237001-2 C00610C11 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not operate units for any purpose, temporary or permanent, until ductwork is clean, filters are in place, bearings lubricated, and fans have been test run under observation. 1.08 FACTORY VISIT A. King County reserves the right to visit the factory and observe the fabrication and testing of the AMU units. Visit(s) shall be at King County's expense. 1.09 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of structural -steel support members. B. Coordinate with VFD's specified in section 230900 and in Division 26, to ensure that inverter duty -rated motors and electrical devices. provided with heating and ventilating units are fully compatible and that space for mounting the VFD's within the heating and ventilating units is fully integrated. VFD's furnished in in section 230900 and in Division 26 shall be installed by the heating and ventilating unit manufacturer at the factory. Ventilation cooling of VFD enclosure provided by manufacturer utilizing AMU airflow. 1.10 WARRANTY A. AMU shall be warranted by the manufacturer for a period of 12 months from the Date of Substantial Completion. The warranty shall include parts by the manufacturer and to provide on-site service. 1.11 COORDINATION WITH COMMISSIONING A. Upon completion of the work, provide the necessary skilled labor, helpers, materials and equipment to support the commissioning work. During start-up, testing and final verification, coordinate with the commissioning agent and make all adjustments required to demonstrate systems are working properly. B. See the following Division 1 & 23 Sections for all commissioning requirements related to the work of this Section. 1. 0191 13: General Commissioning Requirements 2. 23 08 00: Mechanical Systems Commissioning PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Dynamic Air Technology, Inc. 2. Absolut Aire, Inc. 3. Energy Labs. 4. Team Air Conditioning Equipment. 5. Substitution requests for the equipment listed. above, and proposed by the bidder, shall be made in accordance with Division 1. Substitution requests for equipment 237001-3 C00610C11 specified in this Section shall not be considered during subsequent Contractor's submittal process. 2.02 AIR MAKE-UP UNIT (AMU -1) A. AMU unit shall be factory assembled and consist of fans, motor and drive assembly, damper, plenums, filters, burner, mixing dampers, control devices, and accessories. B. A Structural Engineer licensed in the State of Washington shall perform building structural design that may be needed as a result of departure through substitution from the basis of design. 2.03 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. Configuration for unit except where noted otherwise: Fabricate with supply plus accessories, including: 1. OSA hood. 2. OSA louver. 3. OSA damper. 4. Return air damper 5. Mixing box section. 6. Filter section. 7. Burner section. 8. Fan section. 9. Access doors. 10. Separate 120V circuit for interior lighting. 11. Separate 120V circuit for, and to include, convenience outlet. 12. Separate 120V circuit for control power. - 13. Separate low voltage circuit from fire alarm panel for duct smoke detector. B. Performance Base: Sea level conditions. Relative humidity: 25% to 100%. C. Performance: 1. As scheduled on the Drawings. 2. Select fan so that 10% additional airflow and static pressure is available above design point before reaching critical fan speed. D. Unit Labeling: AMU units shall be factory tested under UL Standard 1995 and UL (USA) or ETL labeled. E. Sound: Sound power levels shall not exceed 85 dBA at 5' from unit. 2.04 UNIT CONSTRUCTION A. Cabinet Construction: AMU unit shall be furnished with a 3 brake, standing seam, welded construction roof. Unit shall be furnished with a 1/4 -inch pitch and 2 -inch standing seam roof. Units shall be constructed of prime quality G90 galvanized steel, formed outer panels secured to an integral, welded tubular structural steel frame such that exterior panels shall be non -load bearing. Exterior panels shall be removable without affecting the structural integrity of the units. Side and roof panels shall be fastened and sealed .to each other. Units shall be provided complete with a welded structural C channel steel base around the entire perimeter, including an internal integral perimeter gutter. 237001 -4 C00610C11 B. Units shall have wall and roof panels constructed of minimum 16 -gauge, G90 galvanized steel, and powder coated finish. Units shall be factory assembled and shipped in one piece. If units are shipped in sections, demounts shall be rejoined in field by the Contractor. The manufacturer shall furnish gasketing, sealant, and hardware for weatherproof reassembly in the field by Contractor. C. Unit Base/Floor/Framework: Unit's base frame shall be heavy duty welded structural C channel, fitted with C -channel cross support members. The base shall include a double bottom 2 -inch thick insulated floor. Base rails shall be fitted with lifting lugs as required. The unit base floor shall be heavy-duty, walk-on type fabricated from 3/16 checkerplate steel with an 18 -gauge galvanized steel underlines. Floor insulation shall be 2 -inch with 1-1/2 pound density completely encapsulated between the two layers. The unit base shall be self -flashing when the unit is set on the roof curb to prevent water from penetrating the building interior. D. Walkway Bar Grating: Walkway bar grating shall be provided over floor openings where plenum fans and access doors are provided. Bar gratings shall be manufactured by welding the cross bar/bearing bar. intersection with automated forge welding machines to provide a strong secure, permanent connection. Standard welded grating shall be manufactured from ASTM A 569 carbon steel serrated surface. Grating shall have bearing bars spaced at 1-1/8 inches center to center and cross bars at 4 inches center to center for spans up to 2.5 feet only. Grating finishes shall be standard paint. E. Exterior Casing: Provide required structural frame and casing to withstand 67inch water column minimum external static pressure. Panels shall be gasketed and secured to the tubular steel. frame with hex head, zinc -plated industrial fasteners. All exterior panels shall be constructed from 16 -gauge G90 galvanized steel. Standing seam panelized construction without a welded tubular frame is not acceptable. To prevent deterioration of the galvanized steel and for ease of disassembly if needed, no welding shall be performed on the casing panels. F. Insulation: Insulation shall not be disturbed if panels are removed. Insulation shall be secured to the panels with mechanical fasteners and adhesive over the entire panel surfaces and not just around the edges. The liner shall meet -the Life Safety Standards as established by NFPA 90A and 90B, FHC 25/50 and Limited Combustibility. The duct liner shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 1071, with a NRC not less than 0.95 as tested per ASTM C 423 using a Type"A" mounting, and a thermal conductivity no greater than 0.24 Btu•in/(hr•ft2-°F) at 75°F mean temperature. R -value shall not be less than 8.33 (hr -sq. ft. -°F). Sound Absorption Coefficient At Frequency For 2 -Inch, 1.5 Lb/Cf Density Insulation: Frequency (cycles/sec 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 Sound Absorption Coefficient 0.23 0.73 1.05 1.13 1.06 1.07 G. Casing Inner Liner: Units shall be double wall construction and shall have a 22 -gauge solid, G-90 galvanized steel liner. The entire double wall panel shall be removable from the outside of the unit without affecting the structural integrity of the unit. H. Access Doors 237001-5 C00610C11 1. Access doors shall be provided full height (60") where unit height permits, and shall be 24" wide where section length permits, otherwise minimum of 18" shall be. used. Doors shall be 2" thick, double wall, and insulated type. Exterior door panels shall be constructed from painted A60 galvanized steel; interior panels are bright galvanized G60 steel. Door insulation shall be injected urethane foam with a minimum R value of 13-Ft2-°F/BTU. Door frames shall - be heavy aluminum extrusion with one-piece, closed cell, replaceable santoprene gasket seal. 2. Door hinges shall be die-cast zinc with provision for adjustment without the use of shims or special tools. Door latches and handles are to be bolted to the unit and made with corrosion resistant materials. Bolts, nuts and shafts for door latches, handles and hinges shall be made of zinc plated steel. Door latch and pawl assembly shall be industrial quality and corrosion resistant with a handle on both the inside and outside of door. Latching mechanism shall be of conical roller design. Latch and pawl assembly shall be bolted together without the use of set screws. 3. All doors to fan sections shall be provided with latches which require a tool to open or electrical interlock devices. 4. Viewing windows shall have double thermal pane wire reinforced safety glass. Paint Finish: Exterior wall and roof panels shall be coated with air dry acrylic polyurethane to a minimum dry thickness of 3 mils. Finish shall have no blistering or rusting on unscribed areas after 5,000 hours in accordance with ASTM B-117 salt fog test. Entire structural steel base shall be primer painted with industrial grade epoxy primer for total thickness of 4 mils minimum. J. Roof Mounting Curb: Unit roof curb shall be furnished by the unit manufacturer. Curb shall be fabricated of a minimum 3/8" thick steel and shall be knocked down for shipment. Re -assembly in the field shall be by Contractor. Cant strip, flashing, roofing, and insulation shall be as shown on the drawings. Curbs shall be a minimum of 24" high. Provide curbs with faced, R-7 insulation. K. Louvers: Louvers shall be constructed from 18 gauge A60 galvanized steel and painted with same finish as unit exterior. The louver face is lined with 1/2" galvanized mesh bird screen. Louvers shall be designed to collect and drain rainwater to outside of unit. Outside air louvers shall be sized for a maximum face velocity of 500 fpm based on gross louver area. Louvers shall have zero water penetration at 600 ft/min air velocity. Maximum louver pressure drop shall be 0.03" w.g. at 500 ft/min. L. Weatherhood: Weatherhood shall be fabricated from 16 gauge A60 galvanized steel and painted the same finish as unit exterior. Weatherhood openings are lined with 1/2" galvanized mesh bird screen. Weatherhoods are designed for 750 fpm maximum face velocity. M. Air Flow Measuring Stations 1. The flow measuring station shall consist of total pressure taps located in the inlet cone of each fan,. with static pressure tap located near fan inlet panel. Any flow measuring device which creates an obstruction in the fan inlet is not acceptable. 2. Provide a Dwyer magnehelic pressure gauge with CFM scale which indicates the fan volume. Flow gauges shall be calibrated to match the flow coefficient of the fan inlet cone provided. Provide a Setra model 264 electronic differential pressure transmitter mounted to the exterior of the fan section. The transmitter shall be produce a 4-20 mA or 0-5 Vdc signal linear and scaled to air volume or velocity. The transmitter shall be capable or withstanding over pressurization up to 200 times greater than span and shall be factory calibrated. 237001 -6 . C00610C11 3. Air pressure balancing taps upstream and downstream of fan sections shall be factory installed. Field installed taps are not acceptable. N. Access Sections 1. Access sections shall be installed where indicated on the drawings and shall be as specified on the equipment schedule. 2. Access sections shall have double -walled hinged doors. O. Fans 1. Plenum (Plug) type Fans: a. Fans shall be designed without a scroll type housing. Fans shall incoporate a non -overloading type backward inclined, airfoil blade wheel, heavy -gauge reinforced steel inlet plate, structural steel frame, and shaft and bearings in AMCA Arrangement 3 configuration. b. Fan performance shall be based on tests conducted in accordance with the AMCA Standard test code for air moving devices and shall be licensed to bear the AMCA Certified Rating Seal for Air and Sound. Fans shall have a sharply rising pressure characteristic extending through the operating range and continuing to rise beyond the efficiency peak. Fans shall have non -overloading design with. self-limiting horsepower characteristics and shall reach a peak in the normal selection area. All fans shall be capable of operating over the minimum pressure class limits as specified in AMCA's : Standard 2408. All fans, prior to shipment, shall be completely assembled and test run at their operating speed or at the maximum rpm for the particular fan's construction class. Fans shall be balanced and records maintained of the readings in the axial, vertical, and horizontal direction on each of the fan's bearings. A written copy of this record shall be available upon request. c. Inlet plates shall be of heavy -gauge reinforced steel construction. The inlet plate shall incorporate a removable spun inlet cone designed for smooth airflow into the accompanying inlet retaining ring of the fan wheel. A square, formed lip suitable for attachment for a boot or connector shall surround the unit. d. Fan wheels shall have a spun non-tapered style blade retaining ring on the inlet side. Fans shall have die -formed hollow or solid airfoil -shaped blades depending on fan size.All wheels shall be statically and dynamically balanced to a level of G6.3 per ANSI 2-19 or better. e. Shafts shall be solid AISI C-1040 or C-1045 hot rolled steel turned, ground, polished and ring gauged for accuracy. All shafts must be dial indicated for straightness after the keyways are cut and straightened as required. Shafts shall have first critical speeds at least 1.35 times the maximum speeds of the fan. f. Bearings shall be heavy-duty, grease lubricated, precision anti -friction ball or roller, self -aligning, pillow block type bearings. Bearings shall be selected for minimum average bearing life (AFBMA L-50) in excess of 200,000 hours when operating at maximum catalogued class conditions. All bearings shall be equipped with re-greasable zerk fittings and, where necessary, have extended lube lines for easy access for re -lubrication. g. Each fan component shall be thoroughly degreased before the application of a rust -preventive primer. After complete assembly, a finished coat shall be applied to the complete assembly. Aluminum components shall not be painted. 2. Fan Options to be provided where applicable: a. Inlet Screens. b. Extended Lube Lines c. Belt Guards 3. Fans, motors and drives shall be internally spring isolated by the unit manufacturer on a fully welded structural channel or angle steel base complete with fan flex 237001-7 C00610C11 connections. Provide seismically restrained isolators with 2 -inch deflection. Structural isolation base shall be powder coated with same specifications as Finish subparagraph above. 4. High pressure lube lines shall be internally located at a common point on the drive side. Lubrication lines shall be pre -greased by the unit manufacturer. P. Variable Frequency Drive (VFD): Provide VFD that is rated for the listed motor horsepower that is in accordance with section 23 09 00-2.04. Q. Filters 1. Filter sections shall be factory fabricated as part of the heating and ventilating unit. Filters shall be arranged for upstream, downstream into galvanized filter frames. Provide filter holding frames to accommodate scheduled filters. Filter rack shall be thoroughly caulked and sealed for minimal filter bypass. Filters shall be "front loading" type, side loading filters not acceptable and shall accommodate 2" or 4" thick filters. 2. Filter sizes shall be 24"x24" or 12"x24" or a combination of each. 3. Provide local differential pressure gauges measuring pressure drop across filter bank. Gauges shall be 0 — 2 -inch WC range, Dwyer Magnehelic, Ashcroft, or equal. R. Outside and Return Air Dampers: Dampers shall be low leakage type, furnished and installed by the unit manufacturer. Dampers shall have airfoil extruded aluminum blades and a 5 -inch deep extruded aluminum frame. Blade edge seals shall be extruded double edge design with inflatable pocket to assist in blade -to -blade seal off. Blade seals shall be mechanically locked -in extruded blade slots and field replaceable. Adhesive or clip -on blade seals are not acceptable. Bearings shall be non -corrosive molded synthetic type. Axles shall be square to provide a positive locking connection to both blades and linkage. Round axles are not as acceptable alternate. Linkages shall be concealed in the frame. Damper performance data shall be in accordance with AMCA Standard 500 and tested in an AMCA-approved laboratory. Damper actuators shall be furnished by the DDC manufacturer and mounted, wired, and tested by air handler manufacturer. S. Burner Section 1. Burner Profile: a. Air velocity across burner shall be controlled by burner profile plates. b. Profile plates shall maintain manufacturer's specified air velocity at all times over the burner during its operation. 2. Burner: a. Shall be Type NP as manufactured by Maxon Burner Company, or approved equal. b. Shall be designed to burn natural gas or propane at or below the non - contaminating levels required by ANSI and OSHA. c. Shall have a cast iron manifold and heat resisting Type 430 stainless steel burner . plates. d. Shall have a nominal 25:1 turndown ration. e. Shall be designed for 100% combustion efficiency for life of equipment 3. Burner Assembly/Gas Train: a. Burner assembly and fuel piping arrangement shall include automatic ignition controls, UV scanner flame failure system, fully modulating gas control valve, primary and secondary automatic shutoff valves and manual shutoff cock. b. Pilot gas controls shall include a pilot regulator, normally -closed solenoid shutoff valve, needle valve, and manual shutoff cock. c. Gas train shall be sized to provide full unit capacity at specified inlet pressure to the gas train. 237001 -8 C00610C11 d. Supplementary pressure regulator shall be installed at each unit as necessary to maintain unit inlet pressure at less than 5 PSIG. 4. Burner flame safeguard control: a. Burner falme safeguard control shall be Honeywell 7800 series, to.match existing equipment and spare parts inventory, no exceptions. T. Electrical: 1. Provide four single -point electrical junction boxes'at the units (three at 120/1/60 and one at 460/3/60) with NEMA -3R enclosures. Panel shall contain the required control power transformers, fuses, fuse clips, numbered terminal strips and NEMA rated magnetic starters with overload protection in each phase for all three phase motors. 2. High to low voltage transformers shall be provided to power control circuits. All primary and secondary transformer circuits shall be fused as required per NEC. Single phase motors, where scheduled, shall have a NEMA rated magnetic starter. All wiring within the unit shall be run in metal conduit with rain tight fittings. 3. Marine lights shall be provided within each 'AMU unit section. They shall be connected to "On -Off' switches, which shall be located in weatherproof boxes on the outside of each access door for each respective section. They shall be properly wired and grounded. Liquid tight flexible metal conduit is not an acceptable alternate for Galvanized Rigid Steel (GRS). Marine lights shall consist of a die cast aluminum housing and globe guard enclosing a vapor resistant clear globe, which shall be fully enclosed and gasketed. Electrical service shall be from one of the single point 120/1/60 connections. 4. Duplex Convenience Outlet: Furnish a 120 volt duplex convenience outlet on the exterior of each unit. Duplex outlets shall be GFCI with weatherproof box and weatherproof while in use cover. Locate the outlet next to the fan section access door. Electrical service shall be from one of the single point 120/1/60 connections. 5. All wiring shall meet N.E.0 requirements. 6. All wiring shall be run in GRS conduit; raceways and flexible conduit are not acceptable except low voltage control wiring. If the unit requires splits, junction boxes shall be furnished on each section to allow the electrical contractor to make final connections in the field. Wiring shall be clearly labeled to facilitate field connection. 7. Provide flexible conduits for control devices such as, actuators, sensors and transmitters for easy replace/maintenances. 8. Variable frequency drives for outdoor units shall be housed in recessed enclosures provided inside the heating and ventilating unit, equipped with air -tight access doors and interior cooling provided by circulating conditioned air. 9. Motor starter panels shall carry the U.L. 508 listing. 10. Unit mounted controls shall be installed and tested by AMU manufacturer. Controls shall be provided by the temperature controls contractor and shipped to the factory for installation. Controls installed at jobsite are not acceptable. 11. Provide laminated unit -specific wiring diagrams. U. Factory Mounted Controls: 1. Manufacturer shall provide control panels compatible with DDC System by Siemens Building Technology. Coordinate with Section 23 09 00. Control components and damper actuators shall be factory mounted and wired by the AMU unit manufacturer. Upon final assembly and prior to shipment, the AMU units shall be tested by the unit manufacturer. 2. Provide a pre -start checklist and commissioning record which must be completed and faxed back to the manufacturer within 30 days of start-up to validate the factory warranty. 237001-9 C00610C11 V. Paint: Units shall be to match existing building exterior color. Prior to unit painting, sample of paint system to be applied in the color proposed, shall be approved by Project Representative. 2.05 TESTING A. Factory Leak Test: Heating and Ventilating Unit manufacturer shall provide a witnessed factory leakage test at 1.5 times design static pressure up to a maximum of 10" w.g. Leakage rate at test pressure shall not exceed 1% of design air volume. Unit shall be tested with all openings sealed. A pressure blower with a variable frequency drive shall be used to set the test pressure. CFM shall be determined using a calibrated orifice. Unless specified otherwise, test pressures shall be positive on positively pressurized sections and negative on negatively pressurized sections.of the AMU. A report of all test results shall be written and submitted to the Project Representative for approval. B. Factory Cabinet Deflection Test: Heating and ventilating unit manufacturer shall provide a witnessed factory Panel Deflection Test at the unit design static pressure (1.5 times design static pressure optional). Panel deflection shall not exceed U200 of longest plane being measured the test pressure. The casing deflection shall be measured at mid point of panel and at panel seam. A report of all test results shall be written and submitted to the Project Representative for approval. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. B. Examine roughing -in of steam, hydronic, and condensate drainage piping systems and electrical services to verify actual locations of connections before installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Any galvanized equipment or materials routed on building. exterior shall be primed and painted to match existing equipment or adjacent building components. B. Install custom outdoor heating and ventilating units with the following vibration and seismic -control devices. Vibration and seismic -control devices are specified in Section 230529, Piping and Mechanical Equipment Support. 1. Units with Internally Isolated Fans: Secure units to anchor bolts installed in concrete bases. 2. Install in conformance with ARI 435. C. Arrange installation of units to provide access space around custom outdoor heating and ventilating units for service and maintenance. D. Seal curb interior to SMACNA duct construction standards to meet the leakage requirements indicated in Section 23 30 00. 237001-10 C00610C11 3.03 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance. C. Connect piping to custom outdoor heating and ventilating units using flexible connectors. D. Connect condensate drain pans using NPS 1-1/4, Type M copper tubing. Extend drain to divert condensate away from unit base. Construct self priming deep trapat connection to drain pan and install cleanouts at changes in direction. E. Gas Piping: Comply with applicable requirements in Section 23 11 00, Natural Gas Systems. F. Duct installation and connection requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. .Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts and duct accessories. Make final duct connections with flexible connections. G. Electrical: Comply with applicable requirements in Division 26 Sections for power wiring, switches, and motor controls. H. Ground equipment according to Division 26, Grounding System requirements. I. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque -tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect field -assembled components and equipment installation, including piping and electrical connections. Factory authorized service representative shall be factory trained and certified to inspect, start-up, operate and trouble -shoot equipment. Report results in writing. 1. Leak Test: After installation, fill water coils with water and.test coils and connections for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Fan Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. 3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 3.05 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to perform startup service. B. Final Checks before Startup: Perform the following: 1. Verify that shipping, blocking, and bracing are removed. 2. Verify that unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that connections to piping, ducts, and electrical systems are complete. Verify that proper thermal - overload protection is installed in motors, starters, and disconnect switches. 237001-11 C00610C11 3. Perform cleaning and adjusting. 4. Disconnect fan drive from motor, verify proper motor rotation direction, and verify free fan wheel rotation and smooth bearing operations. Reconnect fan drive system, align belts, and install belt guards. 5.. Lubricate bearings, pulleys, belts, and other moving parts with factory -recommended lubricants. 6. Set face -and -bypass dampers to full face flow. 7. Comb coil fins for parallel orientation. 8. Install clean filters. 9. Verify that manual and automatic volume control and fire and smoke dampers in connected duct.systems are in fully open position. C. Starting procedures for modular outdoor heating and ventilating units include the following: 1. Energize motor; verify proper operation of motor, drive system, and fan wheel. Adjust fan to indicated rpm. Replace fan and motor pulleys as required to achieve design conditions. 2. Measure and record motor electrical values for voltage and amperage. D. Manually operate dampers from fully closed to fully open position and record fan performance. Refer to Section 23 05 93, Balancing Air and Water Systems for heating and ventilating system testing, adjusting, and balancing. E. Refer to Section 23 08 00 Systems Commissioning for commissioning of the heating and ventilating units and their respective connected systems. 3.06 EXISTING EQUIPMENT A. Adjust existing (AMU -2 and AMU -3) burner profile plates to accommodate revised sequence of operation of units. B. Verify proper burner operation at unit start-up. Correct pressure drop and combustion efficiency shall be verified for all air flow and.firing rates. Provide documentation of verification testing. C. Engage a factory -authorized service representative for burner profile plate adjustment and burner service. 3.07 ADJUSTING A. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation. 3.08 CLEANING A. Clean custom outdoor heating and ventilating units internally, on completion of installation, according to manufacturer's written instructions. Clean fan interiors to remove foreign material and construction dirt and dust. Vacuum clean fan wheels, cabinets, and coils entering air face. B. After completing system installation and testing, adjusting, and balancing custom outdoor heating and ventilating units and air -distribution systems, clean filter housings and install new filters. 3.09 DEMONSTRATION 237001-12 C00610C11 A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to.adjust, operate, and maintain custom outdoor heating and ventilating units. END OF SECTION 237001-13 C00610C11 SECTION 260051 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS ELECTRICAL MINI -SPEC PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. See Section -01010. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. The work under this Division includes electrical systems of lighting, power, and miscellaneous work items. The work shall include but not be limited to the installation of new equipment and modifying some existing circuits. B. The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all labor and materials, equipment . and transportation necessary. Contractor acknowledges that it has examined the Contract/Work Order Documents and work site, is aware of existing conditions and limitations, and is satisfied that the Specifications and Drawings (when applicable) are suitable and adequate to enable it to successfully accomplish the Contract. C. During the course of the Contract, where minor adjustments of the work (such as adjusting the location of the equipment without requiring rework) are necessary for resolving conflicts between items within the intent of the Contract, Contractor shall make such adjustments at no additional cost to the County. D. Contractor shall connect all equipment and devices provided under other sections of these Specifications that require such connections. E. The electrical drawings are diagrammatic and do not necessarily show all raceways, fittings, wiring or wiring devices required by code. Hence, in addition to that which is specified or shown on the electrical drawings, Contractor shall include in its cost these and related electrical items and the work associated with their installation. F. ANY roof and wall penetrations (core drilling) shall be the responsibility of one contractor. It is the responsibility of ALL contractors to coordinate this work so that the work can proceed and that the drilling and roof repair is covered in their estimates. 1.03 WORK NOT INCLUDED Not Used. 1.04 WORK OF OTHER TRADES A. The electrical drawings do not necessarily show complete details of the project construction. Contractor shall familiarize itself with all features of the project that may affect its work. 260051-1 C00610C11 1.05 REFERENCES A. This paragraph presents a general compilation of references used in the County electrical work. The Contractor shall be responsible for adhering to the current edition of all references in Section 260051 whether they are listed here or not, particularly observing the requirements of Paragraph 260051 -1.15D - References Title NSI C-80.1 American Natl. Stds. Institute, "Zinc -Coated Rigid Steel Conduit" NSI C-80.3 American Natl. Stds. Institute, "Zinc -Coated Electrical Metallic Tubing" NSI C136-15-1986 American National Standards Institute, "High -Intensity -Discharge and Low - Pressure Sodium lamps in luminaires - Field Identification" NEC NFPA 70 Natl. Fire Protection Association, "National Electrical Code" NESC IEEE, "National Electrical Safety Code" UL 6 Underwriters Laboratories, "Rigid Metal Electrical Conduit" UL 797 Underwriters Laboratories, "Electrical Metallic Tubing' UL 1242 Underwriters Laboratories, "Intermediate Metal Conduit" AC 296 Washington Administrative Code, Department of Labor & Industries EC Washinqton State Energy Code, WAC 51-11 IBC International Building Code SDOT Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) Construction Manual 1.06 UNDERWRITERS LISTED EQUIPMENT A. See Paragraph 260051-1.10. 1.07 DETAIL DRAWINGS BY CONTRACTOR A. Where the Contractor's work requires additional detailing including the preparation of shop drawings for individual items that are not of standard manufacture and which have to be specifically fabricated, Contractor shall prepare drawings, in AutoCad 2005 or later version, printed on 22 inches x 34 inches heavy bond paper media; submit final copies of the drawings together with Compact Disk (CD) containing said drawing in AutoCad 2005 or later version; optional type and size sheets shall be at the discretion and approval of the Project Representative. Details shall be identified with the areas where the work applies. Contractor shall coordinate its work with the work of other trades to preclude conflicting use of areas/locations. Drawings shall be submitted to King County Project Representative for approval before construction work begins. Upon completion of field changes, Contractor shall update its drawings to "as -constructed" condition and surrender them to the Project Representative. 1.08 SUBMITTALS A. Unless waived by the Project Representative, provide Electrical Submittals within 14 days of effective date of Notice -To -Proceed (NTP), in conjunction with paragraph 260051-1.09. (See Section 013300) 260051-2 C00610C11 1.09 LIST OF MANUFACTURERS A. Where more than one manufacturer is allowed, Contractor shall advise the Project Representative within 14 days after issuance of the "Notice to Proceed" of the make selected. 1.10 QUALITY CONTROL A. Materials: All materials, devices, appliances and equipment shall be listed by "Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL)". Where UL listing is required but not available, Contractor shall obtain written permission for a variance from the king County Project Representative. B. Manufacturer and type: Where manufacturers' names and types are provided on the Drawings or within the Specifications, the County is establishing for the equipment described manufacturers whose specific type items generally satisfy the County's requirements. The County will consider alternates. However, alternates submitted by the Contractor to the County for approval shall be based on the specified manufacturers and type as a minimum. 1.11 QUANTITY ITEMS A. Items of any one classification shall be products of one manu-facturer. 1.12 APPROVALS A. The approval of the manufacturer's name or product by the County does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for providing material and equipment that complies in all details with the requirements of each Work Order as well as in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall assume responsibility for equipment submitted fitting in available space as intended by the Drawings. 1.13 WORKMANSHIP A. If any portion of the work has not been performed in a satisfactory manner, or is left in rough unfinished condition, the Contractor, at its expense, shall remove and reinstall all such work and restore surroundings and shall be approved by the Project Representative. 1.14 COORDINATION OF WORK A. Contractor shall compare the Specifications with the Drawings for each Work Order including those for other trades and report any discrepancies between them to the Project Representative and obtain written instructions for changes necessary in the electrical work. Contractor shall install electrical work in cooperation with other trades and make provision to avoid interferences, in a manner approved by the County. All changes caused by neglect to make such provisions shall be at Contractor's expense. B. Contractor shall schedule and sequence the work such that any interruptions of normal Base operations are kept to a minimum. Contractor shall provide all temporary 260051-3 C00610C11 connections as required to limit interruptions to time granted by the Project Representative. Contractor shall consult with the Project Representative and obtain written consent from the Project Representative for the exact date, time and duration of time that the operations may be interrupted. C. The Contractor shall coordinate schedule with the Project Representative to ensure that there is no conflict with other construction and/or maintenance work on the site. 1.15 REGULATIONS A. General: Contractor shall comply with, as a minimum, or exceed the requirements of the latest editions of all applicable codes, ordinances, rules and regulations pertaining to the project particularly noting Paragraph 1.15D below. B. Contractor's responsibility: It is the Contractor's responsibility to notify the County of any deviation from applicable regulations and codes prior to installation of the work. C. Appurtenances: Provide pull boxes, junction boxes, special fittings and access to electrical work as required by codes. D. Requirements: In cases where regulations are more stringent than the Work Order, the Contractor shall provide the materials and methods required by the regulations; in cases where the Documents are more stringent than the applicable regulations, Contractor shall provide the materials and methods required by the Work Order Documents. E. Permits and fees: 1. Contractor shall .obtain and pay for all licenses, permits and inspections required by laws, ordinances and rules governing work specified herein. 2. During its progress, the work shall be inspected by the County and by the appropriate inspectors. Contractor shall provide inspector's Certificates of Compliance to the County (from the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ)). PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL A. Materials shall be new, free of defects and of current manufacture. Existing materials shall not be reused unless otherwise noted. 2.02 CONDUIT A. Rigid conduit (G.R.S.): Conduit shall be steel, hot -dip galvanized inside and out after threading, produced to ANSI Specification C-80.1, shall comply with Underwriters Laboratories UL 6, and shall carry the UL label. Minimum trade size shall be 3/4 -inch exposed and 1 -inch embedded (underground or within walls), unless specifically noted. B. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit: Conduit shall be formed from an interlocking galvanized steel strip and shall have a PVC jacket extruded over the outside to form a flexible watertight raceway. Minimum trade size shall be 3/4 -inch, unless otherwise 260051-4 C00610C11 shown. Conduit shall be American Sealtite (Type UA), Electri-Flex (Type LA), or approved equal. C. Intermediate metal conduit (IMC): IMC shall be steel, exterior hot -dip galvanized after threading, interior baked on enamel or coated with a silicon epoxy -ester, manufactured in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories (UL #1242) and shall carry the UL label. Minimum trade size shall be 3/4 -inch and 1 -inch embedded (underground or within walls), unless specifically noted. D._ Electrical metallic tubing (EMT): EMT shall be steel, exterior hot -dip galvanized, interior baked on enamel or coated with silicon epoxy -ester, produced to ANSI Specification C80.3, shall comply with Underwriters' Laboratories U.L. 797, and shall carry the U.L. label. Minimum trade size shall be 3/4 -inch and 1 -inch embedded (underground or within . walls), unless specifically noted. E. Rigid non-metallic conduit: Conduit shall be PVC, listed for underground use. Conduit shall include Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 shall be manufactured to NEMA Specification TC -2, shall comply with Underwriters' Laboratories UL 651, and shall carry the UL label. Minimum trade size shall be 3/4 -inch and 1 -inch embedded (underground or within walls), unless specifically noted. F. Flexible metal conduit Shall not be used. G. Explosion proof flexible conduit: Not used unless.specified. H. Plastic coated galvanized rigid steel conduit and fittings (GPVC): Plastic coated conduit shall be galvanized rigid steel conduit to which a 40 -mil thick polyvinyl chloride coating has been bonded. Coating shall be free of pinholes. Bond strength shall exceed the tensile strength of the plastic coat. Elbows shall be factory made and coated. Fittings used with plastic coated conduit shall be similarly coated to the same thickness as the conduit and shall be provided with Type 304 stainless steel hardware. Conduit and fittings shall be manufactured by the same company. Minimum size shall be 3/4 -inch and 1 -inch embedded (underground or within walls), unless specifically noted. Conduit fittings: Fittings shall include all those items used with conduit to form conduit runs. Fittings shall be steel compression (for EMT and Liquid -tight — NO Set screw), ALL conduit fittings shall used with the type of conduit for which they are designed, i.e., Rigid conduit fittings shall be threaded, liquid -tight fittings shall be used with liquid -tight conduit. Liquid -tight fittings shall have an insulated throat, etc. Fittings shall be by 0. Z. Gedney, Carlon, T&B, or approved equal. J. Conduit supports: 1. Conduit clamp backs shall be of the nesting one hole type, hot -dip galvanized malleable or cast iron; nest back spacers shall be of similar material and finish. Clamp backs shall be used with one hole malleable iron hot -dip galvanized pipe straps and similar EMT straps. Clamps, spacers and straps shall be by O.Z. Gedney, B -Line, or approved equal. 2. Framing channel shall be hot -dip galvanized. Framing channel and associated conduit clamps shall be by B -Line, Unistrut, or approved equal. 3. Concrete fasteners and screws shall be stainless steel or zinc plated. 260051-5 C00610C11 K. Conduit tags: Conduit shall be tagged with appropriately sized embossed metal conduit tags as manufactured by Panduit, Brady, CH Hanson, or approved equal. L. Seals: In areas specified as Class I, Division 1 or 2, hazardous, boxes and fittings shall be NEMA 7, Groups C and D, explosion proof. Seal fittings for conduit systems in hazardous atmosphere locations shall be hot -dip galvanized cast ferrous alloy. Sealing compound shall be hard type used with an environmentally friendly packing fiber, both compound and fiber shall be UL -listed for explosion proof sealing fittings. M. Galvanized electrical equipment installed exposed outdoors shall be painted with a minimum 3 mil coating of paint to prevent zinc runoff to the stormwater system. Paint application by manufacturer is preferred to field painting for coverage and quality. 2.03 WIRING MATERIALS A. General: Contractor shall provide all wire and cable as indicated and required for complete, operating systems. B. Wire, single conductor: 1. Conductors: a. All conductors shall be stranded for all sizes of wire and cable. b. Conductors shall be soft drawn copper for all sizes. 2. Insulation: Unless otherwise noted, 600 -volt wire insulation shall be Type THWN or XHHW for all locations. 3. Color Coding: All conductors shall be color coded in accordance with the following: Use Cable Color Three-phase, 480V, 3 -wire power Phase A Brown or 480/277V 4 -wire power Phase B Orange Phase C Yellow Neutral Gray Three-phase, 4 -wire, Phase A Black 120/208V power Phase B Red Phase C Blue Neutral White Single Phase, 3 -wire, Phase A Black 120/240V power Phase B Red Neutral White Ground Green C. Wire, multiple conductor and special cable: (NOT USED) D. Splices and connections: 1. Generally, new wiring shall be continuous from point-to-point. Splices shall be made only where existing field conditions dictate the need. Splicing shall not be used as a 260051-6 C00610C11 convenience factor merely to extend the length of an existing conductor or to extend the length of a conductor that the Contractor has cut too short. 2. Underground or wet area splices shall be made with a UL listed resin type splice kit to electrically insulate and moisture seal splices; dry area splices shall be made with spring type solderless connectors. Splice kits shall be manufactured by 3M, Ideal Industries, Raychem or approved equal. 3. Connections to terminals shall be made with properly sized insulated ring, spade or locking fork type crimp terminals; the crimp terminals shall be of the brazed seam construction. The crimp terminals shall be as manufactured by the electrical products division of 3M, T&B, or approved equal. Connections shall be made only in suitable boxes and areas on the equipment established by the manufacturer for the purpose. E. Wire and cable tags: 1. Every conductor and every cable shall be tagged. 2. Tags for conductors shall be as follows: . a. Sleeve type, legible, permanently coded, yellow PVC or heat shrink polyolefin tubing, appropriately sized for the wire to which it is being applied. Sleeves shall be by Brady, CH Hanson, T&B, or approved equal. b. Labeling shall be machine printed. 3. Tags for cable shall be embossed metal or machine printed plastic type manufactured by T&B, Brady, CH Hanson, or Project Representative approved equal. 2.04 BOXES, FITTINGS AND ENCLOSURES A. All boxes and fittings shall be provided and installed in accordance with the design and shall satisfy area Class, Group and Division environ -mental requirements. They shall be used with the type of conduit for which they are designated and for the purpose for which they are intended. Boxes and fittings shall be provided and installed in accordance with code requirements even though they are not shown on the drawings. Boxes and fittings shall be of name brand manufacture such as T&B, O.Z. Gedney, Steel City, Appleton, Crouse -Hinds, or approved equal. B. Pressed steel NEMA 1 boxes shall be used only where concealed in walls, in ceilings of dry areas or where concrete embedded. All boxes shall be electro galvanized; concrete embedded boxes shall be designated for that purpose. C. Zinc electroplated cast and gasketed boxes shall be used for all surface mounted, applications. D. Enclosures shall be provided and installed where required, in accordance with this design and shall satisfy area Class, Group and Division environmental requirements. Enclosures shall include panels and shall be by Hoffman, Skyline, or approved equal. E. Paint Booth Control Panels: Panels shall be UL 508 listed. See Mechanical design for required functionality and sequence of operation. Panels shall be powered from single - point connection at 277/480V 30 as shown on the plans. Control panels will include restoration of existing features (fire alarm, DDC, lighting control) and new and/or replacement features/connections as shown on the plans. 260051-7 C00610C11 2.05 NAMEPLATES A. Each individual device shall have a nameplate designating the function of the device. B. Nameplates shall be made of 1/16 -inch thick machine engraved laminated phenolic having white letters 3/16 -inch high on a black background. Equipment titles shall be completely spelled out on the nameplates. C. Nameplates shall be secured to the equipment with stainless steel screws and a bonding agent. Where it is proposed that the nameplates will be secured with a bonding agent, the process and a sample shall be submitted to the Project Representative for acceptance. D. All "HID" lighting fixtures shall be identified, as required by ANSI C136-15, no alternate method will be accepted. Per the ANSI standard the Markers for HPS fixtures shall have 2 -inch black letters on a 3 -inch square gold yellow background, and markers for Metal Halide fixtures shall be 2 -inch black letters on a 3 -inch square red background. 2.06 PANELBOARD A. During the execution of the Work Order, if it becomes necessary to access, modify or replace existing panelboards, It shall be done under the following constraints and must be approved in writing by the Project Representative, along with approval from King County's Electrical Engineering staff. 1. All panelboards shall be the standard end product of one manufacturer. Circuit breakers contained in each panel shall be listed for use within that panel, and shall be of the same manufacturer as the panelboard. 2. New panelboards installed on the existing bases shall be required to be of the same manufacturer, model, and type as the existing panelboards. 3. New circuit breakers added to existing panelboard shall be listed for use in the existing panelboard. 2.07 GROUND RODS A. Ground rods shall be copper clad steel, 3/4 -inch diameter and 10 -feet long. Rods shall have threaded type removable caps so that extension rods of same diameter and length may be added where necessary. 2.08 REBATE/GRANT COMPLIANCE A. This project is subject to the terms of an agreement entered into between King County and Seattle City Light. The Contractor shall provide the following items to enable the: County to demonstrate compliance with the agreement. B. Submit the as -built sequences of operation for the new equipment and a schematic drawing showing the locations of all new sensors. C. Submit cut sheets for all new ventilation and ventilation control equipment. D. The O&M manual shall include warranties for all installed equipment, and all information required to maintain, operate, and where appropriate calibrate or program the installed 260051-8 C00610C11 equipment. Manufacturer's literature shall be marked to clearly identify the correct manufacturers and model numbers. The manual shall either be a three ring binder or some other type of notebook. On the cover, include the project name, customer name, date, and contractor name and address. E. Provide 30 -day metering of booth performance after return to service. Monitor the fans' power or speed and hours required for painting and hours required for curing. The power or speed data will be collected at a frequency no less than once per hour. The data will have coincident time and dates. They will be provided in a Microsoft Excel format with different data clearly labeled. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Electrical work shall be fully completed in all respects generally as shown on the Work. Order drawings and as described in this section. B. The electrical plan drawings are generally diagrammatic. The exact locations and routing of cables and conduits shall be governed by structural conditions and physical interference. C. Where details of installations (including notes, conduit & wire tags, etc) are not shown on the drawings, new installations shall be installed at the same standard (as spelled out in this specification) as other equipment installed on this project, not just similar to existing installations. D. Manufacturer's installation details: Contractor shall install items in accordance with details and provide any special wiring, fittings and appurtenances required. Contractor shall verify all measurements at site and coordinate exact locations with details shown on Work Order Drawings. 3.02 RECORD DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall maintain a neatly marked set of blue lines of all Drawings of all the electrical work involved. The prints shall be kept current with the work as it progresses and shall be subject to inspection by the Project Representative at any time. B. Current, acceptable as -constructed prints must be submitted prior to the certification of any Work Order payment for electrical work. A complete and accurate set of these prints shall be delivered to the Project Representative for the Project Representative's approval. 3.03 DUST A. All operations involving drilling or grinding, sweeping and similar activities shall be accomplished under controlled conditions to keep dust and dirt from contaminating the equipment. 3.04 CONDUIT AND BOXES 260051-9 C0061OC11 A I I A. The area of electrical work shall be treated as non -hazardous (inmost areas) unless otherwise noted on the drawing; therefore, the wiring method employed shall satisfy the NEC requirements for this classification. Conduit, boxes and enclosures, devices, fittings and the like shall be approved, used as required per the listed intent and manufacturer's specifications, and located and installed in accordance with the NEC requirements. B. Conduit shall not be welded, brazed or otherwise heated. C. Where required for ease of pulling and as necessary to meet codes, pull boxes and junction boxes shall be installed even though not shown on the drawings. The locations of boxes shown are approximate; exact locations shall be verified on the job to avoid conflict with other work. D. Bends and offsets shall be avoided in conduit runs; where bends and.offsets are necessary, they shall be made with an approved conduit bender or bending machine, or shall consist of factory made elbows and fittings. The contractor shall limit the number of directional changes of the conduit to a total not more than 270 degrees in any run between pull boxes. E. All conduit shall terminate in boxes or handholes unless otherwise shown. F. All rigid conduit entering sheet metal boxes shall have a metal insulating bushing installed over the conduit end (OZ. Gedney-HBLG Series, Thomas & Betts BG Series, or engineering approved equal). All joints shall be made with standard couplings or UNF/UNY unions; excessive threads shall not be used on any conduit. The ends of all rigid conduit shall be cut square, reamed and threaded with straight threads. Rigid conduit joints shall be made up with a UL -listed conductive anti -corrosion surface compound (Thomas &.Betts Kopr-Shield, Jetlube, or engineering approved equal), which shall be applied to the male threads only. No Compression Fittings are to be used with rigid conduit. G. All rigid conduit entering sheet metal boxes or cabinets shall be secured by locknuts on both the interior and exterior of the enclosure or a Myers Hub shall be installed. H. Exposed conduit shall be run on supports spaced not more than 8 feet apart and shall be installed with runs parallel or perpendicular to walls, structural members or intersections of vertical planes and ceiling. No conduit shall approach closer than 6 inches to any object operating above the rated temperature of the conductor installation. I. Galvanized electrical equipment installed exposed outdoors shall be painted with a minimum 3 mil coating of paint to prevent zinc runoff to the stormwater system. Paint application by manufacturer is preferred to field painting for coverage and quality. J. Conduit supported directly from the block, brick or concrete structure shall be spaced out at least 3/8=inch. K. Flexible Steel conduit shall not be used. Liquid -tight flexible conduit shall be used if flexibility is required for all motors and equipment requiring flexible connections. Where flexibility is required for electrical raceways on equipment, liquid -tight flexible conduit shall be used in accordance with JIC standards, these Specifications and the local 260051-10 C00610C11 inspection agency (the length of the flexible conduit shall be minimized, Maximum length shall be 6 -Feet). L. Plumber's perforated hanger iron shall not be used for any purpose. M. All fittings shall be made up wrench tight. N. All penetrations of existing concrete shall be made in such a manner as not to destroy the structural integrity of the structure. Patch and seal indicated penetrations watertight with non -shrink, non -staining grout. O. For installing conduit runs in or under concrete floors/sidewalks, sawcut and remove concrete as required (in sidewalks or walkways the contractor shall cut/replace along existing break lines). Remove loose dirt and broken material from trench before installing conduit and before pouring new concrete. Finish trench to match surrounding floor surface. P. Contractor shall exercise the necessary precautions to prevent the lodging of dirt, concrete and trash in the conduit, fittings and boxes during the course of installation. Q. Contractor shall install/conceal conduit within the structure during construction where possible, where not possible the Contractor shall paint the conduit(s) to match the existing structure to which the conduit is attached. R. Table I specifies the type of raceway required for each location and application. Unless in Table I, conduit shall be hot -dip galvanized rigid steel, type GRS. Minimum trade size for all conduit shall be 3/4 -inch and 1 -inch embedded (underground or within walls), unless specifically noted. Table I LOCATION APPLICATION / CONDITION CONDUIT Above ground up to 10 AFF All raceway applications not specified below. GRS Above ground 10 ft. AFF and up On or in walls and ceiling spaces, where not subject to physical abuse or moisture. EMT, IMC Subject to occasional moisture. IMC II wet areas Subject to constant moisture (i.e. wash bays, team shop, floor to roof GRS Under round Direct buried. GRS Encased in red concrete. GRS, PVC Outdoor Exposed to weather. GRS' Hazardous, classified areas Exposed GRS 3.05 CONDUCTORS A. Care shall be exercised in pulling conductors into conduit so as to avoid kinking the conductors, putting undue stress on them or otherwise abrading them. Only UL -listed pulling compound shall be used for pulling. The raceway installation shall be complete before conductors are pulled into it. 260051-11 C00610C11 B. All conductors and cables shall be identified at all access points with marking sleeves. Marking sleeves shall be as specified in Paragraph 260051-2.03E. C. Generally, splicing shall be avoided. Where splicing is dictated by field conditions, splices shall be made only in junction boxes suitable for the area. Splice selection shall be based in accordance with Paragraph 260051-2.03D (underground or wet areas shall be 3M 85-10 or 72-N; dry areas shall be spring -type solderless connectors). D. Crimping shall be done with approved crimping tool (not side cutters or the like). E. The Contractor shall provide a ground rod in each handhole, and shall connect this ground to the ground lug in the light pole. The light pole foundation shall also be connected to the ground system; a #4 bare copper ground conductor shall be exothermically connected to the rebar in the pole foundation with enough conductor extending up the center of the foundation to provide connection to the grounding lug in the pole handhole. The ground rod shall extend 3 inches above the bottom of the handhole, connection at the ground rod shall be made with a bolted connector. F. A code sized ground wire shall be placed in each conduit installed under this contract. G. All handholes opened for work associated with this contract shall be provided with grounding straps for the lid and rim of handholes with metal covers. This ground strap shall be connected to the ground rod and/or ground system within the handholes. 3.06 EQUIPMENT A. Care shall be exercised in the installation of all equipment to avoid damage or disfigurement of any kind. All equipment shall be protected prior to and after installation. B. The Contractor shall repair by spray painting, after properly preparing the surface, all scratches or defects in the finish of the equipment. Only identical paint furnished by the equipment manufacturer shall be used for such purposes. C. Failure of the Contractor to protect the equipment as outlined herein shall be grounds for rejection of the equipment. D. Seismic attachments: Earthquake resistant attachments and supports for equipment shall be provided and shall include anchor bolts, equipment assembly bolts and fastenings which are adequate to resist a horizontal force of 50 percent of the equipment weight applied at the center of gravity without displacing the equipment or its fastenings. 3.07 TESTING AND STARTUP A. Test Procedure: Unless otherwise specified, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to prepare the test procedure and to conduct tests in accordance with that procedure to demonstrate to the Project Representative the accuracy of the wiring, control and proper functioning of the equipment in accordance with these specifications. Contractor shall submit its proposed test procedure to the Project Representative for approval at least 48_ hours prior to the demonstration. 260051-12 C00610C11 2. All equipment and systems shall be demonstrated by the Contractor as operating properly prior to the acceptance of the work. All protective devices shall be operative during demonstration. 3. If the demonstration indicates unsatisfactory operation as determined by the Project Representative or inspecting authorities, defects shall be corrected by the Contractor, and the demonstration shall be repeated at no additional expense to the County. B. Phase Relationship Tests: (NOT USED). C. Insulation Resistance Tests: Insulation resistance tests shall be performed on conductors, cables and equipment, signal circuits excepted. Tests shall be made with 1000 -volt Biddle hand cranked megger insulation resistance tester. All equipment that may be damaged by such tests shall be disconnected before the tests are made. Tests shall measure insulation resistance from line to ground. Conductors and cables shall be tested after placement and the completion of the terminations, but before connection to equipment. 600 -volt class circuits and equipment shall be tested. Minimum acceptable values of insulation resistance of circuits and equipment shall be 10 megohms. The Contractor shall provide for the County: the test reports listing test equipment used, person or persons performing the tests, the date tested, the circuits or equipment tested and the results of all tests. The Project Representative shall witness these tests. Contractor shall notify the Project Representative 48 hours in advance of testing. END OF SECTION 260051-13 C0061OC11 l 1/1/2016 City of Tukwila Allan Ekberg, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director JENNIFER ASH 201 S JACKSON ST, MSKSC-TR0431 SEATTLE, WA 98104 RE: Permit No. M16-0057 KING COUNTY METRO TRANSIT 12100 EAST MARGINAL WAY S Dear Permit Holder: In reviewing our current records, the above noted permit has not received a final inspection by the City of Tukwila Building Division. Per the International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and/or the National Electric Code, every permit issued by the Building Division under the provisions of these codes shall expire by limitation and become null and void if the building or work authorized by such permit has not begun within 180 days from the issuance date of such permit, or if the building or work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at any time after the work has begun for a period of 180 days. Your permit will expire on 12/5/2016. Based on the above, you are hereby advised to: 1) Call the City of Tukwila Inspection Request Line at 206-438-9350 to schedule for the next or final inspection. Each inspection creates a new 180 day period, provided the inspection shows progress. -or- 2) Submit a written request for permit extension to the Permit Center at least seven(7) days before it is due to expire. Address your extension request to the Building Official and state your reason(s) for the need to extend your permit. The Building Code does allow the Building Official to approve one extension of up to 180 days. If it is determined that your extension request is granted, you will be notified by mail. In the event you do not call for an inspection and/or receive an extension prior to 12/5/2016, your permit will become null and void and any further work on the project will require a new permit and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, c Bill Rambo Permit Technician File No: M 16-0057 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 e Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 PERMIT CORD COPY PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: M16-0057 DATE: 04/18/16 F PROJECT NAME: KING COUNTY METRO TRANSIT SITE ADDRESS: 12100 EAST MARGINAL WAY S X Original Plan Submittal Revision # before Permit Issued Response to Correction Letter # Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division 0 IFire Prevention 13 Planning Division ❑ Public Works ❑ Structural ❑ Permit Coordinator ❑ PRELIMINARY REVIEW: DATE: 04/19/16 Not Applicable ❑ Structural Review Required ❑ (no approval/review required) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 05/17/16 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions Corrections Required ❑ Denied ❑ (corrections entered in Reviews) (ie: Zoning Issues) Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 DESIGN AIR LTD Home Safety & Health kiWashington State Department of Labo Industries DESIGN AIR LTD Owner or tradesperson Principals HAGEN, RONALD A, PRESIDENT MATZ, RICHARD K, VICE PRESIDENT PORTO, MARK M, SECRETARY Doing business as DESIGN AIR LTD WA UBI No. 600 314 241 License Espanol Contact Claims & Insurance 3051 EAST VALLEY RD RENTON, WA 98057 253-854-2770 KING County Business type Corporation Governing persons INC EMCOR GROUP KENNETH STRICKLER; Page 1 of 2 Search L&I A-7.. Inc Workplace Rights Verify the contractor's active registration / license / certification (depending on trade) and any past violations. Construction Contractor Active. ........................................................................... Meets current requirements. License specialties GENERAL License no. DESIGL*212DG Effective — expiration 03/07/1979— 03/07/2018 Bond TRAVELERS CAS & SURETY CO $12,000.00 Bond account no. 103742548 https:Hsecure.Ini.wa.gov/verify/Detail.aspx?UBI=600314241 &LIC=DESIGL*212DG&SAW= 6/8/2016